HomeMy WebLinkAboutJuly 7, 2014
For information related to accessibility requirements please contact
Linda Roberts
Phone: 905.420.4660 extension 2928
TTY: 905.420.1739
Email: lroberts@pickering.ca
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00 pm
Anything highlighted denotes an attachment or link. By clicking the
links on the agenda page, you can jump directly to that section of the
agenda. To manoeuver back to the agenda page use the Ctrl +
Home keys simultaneously, or use the “bookmark” icon to the left of
your screen to navigate from one report to the next.
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
1) Delegations
Ted Baker
Waste Management Advisory Committee
Re: Energy From Waste Committee Updates
Part "A"
Planning Information Reports
Subject:
Part "8"
Information Report No. 08-14
Zoning By-law Amendment A 5/14
Marshall Homes (Copperfield) Ltd.
1283 Wharf Street
Lot 20, Plan M-89
Planning & Development Committee Reports
1. Director, City Development, Report, PLN 13-14
Proposed Telecommunication Tower
SBA Canada
886 Finch Avenue (Erskine Cemetery)
Installation #59
Recommendation
Page Nos.
1-9
10-46
That SBA Canada be advised that City Council does not object to the proposed
30.0 metre high telecommunication tower installation located at 886 Finch
Avenue, based on the design and other details submitted with this application.
Accessible •--
PICKE~lfiG
For information related to accessibility requirements please contact
Linda Roberts
Phone: 905.420.4660 extension 2928
TTY: 905.420.1739
Email: lroberts@pickering.ca
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
2. Director, City Development, Report PLN 14-14 47-152
Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P
3.
Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan
Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan
City-1 nitiated
Official Plan Review: City Centre Intensification and Redevelopment
Recommendation
1. That Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P, initiated by the
City of Pickering, to implement the vision for the City Centre, be approved;
2. a) That Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan, initiated by the
City of Pickering, to change existing policies and add new policies
to create a planning framework for the redevelopment and
intensification of the City Centre, and to identify required
infrastructure improvements and transportation connections within,
from and to the City Centre in support of anticipated population and
employment growth to 2031 and beyond, as set out in Exhibit "A" to
Appendix I to Report PLN 14-14, be adopted; and
b) That the Draft By-law to adopt Amendment 26 to the Pickering
Official Plan, as set out in Appendix I to Report PLN 14-14, be
forwarded to Council for enactment;
3. That Council adopt Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan
as set out in Appendix II to Report PLN 14-14;
4. That staff finalize the City Centre Urban Design Guidelines and bring them
back to Council for endorsement; and
5. Further, that the City Clerk forward a copy of Report PLN 14-14 and
Council's resolution on the matter to the Region of Durham.
Director, City Development, Report PLN 15-14
Draft Plan of Subdivision Application SP-2013-04
Zoning By-law Amendment Application A 8/13
Averton (Brock Three) Ltd. Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd.
Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
North Part of Lot 18, Concession 3
(2695, 2705 and 2725 Brock Road)
153-184
Recommendation
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
1. That Draft Plan of Subdivision Application SP-2013-04, submitted by
Averton (Brock Three) Ltd., Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and
Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd., on lands being North Part of Lot 18, Concession
3, to establish four blocks for residential development, a block for a road
widening and a collector road, as shown on Attachment #2 to Report PLN
15-14, and the implementing conditions of approval, as set out in Appendix
I, be endorsed;
2. That Zoning By-law Amendment Application A 8/13, submitted by
Averton (Brock Three) Ltd., Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and
Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd., to implement the Draft Plan of Subdivision SP-
20 13-04 and to facilitate a residential condominium development, be
endorsed with the provisions contained in Appendix II to Report PLN 15-
14, and that staff be authorized to finalize and forward an implementing
Zoning By-law to Council for enactment; and
3. Further, that applications for Site Plan Approval for lands within the Draft
Plan of Subdivision SP-2013-04 reflect the design and layout of the
Revised Concept Plan as illustrated in Attachment #4 to Report PLN 15-14
to the satisfaction of the Director, City Development.
Part "C"
Executive Committee Reports
4. Director, Culture & Recreation, Report CR 16-14
Community Engagement Strategy Report
Annual Status Update & Priorities for 2014-2015
Recommendation
185-253
1. That Council receive Report CR 16-14 regarding the City of Pickering
Community Engagement Strategy;
2. That Council approve the following five key community engagement
priorities for 2014 and 2015 subject to any required budget approval within
the 2015 budget cycle process:
5.
6.
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
a) Create a new learning and engagement unit to advise Council &
Departments.
b) Propose a motion for Council consideration concerning the city's
commitment to engagement and adopt a strategy on public
engagement and learning.
c) Involve engagement specialists in the design of public consultation to
support major city planning exercises.
d) Work with residents to periodically review and redesign city services
and programs.
e) Develop a long-term strategy for providing information to residents,
compensating for diminished local media.
3. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take
necessary action to give effect thereto.
Director, Culture & Recreation, Report CR 17-14
Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc.
-Licence Agreement
Recommendation
254-262
1. That Report CR 17-14 of the Director, Culture & Recreation be received;
and
2. That the Mayor and City Clerk be authorized to execute a License
Agreement to which the Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery (Pickering) Inc.
will be permitted to continue to operate a cooperative nursery program at
Westshore Community Centre from September 1, 2014 to June 30, 2019,
in the form included as Attachment 1, subject to such revisions as are
acceptable to the Director, Culture & Recreation and the Director,
Corporate Services & City Solicitor.
Director, Engineering & Public Works, Report ENG 13-14
Additional Costs for Tender No. T-1-2013
Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City Streets
263-266
7.
Recommendation
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
1. That Report ENG 13-14 of the Director of Engineering & Public Works
regarding additional costs for Tender No. T-1-2013 for Asphalt
Resurfacing on Various City Streets be received;
2. That the additional costs in the approximate amount of $248,416.51 (net of
HST rebate) over the original tender amount for Tender No. T-1-2013
Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City Streets resulting in a revised tender
amount of $1,355,628.40 (net of HST rebate) be approved;
3. That the revised total net project cost for Asphalt Resurfacing on Various
City Streets be increased by $119,877.00 from $1,244,925.00 to
$1 ,364,802.00;
4. That Council authorize the Division Head, Finance and Treasurer to fund
the sum of $119,877.00 from the Federal Gas Tax Reserve Fund; and
5. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take the
necessary actions to give effect hereto.
Director, Engineering & Public Works, Report ENG 14-14
Municipal Street Light Design Standards
-Use of LED Lighting for future street lighting initiatives
Recommendation
267-272
1. That Report ENG 14-14 of the Director, Engineering & Public Works
regarding the use of LED roadway lighting for future street lighting
initiatives be accepted;
2. That Council endorse the use of Light Emitting Diode (LED) technology as
the City standard for street lighting in the Seaton Community;
3. That Council endorse the use of LED technology in future street lighting
capital projects, maintenance programs and other new development
projects where appropriate; and
4. That the appropriate City staff be authorized to take the necessary action
to give effect to these recommendations.
8.
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
Director, Engineering & Public Works, Report ENG 15-14
Tender for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
273-281
-Tender No. T-14-2014
Recommendation
1. That Report ENG15-14 of the Director, Engineering & Public Works
regarding Tender No. T-14-2014 for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs be
received;
2. That Tender No. T-14-2014 as submitted by GMP Contracting for Asphalt
and Concrete Repairs in the total tender amount of $347,374.43 (HST
included) be accepted;
3. That the total gross project cost of $392,847.00 (HST included), including
the tender amount and other associated costs and the total net project
cost of $353,772.00 (net of HST rebate) be approved;
4. That Council authorize the Division Head, Finance & Treasurer to finance
the project as follows:
a) That the sum of $49,722.00, as provided for in the 2014 approved
Current budget for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs, be funded from
property taxes;
b) That the sum of $121,172.00, as provided for in the 2014 approved
Current Budget for Sidewalks-Sidewalk Rehabilitation Program, be
funded from Federal Gas Tax Reserve Fund;
c) That the sum of $32,483.00 as provided for in the 2013 approved
Parks Capital Budget for the Kinsman Park Football Pathway be
funded from property taxes;
d) That the sum of $11,994.00 as provided for in the 2014 approved
Parks Capital Budget for the Kinsman Park Soccer Pathway be funded
from the Provincial Grant-Investing in Ontario;
e) That the sum of $54,503.00 for the unbudgeted sidewalk projects-
Sandstone Manor and Altona to Fawndale to be funded from Federal
Gas Tax Reserve Fund;
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
f) That the sum of $16,451.00, as provided for in the Current Budget for
Development Control -Road Maintenance Asphalt & concrete Works,
be funded from other revenues collected from fees and charges
required and related to building permits and cash-in-lieu;
g) That the sum of $67,447.00 for the Transit Bus Pads be funded by a
recovery from Durham Region Transit; and
5. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take
necessary action to give effect hereto.
9. Director, Engineering & Public Works, Report ENG 16-14 282-291
Municipal Bridge Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight Restrictions
-By-law to establish a load limit for certain bridges under the jurisdiction
Of the City of Pickering
Recommendation
1. That Report ENG 16-14 of the Director, Engineering & Public Works
regarding the establishment of safe load limits on municipal bridges be
received; and
2. That the attached Draft By-law limiting the gross vehicle weight of any
vehicle or any class thereof, passing over certain bridges, under the
jurisdiction of the Corporation of the City of Pickering be enacted.
10. Director, Engineering & Public Works, Report PW 01-14 292-299
Replacement of Playground Safety Resurfacing -Various Parks
-Tender No. T-10-2014
Recommendation
1. That Report PW 01-14 of the Director, Engineering & Public Works
regarding Tender No. T-1 0-2014 for Replacement of Playground Safety
Surfacing-Various Parks be received;
2. That Tender No. T-10-2014 submitted by Lakeridge Contracting Ltd. for.
Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing-Various Parks in the
amount of $165,546.81 (HST included) be accepted;
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
3. That the total gross project cost of $189,388.00 (HST included) including the
tender amount and other associated costs and the total net project cost of
$170,550.00 (net of HST rebate) be approved.
4. That Council authorize the Division Head, Finance & Treasurer to finance the
project as follows:
a) the sum of $48,952.00 as provided for in the 2012 Parks Capital Budget to
be funded from the Rate Stabilization Reserve;
b) the sum of $14,787.00 as provided for in the 2013 Parks Capital Budget to
be funded from the Parkland Reserve Fund;
c) the sum of $50,000.00 as provided for in the 2014 Current Budget to be
funded from property taxes;
d) the additional sum of $56,811.00 to be funded from property taxes by
transferring funds from the 2013 Property Maintenance Capital Budget-
Property Line Fencing project; and
5. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take necessary
action in order to give effect thereto.
11. Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor, Report FIN 15-14 300-365
2013 Municipal Performance Measurement Program-Provincially
Mandated Public Reporting of Performance Measures
Recommendation
That Report Fl N 15-14 from the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor be
received for information.
12. Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor, Report FIN 16-14
2014 Final Tax Due Dates for Commercial, Industrial and
Multi-Residential Realty Taxes
Recommendation
366-371
1. That Report FIN 16-14 of the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor
be received;
2.
3.
4.
5.
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
That the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor be authorized to issue
the final 2014 Tax Bills for Commercial, Industrial and Multi-residential
properties with a due date of September 26, 2014;
That the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor be authorized to make
any changes or undertake any actions necessary, including altering the due
date, in order to ensure that the tax billing process is completed and in order
to comply with Provincial Regulations;
That the draft By-law attached to this report be enacted; and,
That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take the
necessary actions to give effect hereto.
13. Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor, Report FIN 17-14
Repositioning of Reserves and Reserve Funds
372-379
Recommendation
1. That Report FIN 17-14 of the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor
be received;
2. That Council approve the establishment of the following Reserve Funds
and corresponding By-laws:
a) Roads and Bridges
b) Stormwater Management
3. That Council approve the following transfers from the Public Works
Reserve Fund:
a) the amount of $755,225.42 to the Roads and Bridges Reserve Fund
b) the amount of $355,274.56 to the Stormwater Management
Reserve Fund;
4. That the Public Works Reserve Fund By-law No. 494/76 be repealed;
5. That the Division Head, Finance & Treasurer be authorized to:
a)
b)
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
Transfer the balance of $7,107.49 in the Doubles Squash Courts
Reserve Fund to the Community Facilities Reserve Fund and that
the Doubles Squash Courts Reserve Fund By-law No. 6190/03 be
repealed; and,
Transfer the balance of $2,723.22 in the Move Ontario Reserve to
the Rate Stabilization Reserve and that the Move Ontario Reserve
be closed;
6. That Council authorize a transfer of $700,000.00 from the Rate
Stabilization Reserve to establish a Winter Control Reserve and that the
Division Head, Finance & Treasurer be authorized to transfer funds from
this reserve when:
a) the actual winter control costs exceeds budgeted winter control
costs; and
b) there are no other available surplus funds from other City
operations;
7. That the draft by-laws attached hereto be enacted; and,
8. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take
necessary action to give effect thereto.
14. Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor, Report FIN 18-14
Section 357/358 of the Municipal Act-Adjustment to Taxes
Recommendation
380-383
1. That Report FIN 18-14 of the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor
be received;
2. That the write-off of taxes as provided for under Section 357/358 of the
Municipal Act, 2001 be approved; and,
3. That the appropriate officials of the City of Pickering be authorized to take
the necessary action to give effect hereto.
Joint Planning & Development &
Executive Committee Meeting
Agenda
Monday, July 7, 2014
Council Chambers
7:00pm
Chair: Councillor Pickles
15. Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor, Report FIN 19-14
2013 Building Permit Stabilization Reserve Fund
384-385
Recommendation
It is recommended that Report FIN 19-14 from the Director, Corporate Services &
City Solicitor regarding the 2013 Building Permit Stabilization Reserve Fund be
received for information.
(II) Other Business
(Ill) Adjournment
From: Catherine Rose
Chief Planner
Information Report to
Planning & Development Committee
Report Number: 08-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Subject: Zoning By-law Amendment A 5/14
Marshall Homes (Copperfield) Ltd.
1283 Wharf Street
Lot 20, Plan M-89
1. Purpose ofthis Report
The purpose of this report is to provide preliminary information on a Zoning
By-law Amendment application, submitted by Marshall Homes (Copperfield) Ltd.,
to permit the development of four townhouse units. This report contains general
information on the applicable Official Plan and other related policies, and
identifies matters raised to date.
This report is intended to assist members of the public and other interested
stakeholders to understand the proposal. Planning & Development Committee
will hear public delegations on the application, ask questions of clarification and
identify any planning issues. This report is for information and no decision on
this application is being made at this time. Staff will bring forward a
recommendation report for consideration by the Planning & Development
Committee upon completion of a comprehensive evaluation of the proposal.
2. Property Location and Description
• . the subject property is located on the south side of Wharf Street, west of
Liverpool Road and east of Frenchman's Bay within the Bay Ridges
Neighbourhood (see Location Map, Attachment #1)
• the subject property has an area of approximately 0.09 of a hectare, a lot
frontage of approximately 35.0 metres along Wharf Street and a lot depth of
approximately 27.0 metres
• the property supports an existing single-detached dwelling, which is proposed
to be demolished
• surrounding land uses include existing residential uses consisting of single
detached dwellings immediately to the west and to the north, across
Wharf Street; a common element townhouse development to the east, and
the Port Restaurant immediately to the south
1
2
Information Report No. 08-14 Page 2
3. Applicant's Proposal
• the application proposes to rezone the subject property to an appropriate
residential zone category to construct four, 3-storey townhouse units (see
Submitted Plan and Submitted Concept Building Elevation, Attachments #2
and #3)
• the units will be approximately 12.0 metres in height to accommodate an
internal elevator and the rooftop stairwell enclosure
• proposed lot frontages will range between 7.0 metres for internal units to
11.6 metres for end units
• a minimum of two parking spaces will be provided for each dwelling, one
space within a private garage and the other on the driveway
• three of the four units will have a single car garage with a double car garage
for the most easterly unit
• a 2.8 metre high acoustical fence is proposed along the southerly property
line to mitigate noise levels generated by the roof top mechanical units on the
Port Restaurant, the loading area associated with the Port Restaurant and the
marine travel lift to the south
• the subject property is the whole of a lot on a registered plan of subdivision
and the new lots will be created through lifting part lot control
4. Policy Framework
4.1 Region of Durham Official Plan
• the Regional Official Plan designates the subject property as "Waterfront
Places"
• lands within this designation shall be developed as focal points along the
Lake Ontario waterfront having a mix of uses, integrated with the Greenlands
System, such as residential, commercial, marina, recreational, tourist, and
cultural and community facilities
• the built form should vary, and be developed in a manner that is sensitive to
the interface with the natural environment, as detailed in area municipal
official plans
4.2 Pickering Official Plan
• the subject property is designated as "Open Space System -Marina Area"
within the Bay Ridges Neighbourhood
• this designation permits, amongst other uses, marina supportive uses;
restaurants; limited retail uses; arid limited residential uses in conjunction with
marinas and yachts clubs
• the Bay Ridges Neighbourhood policies recognize that the area generally
situated north of the Lake Ontario shoreline on either side of Liverpool Road
up to Commerce Street exhibits a unique mix of built and natural attributes
and establishes the area as the "Liverpool Road Waterfront Node"
• policies in the Plan supports a variety of permissible uses that strengthen and
complement the existing marina use in the area
• the proposal complies with the policies and provisions of the Official Plan
Information Report No. 08-14 Page 3
4.3 Council adopted Liverpool Road Waterfront Node Development Guidelines
• the Liverpool Road Waterfront Node Development Guidelines provide design
objectives for the neighbourhood
• the intent of the Guidelines is to ensure that development does not adversely
impact the functioning marina use and the aquatic environment of
Frenchman's Bay and its shorelines
e the subject property is located within the "Marina Mixed Use Area"; limited
residential uses are permissible subject to the marina uses remaining
• design consideration for new development should reflect the Great Lakes
Nautical Village theme by incorporating design details, such as balconies,
decks, front porches, wider doorways, street level access, awnings and
window boxes
e the proposal will be assessed against the Liverpool Road Waterfront Node
Development Guidelines during the further processing of the application
4.4 Zoning By-law 2511
• the subject property is currently zoned (H)03B -Waterfront Recreation within
Zoning By-law 2511, as amended, which currently permits marina and
recreational uses
• the applicant has requested to rezone the subject property to permit freehold
townhouses with site specific performance standards for setbacks, building
height, parking and other appropriate zoning provisions as required
• an amendment to the zoning by-law is required to implement the applicant's
proposal to develop the subject land for residential uses
5. Comments
5.1 Resident Comments
G none received in response to the circulation to date
5.2 Agency Comments
Region of Durham • the Region has no concerns with the
submitted Noise Impact Study, prepared by
YCA Engineering Ltd., dated April 17, 2014
• the Region requires a Record of Site
Condition (RSC) compliant Phase One
Environmental Site Assessment to assess
potential site contamination issues on the
subject property and are requesting that a
Holding provision be placed on the subject
lands until such time as the RSC compliant
Phase One ESA has been submitted to the
satisfaction of the Region of Durham
3
4
Information Report No. 08-14
Region of Durham
(continued)
Durham District School
Board
Toronto and Region
Conservation Authority
Page4
• the Region requires the applicant to provide
a reliance letter and a copy of their
Certificate of Insurance to the Region with
the Phase One report
• municipal water supply and sanitary
sewerage are available to the subject lands
• no objection to the approval of the Zoning
Amendment Application
• I)O objections to the approval of the Zoning
Amendment Application
5.2 City Departments Comments
Engineering &
Public Works
• no objections to the approval of the Zoning
Amendment Application
• the owner will be required to enter into a
Development Agreement with the City to
address such matters as, but not limited to,
road restoration, service connections,
stormwater management, lot grading and
drainage, boulevard tree planning, utilities,
noise attenuation fencing, securities, and
cost sharing
6. Planning & Design Section Comments
The following matters have been identified by staff for further review and
consideration:
• ensuring the architectural design and siting of the proposed townhouse block
conforms with the design details of the Liverpool Road Waterfront Node
Development Guidelines
o considering an amendment to the Guidelines to recognize this new
residential development
• ensuring appropriate performance standards are implemented in the
amending zoning by-law to be compatible with the character of the existing
surrounding neighbourhood
• reviewing the appropriateness of the proposed 2.8 metre high acoustical
fence along the south property line, including exploring alternative noise
abatement measures to reduce the overall height of the acoustical fence
• considering the use of a holding zone provisions in the implementing zoning
by-law to address the following matters:
o the submission of a Record of Site Condition compliant Phase One
Environmental Site Assessment to the satisfaction of the Region of
Durham
o entering into a Development Agreement with the City
Information Report No. 08-14 Page 5
• ensuring the proposed development contains appropriate sustainable
development components such as Low Impact Development measures
• the City Development Department will conclude its position on the application
after it has received and assessed comments from the circulated
departments, agencies and public
7. Information Received
Full scale copies of the plans and studies listed below are available for viewing at
the offices of the City of Pickering, City Development Department:
• Planning Rationale
• Functional Servicing Report
· • Noise Assessment Report
• Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment
• Draft Reference Plan
• Building Elevation Plan
• Concept Building Elevation Plan
8. Procedural Information
• written comments regarding this proposal should be directed to the City
Development Department
• oral comments may be made at the Public Information Meeting
• all comments received will be noted and used as input to a Planning Report
prepared by the City Development Department for a subsequent meeting of
Council or a Committee of Council
• any member of the public who wishes to reserve the option to appeal
Council's decision must provide comments to the City before Council adopts
any by-law for this proposal
• any member of the public who wishes to be notified of Council's decision
regarding this proposal must request such in writing to the City Clerk
10. Owner/Applicant Information
• the owner of the property is Marshall Homes (Copperfield) Ltd. and is
represented by Brian Moss & Associates Ltd.
Attachments
1. Location Map
2. Submitted Plan
3. Submitted Concept Building Elevation
5
Information Report No. 08-14
Prepared By:
Lalita Paray, MCIP, RPP
Planner I (
Nilesh Su ·, MCIP, RPP
Manger, Development Review & Urban Design
LP:jf
Attachments
Date of Report: June 12, 2014
Copy: Director, City Development
6
Approved/Endorsed By:
Catherine Rose, M
Chief Planner
Page 6
Attachment# 1 to
1 nformation Reoort # 0 51-I Lf-
FRENCHMAN'S BAY
SUBJECT
PROPERTY
Location Map
FILE No: A 05/i 4
HOLY
REDEEMER
SEPARATE I
SCHOOL
APPLICANT: Marshall Homes (Copperfield) Ltd.
-I
I
I I
I
I
I
J
City Development
Department
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: i 283 Wharf Street (Lot 20, Pian tvi-89)
ato Soure~: leronet E.nterpr\!le:. Inc.. and ib! su~pl\er.s.. All r'1gh:'b. Reserved.. Not o pion of survey. 20"f~ l.olPAC ond i't5. suppliant-. All nann. R~rveod.. Not o plan ot Surve~o~.
DATE: Apr. 25, 2014
SCALE 1 :S,OOO I PN-3
7
00
WHARF STREET
@ c@ 9.82
I -11
"' ~ PORCH SETBACK I~ ~~X S£/BACK
CARAC[ SEIBACK
~
@
~~
I I \ \I ~ f CAR CARAGE
I'" I. I I I l>
:t I-N I I 2301-END REV.
\1
: UNC0l£R[0 I L ____ !!f.C...K_ _____ j
"' LOT I
~
i !I
tcAR I tcAR !I CARAGE I &!RACE !
I I
1>1 i <J <:;; i ' t\.:1 ,,
I "' I
2301 REV. j 2301 i
i i NEW CONS!(?UCTION '
PROPOSEO TOWNHOUSES BLOC!( (4 ITS) I I I
' ... ! \1 i
L----~~~~~~--J 1 l----~~~~:~u
LOT 2 I 81
2 CAR CARAC[
f':,
2302
\1
[ UNCOVfREO !
L ____ !!f~~-----J
LOT 4
! IOJJ l' I
829 1oo ! 1.oo 1 ! 847 1 I JY
Submitted Plan
FILE No:.A 05/14
, 'APPLICANT: Marshall Homes _(Copperfield) Ltd.
City Development
Department
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 1283 Wharf Street (Lot 20, Plan M-89)
FULL SCALE COPIES OF THIS PLAN ARE AVAILABLE FORVIEWTNG ATTHE CITY OF PICKERING
CITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
1'
DATE:June 11,2014
5"~ 0'6)
'""'o 3::r '~3 -· Cl> ·; :l ~~ M"
~. ~il1:t()' 0 ""-..) _,
·-+ ~ ...... ; 0 !C)
DQ
I ........
(0
~
City Development
Department
FRONT ELEVATION
Submitted Concept Building Elevation
FILE No: A 05/14
APPLICANT: Marshall Homes (Copperfield) Ltd.
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 1283 Wharf Street (Lot 20, Plan M-89)
FULL SCALE COPIES OF THIS PlAN AAE AVAILABLE FOR VIEWING AT THE CITY OF PICKERI~'G
CITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
1'
DATE: June11,2014
S'~ O'o;-3g.
~3 -·ro o::J ::J-:O=~t gl~ :4
:at_
0
1 0
From:
Subject:
Report to
Planning & Development Committee
Thomas Melymuk
Director, City Development
Proposed Telecommunication Tower
SBA Canada
886 Finch Avenue (Erskine Cemetery)
Installation #59
Report Number: PLN 13-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Recommendation:
1. That SBA Canada be advised that City Council does not object to the proposed
30.0 metre high telecommunication tower installation located at 886 Finch Avenue,
based on the design and other details submitted with this application.
Executive Summary: SBA Canada has submitted a proposal to construct a 30.0 metre
high telecommunication tower disguised as a tree on the Erskine Cemetery lands at
886 Finch Avenue. The tower will accommodate Bell Mobility as well as two additional
carriers.
Since the submission of the initial proposal, SBA Canada has completed their public
consultation process in accordance with Industry Canada requirements and the City's
draft Radiocommunication and Broadcasting Antenna System Protocol. The notification
radius was expanded beyond the minimum 150.0 metres to include additional properties
along Baylawn Drive, Duncannon Drive, Darwin Drive and Regal Crescent. In addition,
a public information session was held on May 27, 2014 at the Erskine Church. The
applicant has advised that no formal public or agency comments have been received
and are requesting that City Council provide a statement of concurrence in support of
the installation.
City staff are supportive of the proposed installation. The proposed tower will have
minimal visual impact on the community, minimizes disruption to natural features, is not
located in proximity to incompatible or sensitive land uses, and is located with
appropriate setbacks and screening from Fairport Road. Staff recommends that
SBA Canada be advised that Council does not object to the proposed
telecommunication tower at 886 Finch Avenue, based on the design and other details
submitted with the application.
Financial Implications: No direct costs to the City are anticipated as a result of the
proposed development.
Report PLN 13-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Proposed Telecommunication Tower Installation ~age 2
Background
1.1 Property Description
The subject property is located at the northwest corner of Finch Avenue and
Fairport Road within the Dunbarton Neighbourhood. The proposed
telecommunication tower will be located at the north end of the property adjacent
to the Duncannon Ravine. The lands are owned by the United Church of Canada
and are currently used as a cemetery (see Location Map, Attachment #1 ).
The subject property is designated as "Urban Residential-Low Density Areas"
in the Official Plan, and zoned 'A'-Rural Agricultural within Zoning By-law 3036,
as amended. The installation of a telecommunication tower is permitted under
the public utilities exemption in Zoning By-law 3036.
1.2 Applicant's Proposal
SBA Canada is an independent wireless infrastructure company that builds new
communication towers to support the requirements of mobile service providers
and provides antenna space on towers and other structures for Canada's
wireless sector.
On November 13, 2013, SBA Canada submitted an application to the City
Development Department outlining their proposal to construct a 30.0 metre high
telecommunication tower disguised as a tree on the Erskine Cemetery lands.
SBA Canada is proposing to build the tower with Bell Mobility as its tenant on the
tower. The tower and ground cabinet will be located in a fenced compound area
measuring approximately 7.0 metres by 3.0 metres. Access to the compound is
proposed from the existing driveway off of Fairport Road (see Submitted Plan,
Submitted Elevation Plan and Submitted Photo Rendering, Attachments #2, #3
and #4).
2. Comments Received
2.1 Required Public Notifications has been completed
On December 2, 2013, Planning & Development Committee authorized staff to
initiate circulation of the Draft City of Pickering Radiocommunication and
Broadcasting Antenna System Protocol (Cell Tower Protocol) to the public,
industry representatives and other stakeholders to seek their comments. At the
conclusion of the consultation process, a recommended Protocol will be prepared
by staff and considered by City Council in September 2014. In the absence of an
adopted City protocol, applicants must follow Industry Canada requirements as
outlined in the Client Procedures Circular (CPC) 2-0-03 Issue 4, entitled
"Radiocommunication and Broadcasting Antenna Systems".
11
1 2
Report PLN 13-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Proposed Telecommunication Tower Installation Page 3
Industry Canada's requirements for public consultation require the applicant to
consult with the Land Use Authority, and the public within a radius of three times
the tower height, measured from the tower base or the outside perimeter of the
supporting structure. The City's draft protocol requirements for public
consultation require the applicant to consult with the Land Use Authority, and the
public within a radius of the greater of 150.0 metres or three times the tower
height within the urban area or 500.0 metres for proposals within the rural area.
SBA Canada voluntarily expanded the public notification beyond the 150.0 metre
radius as required by the City's draft protocol to include additional residents
along Baylawn Drive, Duncannon Drive, Darwin Drive and Regal Crescent. A
total of 104 households were notified by mail. A notice sign was placed on the
subject property and a notice of the proposed tower was placed in the
May 1, 2014 edition of the Pickering New Advertiser. In addition, a Public
Information Session was held at the Erskine Church on May 27, 2014. The
applicant has confirmed that no public comments were received as a result of the
public notification process (see Applicant's Public Consultation Summary,
Attachment #5).
On May 29, 2014, comments from the Trustee Chair of the Dunbarton-Fairport
United Church were received by the City Development Department. The Chair
noted that the money generated from the lease agreement with SBA Canada
would go directly to the church to allow them to fund community programs such
as the Ajax-Pickering Food Bank and FOOTPRINTS (a respite program for
families with autistic children).
2.2 City Departments & Agency Comments
Engineering & Public Works
Toronto and Region
Conservation Authority
(TRCA)
3. Planning Analysis
• have no objections to the proposed
application
• during site construction, the applicant will be
required to obtain a road occupancy permit
from the City
• on May 12, 2014, TRCA issued a permit to
construct a telecommunication tower at the
north end of the existing cemetery lands
3.1 The proposed telecommunication tower is designed to accommodate
co-location opportunities
SBA Canada is a third party provider of wireless communications facilities. The
company develops, owns and manages the facilities and leases space on its
towers to various wireless carriers. The site is proposed to be developed as a
co-location site to accommodate up to three carriers, thereby minimizing the
number of installations required to service the area. The applicant has provideq
written confirmation from Bell Mobility of their interest to locate on the tower.
Report PLN 13-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Proposed Telecommunication Tower Installation Page 4
3.2 The proposed tower location and design is acceptable
The proposed 30.0 metre high tower has been designed to look like a tree, and
the antennas are hidden behind the branches to blend in with the existing natural
vegetation as much as possible, to minimize the visual appearance of the tower.
The site where the tower and compound area is to be located is entirely within a
disturbed wooded area and does not required any mature trees to be removed.
The proposed equipment shelter is a metal clad building surrounded by a
security fence and screened with coniferous trees on the south side of the
compound. The proposed tower will not affect the current use of the cemetery
and will have minimal impact on the surrounding community.
The proponent has provided confirmation that this proposed installation has been
publicly circulated in accordance with Industry Canada requirements and the
City's draft protocol, and the proposals are now before Committee and Council
for consideration. Staff recommend that City Council approve the
recommendation in this report as the proposed installation has minimal visual
impacts, minimizes disruption to natural features, is not located in proximity to
incompatible or sensitive land uses, and is located with appropriate setbacks and
screening from Fairport Road.
Attachments
1. Location Map
2. Submitted Plan
3. Submitted Elevation Plan
4. Submitted Photo Rendering
5. Applicant's Public Consultation Summary
13
14
Report PLN 13-14
Subject: Proposed Telecommunication Tower Installation
Prepared By:
Nilesh Surti, MCIP, RPP
Manager, Development Review
& Urban Design
LP:jf
Recommended for the consideration
of Pickering~
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
Approved/Endorsed By:
~ 2.0,2ol4
July 7, 2014
Page 5
City Development
Department
0 <( w 0 (_) 0:: :::l
I-5: 0::
0:: Q_
0 w (/)
Q_ > 0:: w _I ~ 0 <( 0::
Location Map
FILE No: Installation #59
APPLICANT: SBA Canada
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 886 Finch Avenue (Pt. Lot 227, Con. 2,
Part 1, 40R-3892) DATE: June 6, 2014
Dote Sources:
Ter-onet Enterprises Inc. end its suppliers. All rights Reserved. Not c pion of 5-UNey. 2013 MPAC end its suppliers. All ri hts Reserved. Not o pion of Survey. SCALE 1 :5,000 PN-7
15
16
~ YJ /
I • ' I
! i : I l i·
EXISTING DIRT STOCK PILE,
PROPOSED 30.0m MONOPINE
TOWER. SEE SHEET C-2 FOR ELEVAT!ON.---------._
PROPOSED 7.0mX3.0m
SBA LEASE AREA.----...
PROPOSED 2.0m l'nDE
UTIUTY EASEMENT.
\0 \ ' \
\
/ /()
(
' ! THE: TRUSTEES OF THE
\ I
/JUNDARTON-FAIRPO!/T
CONGREGATION OF THE UNITED
CHURCH OF CANADA PART (, PLAN 40R-3892
. LOT 27, CONCESSION 2
PIN: 2837(-03'!5
//
// ...............
~L_~~~==~~~~~-r---t--~~
i
EXISTING ASPHALT . DRIVEWAY •. -----'
Submitted Plan
FILE No: Installation #59
APPLICANT: SBA Canada
.. _,._,._,,_.. ~ ..
/ ............. -----~·
I ' ~o~ 'I 1 Q 1 I
' I I
. l \ !
EXISTING CH~~
LINK FENCE. 11
J
I. ·!
r
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 886 Finch Avenue (Pt. Lt. 27, Con. 2,
City Development
Department Part 1 , 40R-3892)
DATE: June 7, 2014
City Development
Department
Submitted Elevation Plan
FILE No: Installation #59
APPLICANT: SBA Canada
E 0
("')
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 886 Finch Avenue (Pt. Lt. 27, Con. 2,
Part 1, 40R-3892)
DATE: June 7, 2014
18
Before
View rrom Eskrfne Cemetery lookina northea~t towardt proposed SDA monopi11e tower,
After
PROPOSED
.------------TOWER
PropoHd SBA tree monopole tower shown 11 epproxlmately 30.0 mttrc:s In htllht: Tht photo 'ln1ulation Is b.sod on
lnlorm~tion provided by SBA prior to <onnru<t1on. The phototroph lom1on I• opproxhnattlv 141 mttrt• from tower
lout1on.
Submitted Photo Rendering
FILE No: Installation #59
APPLICANT: SBA Canada ~ PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 886 Finch Avenue Pt. Lt. 27, Con. 2,
City Development
Department Part 1, 40R-38_9_2.__ ____________ -.-------l
DATE: June 7, 2014
ON70796
Site electi I J stifi ati n Re
Prepared for the City of Pickering
SBA Cana a's Proposed Monopine Tower and Wireless
Telecommunications Facility
898 Finch Avenue, Pickering, Ontario
SBA Canada-contracted to:
FONTUR International
30 East Beaver Creek Rood, Suite 1 04
Richmond Hill, ON L4B 1 J2
June 2, 2014
1 9
f},TIACHMflltT #. 5 -~~--TO
REPCliTI'P.· · __ ?LI:)_ /3 -/jL
Table of Contents
Cover Letter 3
Introduction 4
Purpose-Background & Coverage Requirement 3
Identification & Evaluation of Different Site Location Options 6
Proposed Site Location 8
Description of Proposed System 9
Health Canada's Safety Code 6 Attestation 9
Control of Public Access 9
Transport Canada's Aeronautical Obstruction Marking Requirements 9
Engineering Practices 1 0
Public Consultation 1 0
Appendices A-1 13-28
2
20
(<
FONTUR
June 2, 2014
Lalita Paray
30 East Beaver Creek, Suite l 04
Richmond HilL ON, L4B l J2
Phone: (647) 701-4576
Email: shehryar.khan@fonturinternational.com
Planner 11/City Development Department
905.420.4660 ext.2169
lparay@pickering.ca
SBA
Re: Public Consultation Summary for proposed monopine telecommunication
tower
ON70796-898 Finch Avenue, Pickering, Ontario
Dear Ms. Paray,
Please be advised that the public commenting period for the proposed SBA
Canada telecommunication tower at 898 Finch Avenue has concluded.
Throughout the 30-day period starting May 1, 2014, and ending May 30, 2014, no
comments or objections from the public were received.
We believe that SBA Canada has demonstrated that the proposed wireless
telecommunication facility meets the language and intent of Industry Canada's
guideline docum·ent CPC 2-0-03. In terms of our circulation to the City, we feel
that all technical concerns and requirements received through and after the
circulation have been addressed and no outstanding issues remain.
We feel that our proposal does not impede on the use and enjoyment of
surrounding land uses. SBA Canada has exceeded Industry Canada and the City
of Pickering's public consultation standards, and respectfully asks that the City of
Pickering issue a statement of concurrence.
If you have any questions or you require any further information, please do not
hesitate to contact me.
Sincerely,
Shehryar Khan
FONTUR International Inc.
On Contract to SBA Canada.
3
21
22
Introduction
AITA~M~T I. S , .,_TO
R~Pt1f1f ~ -'Q I?L N 13 -L'f
The on-going incre.ase in the use of personal cellular telephones and other
wireless devices such as Blackberry and broadband internet for personaL
business and emergency purposes requires the development of new wireless
telecommunications infrastructure. This infrastructure includes new antennas and
their support structures, which are required to meet the demands of increased
capacity and broadening service areas. Without antennas in close proximity to
the wireless device, wireless communication is simply not possible.
The use of wireless telecommunications is firmly entrenched into Canadian
society and economy. Canadians currently use more than 18.5 million wireless
devices on a daily basis including, wireless phones, pagers, mobile radios, mobile
satellite phones and broadband internet devices. Two-thirds of every Canadian
household have access to a wireless phone. More importantly, each year
Canadians place more than 6 million calls to 911 or other emergency numbers
from their mobile phones.
As part of its on-going commitment to provide high quality wireless internet and
cell phone services, the tenants of SBA Canada have determined that a new
wireless telecommunications facility is required in the City of Pickering.
This report documents SBA Canada's site selection process, the details of the
proposal, and the applicable Industry Canada provisions.
As a general matter, SBA Canada's site selection process is a balanced exercise
that must meet SBA Canada's tenants' network coverage objectives, having
regard for land use constraints and its obligation to its customers to provide a
high quality of service.
Wireless telecommunications facilities are regulated by the Federal Government
under Industry Canada and need not follow municipal or provincial planning
appcovals. However, in recognition_oUhe policy vacuum which exists as_ a result
of that circumstance, Industry Canada requires that wireless telecommunication
carriers consult with land use authorities.
Purpose -Background & Coverage Requirement
A radio antenna and a tower are the two most important parts of a radio
communication system. The antenna is needed to send and receive signals for
the radio station. The tower raises the antenna above obstructions such as trees
and buildings so that it can send and receive these signals clearly. Each radio
station and its antenna system (including the tower) provide radio coverage to a
specific geographic area, often called a cell. The antenna system must be
4
carefully located to ensure that it provides a good signal over the whole cell
area, without interferirg with other stations and can "corry" a call as the user
moves from cell to cell.
Figure 1
If the station is port of a radio telephone network, the number of stations needed
also depends on how many people ore using the network. If the number of
stations is too small, or the number of users increases people may not be able to
connect to the network, or the quality of service may decrease.
Figure 2
As the number of users exceeds the capacity of the radio station to receive and
send calls, the coverage area for the cell shrinks and the shrinkage between
cells creates coverage holes.
As demand increases for mobile phones and new telecommunication services,
additional towers ore required to maintain or improve the quality of service to
the public and restore contiguous wireless service.
5
23
24
ATIP..rMM~Tt. 5 -:~1·0
REFrli:rf& ~ eLN !3-/f
Figure 3
In this case, Bell mobility's (SBA Canada tenant) Radio Frequency Engineering
department has determined the need for a service upgrade to adequately
provide continuous coverage and service to BELL's existing and future customer
base in Pickering. Currently, BELL's network is burdened by a combination of
poor voice and data quality, specifically in high-use residential areas and
transportation corridors. In some cases, the coverage is so poor that a handset
would be unable to place a mobile call at all in the subject location and
surrounding area. The result of this situation is on-going customer complaints,
high "dropped call" rates, and in extreme circumstances, the potential inability
to place a mobile call that may be absolutely critical in an emergency situation.
Bell mobility is committed and mandated by its license to ensure the best
coverage and service to the public and private sectors. The proposed site near
high-use areas is extremely important in terms of providing coverage to an
under-serviced area. SBA Canada wants to provide infrastructure necessary to
ensure that both residents and visitors to the area have access to the Bell
mobility service they are accustomed to in other parts of the country.
Bell mobility's objective for this portion of its network is to provide reliable
coverage in the area within the vicinity of Finch Avenue and Fairport Road in
residential areds-dnd frequeT1tly-travelle-d corridors wh-ere demand for signal-is
high.
A drive test was conducted in the general area along Finch Avenue and Fairport
Road for the purpose of determining Bell mobility's coverage objectives. Very
weak coverage areas with poor signal strength were found around and along
these stretches of road, which generate significant coverage requirements as a
result of the density of users.
6
ATI!.CHM~T#.-£..._:"_TO
REPrlHT ~ ' • ;::;L-!J _ I 3 -i_t;t
Identification & Evaluation of Different Site Location Options
Based on research by Bell mobility's Radio Frequency Engineering team, a
location was chosen in the vicinity of Finch Avenue and Fairport Road. A site
within the search ring on the map below (Figure 4) would, from an engineering
point of view, meet the coverage objectives of Bell mobility's network.
Figure 4-Search area and Existing Telecommunication Towers
(The information presented above is based on the most recent, available, mobile phone tower
inventory. The search area radius shown above is of 500 metres.)
A review of existing telecommunications installations within the search area, as
illustrated in Figure 4, revealed that there are no existing towers or structures
within the search area. The next closest installations are two Bell antennas and a
Rogers antenna located to the north pn the hydro power lines. Unfortunately, this
is no longerpossible due to issues regarding safety and maintenance. Given the
generally low-rise nature of the search area, there were no other existing
buildings that would meet engineering requirements for a rooftop facility.
7
25
26
Proposed Sjte Location
The location which SBA Canada proposes for a wireless telecommunications site
in Pickering is on the property legally known as Part of Lot 27 Concession 2 City of
Pickering and municipally known as 898 Finch Ave.(Figure 7).
The geographic coordinates for the site are as follows;
Latitude (NAD 83) N 43 50 34.4
Longitude (NAD 83) W 79 06 57.2
SBA Canada's proposed tower will accommodate wireless antennas for the
purpose of providing wireless communications coverage and network capacity.
To the end user, this translates into BELL's suite of wireless technologies such as
cellular phone coverage, PDA device coverage (i.e.: BlackBerry, iPhone) a's well
as wireless internet coverage utilizing the BELL speed USB internet product.
Depending on the signal strength, and the amount of data being downloaded,
the regular user should not see a difference between this and a fibre line.
8
SBA Canada strongly supports and indeed encourages co-location on existing
towers and structures and has designed the tower to accommodate and
encourage future carriers on the tower. The use of existing structures minimizes
the number of new towers required in a given area and is generally a more cost
effective way of doing busin.ess. However, tower infrastructure is a finite resource
and over time most towers reach their engineered maximum. This normally results
when more than two carriers occupy the same tower as illustrated below (Figure
8).
Figure 8
9
2014
Initial Single Carrier
Tower
I Alterations to r -original antennas
include: direction,
azimuth, etc.
II Addition of
:= -2nd ~ireless
Carner
I I ; I
I
I ,,
I ,I
I _,
::I i
2016
Further alterations
-to original antennas
1-Implemented Futures
Alterations to original
_ 2nd Wireless Carrier
antennas
2021
_-Additional Netwok
Technologies/Equipment
Tower Profile over
a period of time
27
28
ATifJ'MM~H --~~TO
RWD!-ff£1l' ?.t-IJ !3--lf
Towers are limited in terms of both allowable space and engineering capacity.
Each antenna array requires a separation of vertical space so they do not cause
interference with each other.
Unfortunately there are no pre-existing towers with which to co-locate, and
given the low average height of structures in the search area, a rooftop antenna
installation is also not viable.
Description of Proposed System
The proposed installation for 898 Finch Avenue is a monopine communications
tower (disguised as a tree) that is 30.0 metres in height. A fenced-in compound
would also be constructed screened with coniferous trees, and would occupy a
ground compound area of approximately l 00 square metres.
SBA Canada proposes to accommodate Bell mobility's antenna and microwave
equipment. The tower would initially provide wireless voice and data services for
subscribers to the Bell mobility network.
Health Canada's Safety Code 6 Compliance
Bell mobility attests that the radio antenna system described in this notification
package will comply with Health Canada's Safety Code 6 limits, as may be
amended from time to time, for the protection of the general public including
any combined effects of additional carrier collocations and nearby installations
within the local radio environment. In addition, as per the requirements of each
carrier's broadcast license, any additional equipment will be evaluated for
compliance with Safety Code 6, including the cumulative effect of additional
equipment.
Control of Public Access
The site facility would include locked, alarmed and electronically monitored
mechanical equipment cabinet(s). Fencing would be installed around the base
of the_t()wer and equipment c::abinet(s), and would incluc)~()n_~ lockedgate
access point.
Canadian Environmental Assessment Act
SBA Canada attests that the radio antenna system described in this notification
package is not subject to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012.
Transport Canada's Aeronautical Obstruction Marking Requirements
SBA Canada attests that the radio antenna system described in this notification
package will comply with Transport Canada I NA V Canada aeronautical safety
10
AHA~M~TI. S: --~~-TO
REFC~Wt,< ~ -~_12:-l 'f
requirements. SBA Canada has mode all necessary applications to Transport
Canada and NA V Canada.
Transport Canada will not require aeronautical lighting and/or pointing (see
Appendix A). NAV Canada has no objections to the proposed facility.
Engineering Practices
SBA Canada attests that the radio antenna system described in this notification
package will be constructed in compliance with the Notional Building Code of
Canada and comply with good engineering practices including structural
adequacy.
Public Consultation
Public circulation and consultation has been undertaken in accordance with the
City of Pickering's requirements and Industry Canada's guideline document CPC
2-0-03. SBA Canada has exceeded the public consultation requirements by
expanding the notification radius and sending notices to each household,
conducting a public information session, placing a notice sign on the subject
property and placing a newspaper notice in the Ajax and Pickering News
Advertiser.
The public was notified of the proposed tower in accordance with the City's
Consultotion Process and Industry Canada's CPC 2-0-03. Generally, residents
and property owners within a radius of 150 metres from the bose of the tower
location would receive on information brochure via regular moil (Appendix A).
However, after consulting with word and regional councillors, the notification
radius was expanded to include all property owners residing on Boylown Drive,
Duncannon Drive, Darwin Drive and Regal Crescent. The notification brochures
arrived on or before May 1, 2014. A total of 104 residents were contacted
(Appendix B).
In addition, a public notice advertisement was placed in 'Ajax/Pickering News
Advertiser and a notice sign on the subject property advising the public of the
proposal at the beginning of the 30-doy commenting period, May 1, 2014
(Appendix C). The notice advised the public of the ending dote to comment,
May 30, 2014 and details about the public information session.
A public information session was also held on May 27, 2014 at the Eskrine Church.
A total of 8 attendees were present, not including the "The Trustee of The
Dunbarton-Fairport Congregation of The United Church" board members.
During the 30-doy commenting period (May 1 -May 30), FONTUR International
on behalf of SBA Canada received no comments. As the 30 day public
comment period has expired (as of May 30, 2014) and that the public has not
voiced objection to this facility, SBA Canada is formally requesting that the City
11
29
30
of Pickering formally acknowledge this report as the conclusion of consultation
procedures for this telecommunication tower.
Should you have any further questions or concerns pertaining to the consultation
process associated with this proposal please do not hesitate to contact the
undersigned.
Sincerely,
James P. Kennedy, MCIP, RPP
12
:~.........: ••!·""" .. "'""' -~ >-. '"'~ """'"""~ ..... ...,;,.~"'Do<!""'"~ ''"'''""'"''"'"''"""',...t"'""'~•!7[nl'.....,.,~,_.J•I .....CC(c:;:>;!O;(!OiT)
?ROPERTY D'Nt·ER
tn~ fn"""'"· -"I !bA ~ur;;,~rt.en-.reJrr.<rl ~"""~"""""' ot lht-Ll'>lled o-,...o-, or :!D.llld~
PRO?ERTY ADDR:ES'S
LAT/LONG OF ?ROPOS::O TOW::R .i.
~iWtl~ .. 43'!i~-~.~-~ / bn:Jl·,<!u .. ?!l'OO'!i7.2'"11'
~Rt:A5
T:J\'i:Ji' u:.•.s: !SllL -""'!!C:C,__ ·~· ... ~~ r:m' (!~J:i;'l!l-')
.-,:;:;;zx.£<(.~!.1Uil-P,\~l"l1"
~ &1~.?m' (8<'6~61!')
L•1u!Y t:.o.SE:I.€tli-f'~t::...·c ~ -B.!<r,f (4!S,.;u')
Et<.SEMENIS
Lcrd ""'"*1'' crr,t-t,~~e $~t:ll '"-N'e<l n~ ~cr..ffl·~~~-"' tbo "i"CM::>: !L.t.::<;: !;:;'!: -F,o..c;::;a ',,~.
tr.~ NXt:~ r .... :;c:lo(P>!T-P~~cc. "<l'.,.... l~t \J1l:Jl'r~-F~"El.·c-.
13
APPENDIX A-SITE SURVEY
--d.,:.l<r·~q:>-o!~'l·,.. ;;;---~~::~: ~~~"; !":!'!~.,~;"""" ~•;:!>\ ar lky
~B !:.:\: ~~'7~~ ht:" t.r
f llffi~!~~ ~~<'I ~o-d~n~le: su~l' .r<JI'r-fl""'"•l tlo•·IJ;d --<Hn~l•• '""""">' "'~"-.,.....,\ ~~-"..! "MT ll!n~lo!ci 11ll_,o!"JI k! ~n;.tn""'OI•~·
CC tl<n~I~J .;:.ut =,. A." ::::::: :;.;:.:'::;~{ .:::::"11!=n r;...,-ll-.-
•\.1' ~r.])lo!c: !'>)o~f-~ /':.I~ ~;·Tl ::~~::: it!:~""'""
E(l <lon:tloc• :.clkm o' """'"· f,lr :knO!In fr.-1 li);hnl
t; ~:~:~: ;:~~:;; ~·;,K ;j,~:· r~:~~.~
PI ~,,;,., tl~n ~r.~-l~lll>ij
C~='" O:h:<lel C:.'l~•:n Fl;:istl"<mc•n ~t:O,h Lt.:!., (,L~. !CoX. ,.,,.[,..o.:,~..,df,.,_,...,,,a_L..S
NOlES
BEARINGS
~'lit~.
...... '1:1~~""-'ll.
O..o~~ """ l!1J.I t,:l."l;\ d~r~ t,~., ot-:u·~ "!!(''('OCt "'-'nllr t>s *""' Tlm~ h~!,.,..l< ...,.,_,ne~ll""'~ Ul).l ;;:"""' 1~, Jl.o./"~~>;:;::!~;{,1~1>?).
fa ~o,.,n.,~ """""""'""""• lh• '"'=~=,.\,'7 mle:l<:n• ..,,... "=h•-':1 li 11MI<:f ;:o."lnl(r-~nl;~nllr.
CL!:V..I.TtON~ Elrrat~r~ ~n-lltU'ii<L<: '"'~ ,,_.._,u.! k' u,., Cor...:.i'"' (:n::~O:: ~latlir->1 ~,,..., (CC'/JZ!l';• b)· ~f-ffi ..,,o,c~-~"t l.o 1.1<~ C.I.H~t>tT ~:»-n.;t.,..:rJ..
lli-ll;:"'~"S ~t•W~ hiH"" "''"" r, ,., .. IT~"~~ en.:l '"'''
::.0 =".-ftin~ 1~ it"l :>y <::1.1';<'-11;:1 t..."".l~
th\Ol<lr.~~ ,.,. <;r,.mtt <n~ ...,., ~~ o;o;-n•.,--;t~ lc'-;;r-1:' ~,..JII;):I~"i> bt ~~~ .;;.;.mt>:,eo~ ,.:-..;~~ f.lc1.,... <>1 Q ~;n~;~
CO:·JTO:...JRS
t.to<:,::.>!h:l>hu"" bo,.-,/eund,.,;ln lh• t•U~ ::<:rnm-tmonl F'~O<lbf llo<
0\l;;:o~:;. Totl~ ln,,...,·~;t-CC'I\."o;'1)' {ecn,-.:t,~~l f QS-G<;;OU::"JI~.!~l!r,~)
::~r..,r@!\'~llB-IVI_V!:t ni.'; 1'<1 <.'::n~
ffiEUt.I!Nr\RY :m. SURVU
FLAN CF SUR\'['( OF PART OF LOT 27,
CONCESSION 2
2vcorG.c;hir, Tvwn:..t-r·:, of Pi·~ker:n;: alY OF PICKERING .
RE(:!Ot·l!L MUN'C1Pt..UI':' DF J .:F.·HAH
~ ' l J. ~ ~
\'.'·"' & "'~~~~tr; Ol..!i. ~ro
L Tri~ IUI'.oe) ::t~d p·-e~ 'i!(t .~-.,-.,'="~! ~•>! t'r {('.'.r'•lu-....-~~~~~~,,~,~~ ~d;"1~~-S..r.a"""' ,>...::1 ~ l~<!
Z. To~ l<.)!ll'l ~ n;TT{;It!~ 'Jr\ <di.llll 15, ~\)tl
·;iS>/ ,,e•~
/ / ~~· ,..,.~; .<"' l I I 'I \.c'f
'"~ -~" /_ ;'""""...J I i
: jtoJ,!;l:lli"'-4-·
~ .'U.S.t>l>~f.t.l -.. ... .,.,_
~ ""'~"'""I<>= .__ ... .._,
71lf,...rr.~.O.U1. <lr~tl.IL'ilnl:u .. ·~l.!-. (lml\n UC ~~~
,.m~ZIG I t91ED.l.\!lo;\t:! L!JU~;~
~In~=..=. ::or= .. ~ I Jl.o"""-'<'-'>~1.> l ~~M..>q:,: ! -r..,.o=., ! l'l';i.,t.w<,~
~c=-~"' ..... ~.~~~.ln~nrr:<l·n.1'1!:"
I:I'.~CI<bno: ~11ml-kp>..=J FtroP.'.1Eo O<LO!.:;).TJ..\
31
32
PRCf'OSED UCHTNING ROD
INST~,Ll.ED BY Oll-IEI?S.---~~
~ T/LlCHllNC ~OD
ELEV,,+32 (.'r.,
T/101\ER ~rk ([ MOUNT (SELL)
V El..£V,:+30-0rn
~ I[ MOUNT (!3ELL)
ELEv.:+ze,cm
~ fi_ MW DISH (BELL)
ELEV.:+ 2G_C.rn
I[ MOUNT (FUTVH'E)
I[ MOUNT {FUTURE)
PRCf'OSED SELL '-NTENNoS,
RRU'S. :U.;D {iY TENANT rr••om,crTt'o
SHEETS C--1
C-13 FOR
f'RCf'OSED MONOi'l~E
oRANCHES.----------
STRUCTURAL NOTES:
14
1-STRUCTURAL CALCULATlONS PRE:?Af<I'J)
BY Oll-I~S-
2. cmf!l<loCTCR TO >EFEH 10 TC\\€R STI!IJCIL"'L
CioLCUL~.llO~S F~ I<!JDillONAL LOAOS. NO
ERECllCti C>i t.ICOIFICA TIO>l nF TOI\£R ·sHioLL
8E \lADE \ltTH001 JJ'PP.OV~L OF $Til;JcruR.•L
EN<l'.EER,
FRCf'OSEO J(),Qrn {95'] lo.Cl >!ONOf'INE Hl~£~------
TOW~R ElE:OifA'fiOfo!
ATIACHM~T#_2~-~~TO
littft~[fl'@ ~ r'L-11!-.-fl.:! fL
APPENDIX B-ELEVATION PLAN
BELL ANTENNAS @ 30.0m
NO, OF ANTENNA
A.NT!ON~IAS "'AKE AND
A.T 30.0m MODEL NO.
ANT, SIZE
(LxW><
WEIGHT)
RRU'S LIN!OS I
ANDREW; HWXX '.39••~,305 '12) 8EHINC ABER/ '! -Ei5~50$-VTI.t x:2.'S.O ANTENNAS OC fl0~£R
•SEE SHEET C-'J FCoil ADC•IllCNAL ANIDlNA/MOL'NT INFD.qYAllON.
BELL ANTENI'IAS@ 28.0m
ANT~NNA ANT, SIZE
MAKe AND (LxWx RRU'S LINES
MODEL ND. WEIGHT)
ANDRE'/!; L!iX 1.39;·0.301 (3) BEHIN!} R~ER/
-115i-5DS-VT1,1 •J1, 1 AN kNAS DC PD~E~
AND!lE\'o~ HW"l<X U9xO . .l05 (J) ;JEHI>.:D A6ER/
-S5t50$-VT\t x23.0 AN NNAS DC PO\\£!l
•SEE SHEET C-12 FO'< ADDillC~IAL 1\NllliNA/~lOL!NT INFOR\tAllON,
BELL AttTENttAS @ 26.0m
NO. OF ANTENNA
A.NTEN~IAS MAKE AND
AT l6,Cm MODEL No,
ANT. SIZE
(LxWx
WEIGHT)
•NDRE\1' 0.5x0.6 SBX2-220 x26.5
RRU'S
N/A
liNES
C~-T5E
•SEE SHEET C-ll FOf< ADDillONAL ANTENNA/•tOJNT INFC~MAllOK
I FUTURE ANTENNAS@ 24.0m I
NO, OF ANTENNA A~IT. SIZE
ANTENNAS MAKE AND (lxWx RRU'S LINES
AT24,0m MODEL NO, WEIGHT)
5 ANDREI\' 1.J23,0AGS (9) OEHI~G-AliEf</ TlltLHB-5555A ¥18.5 ANTEI<NAS oc ?-0\\'f:R
3 <1\ll-I~EIN 2.622<0.:> ~z.:~;~ AEER/ 600-10~9VOI xJ~,O DC PO\\£'l
1 4.\IDREW 1.2)(1.2 (I) LDFh50 U'IX•1-ll)1 :.rH!J-,C:' ATTACHED
w w
--" <J1
s ON70796-898 Finch Avenue, Pickering, ONTARIO
Before After
)> ., .,
m z
0
><
() ;;;;:p I Gl1~ .,
""i!]l ::r: g 0 ~ -· ..... 't,)o 0
en
~ c r-~
0 z
w
.J:oo
~
(J) Health & Safety
Health and safety are paramount to SBA Cana-
da. Health Canada has established electro-
magnetic exposure guidelines to ensure the
sate operation of wireless antenna .installations
which is known as Safety Code 1,, SBA Canada
attests that the radio installation described in
this notification package will be instolled ond
operated on an ongoing basis so Otto comply
with !Health Canada's Safety Code 6 for the
protection of the general public including any
combined effects of nearby installations within
the loco~ radio environment.
' Moreover SBA Co nada enoures all structures are
constructed purmant to the National Building
Code which includes all applicable' CSA Radio
communications Regulations.
Regulatory and consultative procedures lor tel-
ecommunications antennas .con be found in
Industry Canada's CPC 2-0-031ssve 4.
In accordance with the Federal Aeronautical
regulations, applications are currently before
NAY Canada and Tranoport Canada to ensure
!hat the tower is assessed for safety; by the ap-
propriate parties. Once issued they will be
available for review from any of the contacts
referenced on the reverse of this information
package.
What about the environment?
This project is exempt under the Can:C.dian
Environmental As~essmE>ot Act.
How do I get involved?
S.BA Canada is committed to effective public con-
sultation. YOl> are invited to provide comment. to
S.BA about this proposal. Yol> may also attend a
public information session on Tu·esday May ~7. 2014
from 6··8pm at the Er$klne Church located on the
northeast c;orner of Fairport Rood and Finc;h
Avenue.
In order to ensure your mailed, facsimiled or
e-m ailed comments are considered, you must
respond by close ot business: on friday May 30.
2014 to the attention of:
S.hehryar Khan
FONTUR International Inc.
Fax: 866-234-7873
Email: on707'i'6.sba.info@fonturinternational.com
SUBJECT: Tower Issue -898 Fincll Ave,
Pickering ON--0N70796
Your municipal contact
S.UBJECT: Tower lssl!e -· 898 Finch Ave,
Pickering ON--0N70796
Pickering File No. Installation #5'9
Lalita P·aray MCIP, RPP
Planner II 1 City Development Department
905.420.4660 ext.21 69 J 1.866.683.2760 I TTY
905.420.1 739
lparqy@ojckering.ca
For more information
Heolth Co ngda Fact Sheet on Sofety Code 6
http)/www br-s;r. QC c:a/ahc-qsr./medjq/ftr-aD/
2014/201 4-023fs-enq.php
lndu:trv Ccnada':l'act sh~et on radio frequ~ncy
energy and safety code 6
btlos;/!www.ic: .<;JC .cq!ej<; M·e!s m!-gst ,nsf/R D<;JI
sf05792.html
T'oron!o Dh!rie! Office
Room 909
56 St. Clair Avenue East
Toronto ON M4T l M2
Telephone; 1-855-4.65-6307
Fax; 41 6-9 54-355·3
Email: sQ.e_clru.m .• lo.wn.to@k.ac .co
SBA
Community
Notification
For a 30.0 m Tree Designed
Telecommunication Tower
Lac atedi at:
898 Finch Avenue,
Pickering, ON
Proposed SBA Tree
/Mono1pole Tower
I?
SBA Canada Site Code OIN70796
)> ., .,
m z
0
><
0 I .,
c:
o:J c:
()
z
0 ::::!
::!!
()
~
0 z
o:J
:::0 0 ()
:I: c:
:::0 m ........ en
0 m _. ........
w c.n
~
--1 Your local Land Use AuthoritY
lin recognition of the-Federal Government's exclu-
s.ive-jurisdiction and in an attempt to promote bal-
once, Industry Canada requires thot proponents of
tel&commvnicotion tocilities comult with land use
authorities as port of their licensing process. The
requirement to con suit con b& faun d in lnd ustry
Canada's document. Client Procedure Circular
CPC 2-0-03. According to the CPC. ihe puriPose-of
consultation is to emure that land vse authorities
are aware of significant antenna structures and/or
insiallaiio ns proposed ~ovithfn their boundaries so
antenna sysiems are deployed in a manner which
considers local surroundings.
Consufltotion must respeci ihe· Federal· Govern-
ment'~ e-xci<UGive juri~diction and SIPecifically does
not give a municipality the right !0 veto the pro-
po;ol. As o result of the Federal Government's ex-
clusive jurisdiction, this proposed wireless fociliiy
does not require permitting of any kind. Similarly,
zoning by-lows and Site Plan approvals do not ap-
ply to these facilities.
I">Jotwithstanding the Federal Government's exclu-
s-ive· jurisdiction. SBA Co node is committed io con-
~vltotion with the Local Land-use Authority [City of
Pickering.). This public notification has been de-
s.ign.ed to provide the necessary information as re-
quired by Industry Canada and the cit;.• of
Pickering.
Proposed Tower Location
Why is a new tower required?
A radio antenna and tower are the !v,;o most im-
portant paris of a radio communication system.
The antenna is needed to send and receive sig-
nals for the radio station. The tower raises the an-
tenna above obstructions such as trees. and build-
ings so that it con send and receive these signals
dearly. Each ro dio station and ils ante nno system
{including the tower) provide radio coverage to a
specific geographic area. often called a cell. Tile
antenna system must be carefully located to en-
sure that it provides a good signal over the whole
cell area, without interfering with other stations, In
areas wh&re there ore many cells, the antennas
do not need to be very high. Where the cells are
larger, the antennas mvst be higher above the
ground level in order to provide good radio cover-
age for the whole area.
In this case, SBA's tenant Bell !\•lability, and their RF
Engineering depa.rtment, has determined the
need for a Personal Communication Services
{?CSJ upgrade to adequately provide contiguous
coverage and s.;,rvice to our .;,xisting and future
customer base in the area of Finch Ave and Fair-
port Rd, Currently, our network is b\Jrdened by a
combination of poor voice and data quality in
these areas. In some cases, the coverage is so
poor tho! a handset would be unable to place a
mobile call at all in the subject location and svr-
ro unding area. The .result of this situation is on-
going customer complaints, high "dropped call''
rates. and in extreme circumstance1, the potential
inability to place a mobile call that may be abso-
lutely critical ill'l an emerg·ency situation.
Where will it be loc.ated?
The propo~ed site of the tower is at 1398 Finch Ave.
west of Fairport Rd.
The geographic coordinates for the site ore:
Latitude {NAD B3) N 43°50' 34.5"
Longitude (t.JAD 83) w 79°06' 57.'2'
SS.A Canada s.trongly supports co-location on existing
lowers ond structures. Th-e use of exisling structures
minimizes the number of new towers required in o
given area and is generally a more cost effective
way of doing business. Unfortunately in this case,
there were no existing structures in the area to be
considered.
What wllll it look like?
SBA Canada is proposing a 30.0 metre Monopine
tower {disgui~ed as a tre.;,) with wireless telecommu-
nications antennas to improve upon the overall poor
coverage in your area. This tower and its associoted
equipment will be enclosed in a secured steel chain
link fence.
Below is on example of the proposed tower, which
will be located in amongst the trees at the rear of a
cemetery.
-+il!i"?t,cL
I,•I:>Q ~.1;:~:~::--·
i'l:":,'.;T
~ <r; ;::~:-"
..,~ d.r:·.', ?~'-~-.:·
~:!~j',~;l..Y~'
Prooposed SBA Tree
)> ., .,
m z
0
>< m
I .,
c: o:r r-
() ;;;;n~ z !.1H ;'~
0 'Q :;1'>
::::! =l2
:!! ~ ~y..~
() ""'' ·~
)> "-"""'.!
-I ~
0 ~~r z
c:J ;::a ~' 0 0vL () .
::r: I"'-0
c: ,"f::-
;::a m ,.....,
VI
0 m
"-> ........
36
APPENDIX F-PUBLIC MAILING LIST
010018044000000
GLEN ANTHONY LUE
CHRISTINE CATHERINE LUE
902 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
01 001804404000{}
NICO BOCKMANN
TERESA 60CKMANN
906 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
010018044080000
TONNI ANDERSEN
DOLLY ANN ANDERSEN
910 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON l1X 2M3
010018044120000
BRIAN GORDON BERNDT
CLARISSA BERNDT
9·14 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
010018044160000·
CHRISTOPHER RICH
TERRI RICH
918 DUNGANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M4 .
010018044200000
LOUIS HOUDE:
SANDRA CANTALINI
922: DUNCANNON DR
PICKERnNG ON L1X 2M4
010018044240000
JAMES HARTGERINK~MELOCHE
MELANIE HARTGERINK-MElOCHE
921 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X ZM4
18
010018044020000
JOHNMON[Z
904 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
010018044060000
TIMOTHY MARK HAMIL TON
MARTINE HAMILTON
908 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L tX 2M3
010018044100000
PAlRJCIA LOUISE SANTOLOCE
912 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
010018044140000
NATHAN LESTER BRADSHAW
LINDA ARWICH
916 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
010018044180000
JOANNE MARGARET COUNTRY!'MN
920 DUNCANNON DR
PiCKERING ON l1 X 2M4
010018044220000
EDWARD GRAINGER
.. JANET GRAINGER
924 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON l ~X 2M4
010018044260000
CHRISTOPHER MCMULlAN
CATHERlNE MCMULLAN
919 DUNCAN NON DR
PICKE;:RING ON L 1X 2M4
010018044280000
KIMBERLEY ANN DAILEY
MARK EDWARD DAILEY
917 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M4
010018044320000
ERNEST RAVI SARAVANAMVTTU
BRIDGET MARY SARAVANAMUTTU
913 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M4
010018044360000
LEONARD BRENT RUTHERFORD
9U9 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
010018044400000
CRAIG KURYSH
LAUREL SCHOLLEN
905 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X2M3
010018044440000
A. HORRA
901 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L1X2M3
010018046550000
VINCENZO GIORDANO
SANDRA GIORDANO
931 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P3
010018046570000
ABDULHASAN ALl NAMDAR
ZAHRAA ABDULREDHA
927 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1 X 2P3
19
t~HACHft~Ei~T i!2__ __ ,"_:ro
REFmrr~ · .~__i3.::!JL
010018044300000
CHERYL ANN MARSELlA
915 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M4
010018044340000
IAN COADY
ANN COADY
911 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1 X 2M3
0100180443-BOOQO
DONALD HUFF
DEBORAH HUFF
907 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
010018044420000
MITCHELL BRIAN AIMERS
903 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2M3
01 001804500[}000
010019133000000
WHITE & ERSKINE CEMETERY
CfO DUNBARTON-FAIRPORT UNITED CHURC~
1066 DUNBARTON RD
PlCKERING ON L1V 1 B4
0100180465600QQ
WILLIAM POINTON
SHELLEY ANN POINTON
$29 DUNCANNON DR
PICKEHING ON L 1X 2:P3
010018046580000
EDWARD JOSEPH BIAGION!
925 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON
L1X 2P3
(ssAmJl 37
20
38
t~ITN~"?M~TI. 5 ..;;-~TO
m~rmffil'l . 0 f!:.LI)L., 1 3-1 .t
[}10018046590000
DANIELLE HELOU
923 DUNCANNON. DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P3
01001804£630000
ROBERT DONALDSON
JULIE-ANN DONALDSON
928 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P3
010018046650000
JOHN ESPOSITO
932 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P3
01001g130000000
PETER JAMES GREEN
LAURA PAULINE GREEN
899 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON l1X 2N7
01001913004000(}
KAREN ANNE MURPHY
895 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2N7
010019130080000
CANDISE ELAINE HEWITT
891 BAYLAWN DR
PLCKERING ON L 1X 2N7
01001913012.0000
KENNETH GEORGE FORD
887 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON l1 X 2N7
010018046620000
DOMENIC VISCONTI
GENEVIEVE VISCONTI
.926 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L1X 2P3
01 00,18046640000
RAJ SHAH
930 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON l1X 2P3
010018046660[}00
CATHERINE L CARMAN
934 DUNCANNON DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P3
010019130020000
RICHMOND HAYWARD
KATIE HAYWARD
897 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON l1X 2N7
010019130060000
HERMAN COMLI:KCI
JE:ANETIE COMLEKCI
893 BAYLAWN OR
PICKERING ON l1X 2N7
010019130100000
SHERIF ASHAMALLA
MONIQUE ASHAf\ltALLA
889 BAYLAWN DR
PIGK~RING ON L 1X 2N7
010019130140000
MARK CADMAN
885 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2.N7
(ssAI}))
010019130160000
EDITH MARN-WAI CHAN ANTHONY YIN BUN CHAN
883 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2N7
010019130200000
DOUGLAS MURRAY SCOTT
MARY LOU SCOTT
879 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2N7
010019130220000
RQS.ER JAMES POWELL
875 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2N7
010019130240000
VIJAYAKUMAR THIAGARAJAH
ANITA DEVANE
871 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
01001913.026.0000
CHR:lS PROSKOS
867 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X2R9
o 1 oo·m 13o2soooo
SHARON LYNN BRIDGE
863 BA YLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L1X2R9
0100191;?;0300000
MICHAEL ANTHONY SAGAT
JUDY PATRICIA SAGAT
859 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
21 .
t'.ITACi1~!~T #. 5 . ~-~TO
REf'r.!ffG' f'LN lli:i,
010019130190000
PAUL PETER PAPPAS
DIANE ELIZABETH PAPPAS
881 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2N7
010019130210000
ILONA SMITH
877 SA YLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1 X 2N7
010019130231)000
JENNIFER MARGARET CARADONNA
873 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L1X 2R9
010019130250000
DEBORA ELIZABETH RHODES
869 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON l1X 2R9
010019130270000
JEFFREY RAYMOND MACKlNNON
DENISEANN MACKINNON
865 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
010019130290000
STEPHEN ZEITLER
CARAL YN ZEITLER
861 BA YLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2.R9
010019130310000
MARY ANN MADIGAN
S57 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
39
22
40
010019131650000
ERICK DAVIS
852 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON l 1X 2R9
010019131670000
COUN HILL
ELAINE MAGENNIS-HILL
856BAYlAWN DR
PICKERING ON l1X2R9
010019131690000
JOHN BERTRAM
860 BAYlAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
010019131720000
THOMAS IAN MCClElLAND
TANYA FAYE MCCLELLAND
864 BAYlAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
010019131740000
LESLIE SOOSAlPILLAI
ROSHANTHI SOOSAIPILlAJ
868 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
010019131770000
DIANNE CAROL KERR
872 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L1X 2R9
010{)19131700000
BARRY RAYMOND DIXON
THERESA ANNE DIXON
8T6 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1 X 2R9
A;1 lACHfdi~T#. 5 --~~TO
A~Fr.Gfl t CL/\.) 13 -/'?'
010019131660000
JEAN-YVES DUROCHER
BARBARA DUROCHER
854 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON. L 1X 2R9
0100191316BDOOO
ROHAN SINGH
INGRID SINGH
858 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
. 010019131700000
lYNN MARIE CATTERALL
LAUR!'::NCE STEWART SLAVIN
862 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
01 00·19131730000
KELLY MCCULLOUGH
JOHN STEPHEN ANDERSON
866 BAYLAWN DR
P[CKERING ON L 1X 2R9
010019131750000
FERNANDO CORNACCHIA
ANN MARIE CORNACCHIA
870 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
010019131780000
HOY ROBERT CRAtG
CHERYl ANN CRAIG
874 BAYLAWN OR
PICKERING ON l.1X 2R9.
010{)19131800000
VICTORSGRO
. 87S BAYLAWN DR
P.ICKERING ON L 1X2N7
AH!'l~MB~T#5 .-=~-TO
Fl~Pmir~: fi/\1 !3,;:/!£
010019131810000.
BRIAN HARRY PRESS
CHARLENE LYNN PRESS
880 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON l1 X 2N7
010019131840000
MARK EDWARD FUlLER
884 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L1X 2N7
010019-131880000
CHRIST6PHER SHANE JENNINGS
FIONA MCCULLOCH
BBB BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1 X 2N7
010019131920000
SHERIEF FAUD KHAN
CHRISTINE SHENEE2A KHAN
892 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2V7
010019131960000
JEAN HEPBURN
896 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X2N7
010019134000000
ANDREAS KAKOULLIS
ROSEMIARY AHRENS
882 FJNCH AVE
PICKERING ON L 1V 1J3
010019136440000
KENNETH ,JOHNSTON
LORI-ANN D'ORNELLAS-JOHNSTON
898 DARWIN DR
P[CKERlNG ON L 1X 2PB
23
010019131820000
KERSTl ANNE RANKEN
GEOFFREY SCOIT BELSHAW
882 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERlNGON L1X2N7
010019131860000
fi.I1ARY SUSAN MACDOUGALL
B86 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2N7
01001913~900000
BRUCE GORDON BRADLEY
CHRISTINE ANNE BRADLEY
890 BAYLA\!'1/N DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2N7
010019131940000
CHARLES GERDITSCHKE
B94 HA YLAWN UH.
PICKERING ON L 1X 2R9
010019131980000
SANDRA GALATI
CHRISTOPHER GAlAT~
898 BAYLAWN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2N7
010019135GODOOO
RICHARD ANTHONY SQUIRES
SUZANNE NAGY
872 FINCH AVE
PICKERING ON L 1V 1J3
01 0019136450{}0{)
CATHERINE ROSE MCDONNELL
DOUGLAS DONALD MCKAY
89£ DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P8
41
24
42
010019136460000
DAVID PETER D'ANDRADE
694 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P8
010019136480000
GARRY ALBERT STEWART
890 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P8
010019136500000
DOROTHY JEAN HART
BB-6 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X lP8
010019136520000
INGEVANEK
WILLIAM VANE:K
882. DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P8
010019136540000
N1GEL OEPAULSEN
UNDA DEPAULSEN
878 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P8
010019136560000
FRANK PAUL AMANTEA
874 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P8
010019136580000
FRANClS MlHALEK
ROBERTA CASE
870 DARWIN OR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P7
·.....,.,.:...,_ __ =~~TO
PLN_i_d-1 y
010019136470000
TERRANCE JOHN ELLIOTT
JAYNE ANGELA MORRISETIE
892 DARWIN OR
PICKERING ON l1X 2P8
0100191 36490(}00
KENNETH EDWARD FORD
NANCY JAYNE: FORO . -
888 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON l1X2P8
010019136510000
JAMES DOUGLAS ADAMS
884 DARWIN DR
PICKE:RING ON L 1X 2P8
01001913'6530000
ANITA MARIA FARRELL 880 DARWIN DR .. ---
P,ICKERING ON UX 2P8
010019136550000
DAVID JOHNSON
876 DARWIN DR
PICK£RING ON 1.., 1X 2P8
010019136570000
ROCCO TAGUONI
JANE MARGARETTAGLIOflil
872 DA:RWIN OR
f'ICKERlNG ON L 1X 2P8
010019136590000
PAUL ADAMS
868 DA:RWj N DR
PiCK~RlNG ON L 1:X 2P7
[ssAI))}
010019136600000
MARGARET G CHURCH-HAWKINS
866 DARWlN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P7
010019136620000
JOHN PAUL RANDOLPH
DARLEEN KIYOKO RANDOLPH
862 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P7
010019136640000
GUSTAVO DAR10 ROI'.ffi.NI
MARIA ROMANI
858 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P7
25
ATTACt1~.~~Er~T # 5 -~TO
F.EP(t[:tY~ ~fL/IJ /3 !___~
010019136610000
LORI ANN ALLINGHM~
864 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P7
010019136630000
KATHRINE MAGDALENA GRANT
86Q DARWIN OR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P7
01 0019136650000
EDWARD JAMES BENNETT
856 DARWIN DR
PICKERING ON L 1X 2P7
43
44
AE ~i".~Mf!'\lT #. 5 -=~TO 11~~31-ff~ · PLAJ J 3 -I'/
APPENDIX G-PUBLIC NEWSPAPER NOTICE
(PUBLISHED MAY 1, 2014 IN 'AJAX/PICKERING NEWS ADVERTISER')
r---------------------------------------------------------------, 0
PUBLIC NOTICE
TELECOMMUNICATIONS TOWER
SBA Canada Inc. in accordance wit11 its
obligations under the Radiocommunications
Act and Industry Canada procedure
CPC-2-0-03 (2008), hereby notifies the
residents in the vicinity of 898 Finch Ave in
PicKering, Ontario of its intentions to develop
a Telecommunications Tower at the location
shown below consisting of :
• A 30.0 metre Monopine
Telecommunication Tower (disguised
as a pine tree),
• An equipment cabinet at the base
(7mX3m),
• and fencing screened with coniferous
trees
On 898 Finch Avenue, Pickering, Ontario
ANY PERSON may make a v.lfitten submission to the individuals listed belmv b~t' Friday May
30, 2014 V'.1th respect to this matter. You may also attend a public information session on
Tuesday May 27, 2014 from 6-Spm at the Erskine Church located on the northeastcomer
of Fairport Road and finch Avenue_
PLEASE TAKE NOTICE that the approval of telecommunication facilities and their design are
under th-e exclusive jurisdiction of the Government of Canada through Industry Canada. The
City of Pickering has no jurisdiction other than as a commenting body to Jndustry canada and--
the applicant
SBA Canada Inc.-contracted to:
Shehryar Khan
FONTUR International Inc_
30 East Beaver Creek Rd, Suite 1 04
Richmond Hill, ON L4B 1 J2
Fax: 866-234-7873
Email: on 70796.sba. info @fonturintemational.com
City of Pickering contact:
Lalita Paray MClP, RPP
Planner H 1 City Development Department
905.420.4660
ext2169 1 1.866.683.2760 l TTY
905.420.1739
lparay(wpickerinq.ca
•
E
"' .::; :;
~------------------------------------------------~~
26
27
ATIACHM~T #. 5 . ---~TO
AW(;iff Ill . • fi-N !3 i!r
APPENDIX H-NOTICE SIGN
45
28
46
ATI'ACH~v~T# 5 =~TO
R~PCWf If ... _ PL-IJ /3 -ljt-
APPENDIX 1-PUBLIC INFORMATION SESSION-SIGN IN SHEET
.((' fONTI.Ifi: li'lternci!'<OC.oi Inc,
30 Eo;t Be::l'ller Creak, Sufjij iO~
Rt:hm:md ltll, 0.~
(ssAII)))
FOrNTUR L4& 1J2
Sign .. in Sheet
Pubfiic Information Session-Proposed Telecommunication Tower
located at 898 finch Avt~nue-Eskrtne Cemetery, Pickering
27 /OS/20 14
Name (Please Print}
... , ... -~=-~-~~~~=-~--~~,=~~=-=-~-~,.,_,.,.~-. . --,---' :.;:-·-, -·c3ti1::{uoz~<;U_s.~
(ssAI)))
From:
Subject:
Thomas Melymuk
Report to
Planning & Development Committee
Report Number: PLN 14-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Director, City Development
Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P
Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan
Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan
C ity-1 n itiated
Official Plan Review: City Centre Intensification and Redevelopment
Recommendation:
1. That Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-00 1/P, initiated by the City of
Pickering, to implement the vision for the City Centre, be approved;
2. (a) That Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan, initiated by the City of
Pickering, to change existing policies and add new policies to create a planning
framework for the redevelopment and intensification· of the City Centre, and to
identify required infrastructure improvements and transportation connections
within, from and to the City Centre in support of anticipated population and
employment growth to 2031 and beyond, as set out in Exhibit "A" to Appendix I to
Report PLN 14-14, be adopted; and
(b) That the Draft By-law to adopt Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan, as
set out in Appendix I to Report PLN 14-14, be forwarded to Council for
enactment;
3. That Council adopt Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan as set
out in Appendix II to Report PLN 14-14;
4. That staff finalize the City Centre Urban Design Guidelines and bring them back
to Council for endorsement; and
5. Further, that the City Clerk forward a copy of Report PLN 14-14 and Council's
resolution on the matter to the Region of Durham.
Executive Summary: On July 8, 2013, Council endorsed in principle the report entitled
"Downtown Pickering-A Vision for Intensification and Framework for Investment", prepared
by Urban Strategies Inc. in association with HDR!iTrans and Halsall Associates, and
authorized staff to initiate an Official Plan Amendment and finalize the Urban Design
Guidelines to implement the vision and redevelopment framework.
47
48
Report PLN 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P Page 2
The Province of Ontario's Growth Pl.an (Places to Grow) identifies the City Centre of
Pickering as an "Urban Growth Centre". The Urban Growth Centre boundaries extend the
City Centre south of Highway 401, encompassing the GO Train station and
industrial/commercial lands to the east of the GO station. The reconfigured boundaries of
the City Centre, as shown on the Location Map, (see Attachment #1), are consistent with
the Urban Growth Centre boundaries.
The Durham Regional Official Plan (ROP), inclusive of the Region's Growth Plan
conformity amendment (ROPA 128) approved by the Ontario Municipal Board on
January 9, 2013, designates the City Centre as an Urban Growth Centre, and the ROP
furthermore states that Urban Growth Centres:
• shall be planned as focal areas for institutional, region-wide public services,
major office, commercial, recreational, cultural, entertainment and residential
uses, serving as major employment centres supporting higher order transit
services; and
• shall be planned to accommodate a minimum density target of 200 persons
and jobs combined per gross hectare and a floor space index of 3.0; the built
form for the Urban Growth Centres should be a mix of predominantly high-rise
development, with some mid-rise, as determined by area municipalities
An amendment to the Pickering Official Plan to add new policies and change existing
policies to the Official Plan to create a planning framework for the redevelopment and
intensification of the City Centre was prepared and circulated for comment.
Related informational revisions to the Official Plan were also prepared and circulated for
comment.
Following the review of comments received from agencies, the public and developers,
and one-on-one meetings with agencies, companies and individuals on the matter, staff
identified a number of changes to the Proposed Amendment and the Proposed
Informational Revision (see Table 1: Responses to Comments Received on Proposed
Official Plan Amendment 26, Appendix Ill).
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan is provided as Exhibit "A"
to the draft adopting By-law, found as Appendix I to this Report. Recommended
Informational Revision 21 to the Plan is provided as Appendix II. Staff recommend that
Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan, be adopted. It is also recommended that
the By-law to adopt Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan be forwarded to
Council for enactment, and that Council adopt Informational Revision 21 to the Official
Plan.
Staff will finalize the City Centre Urban Design Guidelines and bring them back to
Council for endorsement.
Report PLN 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P Page 3
Financial Implications: No direct costs to the City are anticipated as a result of the
proposed amendment.
1. Background
The review of the Pickering Official Plan is being undertaken through a series of
amendments addressing specific topics and geographic areas. "Growth Plan
Conformity and the City Centre Vision" (previously referred to as the
Downtown Vision) was identified as one of the topics to be addressed through
the Official Plan Review.
The "Downtown Pickering-A Vision for Intensification and Framework for
Investment" Report endorsed by Council in July 2013 provides the planning basis
for the proposed Official Plan Amendment 26 and associated Informational
Revision 21.
The new policies, if properly implemented, should assist the City, the community
and city builders to realize the Community Vision for the City Centre -to make it
a vibrant, sustainable, accessible and distinct City Centre for all people and all
seasons -a place to inspire, gather, work, and live, all in a compact and
walkable environment.
Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan affects a number of policy sections
of the Plan and includes new City Centre Neighbourhood policies on
Placemaking; District Energy; Public Realm; Active Street Frontages; Building
Heights; Street Network and Design; Transit, Pedestrian and Cycling Network;
Parking; Stormwater Management; Growth Management; and associated
housekeeping items (see the full amendment as Exhibit "A" to Appendix I); a
.general description of the Amendment is provided as Appendix V. Related
changes to the explanatory text and sidebars of the Official Plan are provided in
Informational Revision 21.
Staff continue to work on other components of the Official Plan review. Further
amendments will be brought forward which will include the Growth Plan
conformity for areas outside the City Centre.
2. Comments received on Proposed Amendment 26 and Proposed
Informational Revision 21
2.1 Comments from the March 31, 2014 Statutory Open House
Forty one people attended the March 31, 2014 Open House. Questions were
asked for clarification but no formal comments or submissions were made at the
open house.
49
50
Report PLN 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P Page 4
2.2 Comments from the April 7, 2014 Statutory Public Meeting
Four verbal submissions were made at the April 7, 2014 Statutory Public Meeting
at the Planning and Development Committee. A summary of Stephen Fagyas,
David Steele, Barbara Pulst and Peter Falconer's verbal submissions and staff's
response is contained in Table 1: Response to Comments Received on
Proposed Official Plan Amendment 26 (see Appendix Ill to Report PLN 14-14).
2.3 Written submissions received
Staff have received a number of written submissions regarding the proposed
amendment. A summary of these written submissions and staff's response is
contained in Table 1 of Appendix Ill.
In addition, staff also received a number of email submissions in response to a
flyer "Proposed Pickering Downtown & Casino" that was distributed by the
Regional Councillors of Wards 1 and 2 to residents of those wards. A summary
of the email submissions and staff's response is also contained in Table 1 of
Appendix Ill.
2.4 Additional consultation with the public and landowner representatives
Planning staff also had separate meetings either before or after the public
meeting to further discuss Amendment 26 and the contents of any verbal and/or
written comments received with:
• Steven Warsh and Ara Nalbandian (land owners in City Centre South)
• Novatech Engineering
• George Wheeler (Torgan Group) and Steven Kirshenblatt (Kirkor Architects)
representing the owners of 1885 Glen anna Road
• Richard Feldman (Squareco Properties Inc. -owner of 1550 Kingston Road)
• 20 VIC Development (owners of the Pickering Town Centre mall) and
• Bob Oldman (owner of 1450 and 1525 Pickering Parkway)
Comments made at these discussions related either to the points or concerns
that had already been raised in the written submissions, or to answering
questions or providing clarification regarding the implications of Amendment 26
for future development proposals in the City Centre.
2.5 Region of Durham comments
The Region has indicated that they support the re-designation of the Prestige
Employment lands within the City Centre, south of Highway 401 to a City Centre
designation. The Region has no concerns with the Proposed Informational
Revision. The Region has indicated that Amendment 26 is exempt from
Regional approval. A summary of the Durham Region's written comments and
staff's response is contained in Table 1 -Appendix Ill.
Report PLN 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P Page 5
2.6 Durham District School Board (DDSB) comments
The DDSB supports the location of the proposed elementary school site south of
Highway 401, shown on map 18. The physical size of the school building, which
dictates the size of the school site, is still to be confirmed. A summary of the
DDSB's written comments and staff's response is contained in Table 1 -
Appendix Ill. Staff will work with DDSB to see how a school with a smaller urban
footprint and options for co-location, could be accommodated on the lands.
2.7 Toronto and Region Conservation Authority (TRCA) comments
TRCA assisted staff with minor revisions to proposed City Centre Public Realm
and Stormwater Management policies. TRCA concurs with the policy directions
and do not have any objection to OPA 26 (see recommended policies 11.1 OC
(d), (e) and (f), 11.1 OJ and 11.1 OK (c) (iii)).
3. Recommended Modifications to the Proposed Amendment and
Informational Revision
Staff have reviewed the submissions received, provided detailed responses and,
where justified, recommended a number of proposed modifications to the
proposed amendment (see Table 1: Response to Comments Received on
Proposed Official Plan Amendment 26). The following provides an overview of
the recommended policy changes:
Transportation
• In response to a number of concerns about the impact future population
growth in the City Centre may have on traffic and the road system, staff
recommend the addition of two further policies that set out the conditions that
have to be met before the proposed north-south arterial road through the
hydro corridor, and the proposed road connection between Bayly Street and
, Brock B.oadcan be built (see recommended policy 11.10F (d) and (e) of
OPA 26).
• In addition, it is recommended that a further policy subsection be added that
requires the preparation of a transportation study for developments to assess
the need and timing of future transportation system improvements (see
recommended policy 11.1 OK (c) (i) of OPA 26).
Expansion to Existing Buildings
• Concerns have been raised that the proposed policies on minimum floor
space index, density and height may unfairly restrict expansions to existing
buildings. In response, staff recommend the inclusion of flexible wording to
allow the expansion of existing buildings that may not meet these minimums,
provided the applicant has demonstrated through a planning analysis that
these growth and urban form objectives can be achieved over time (see
recommended policies 3.6 (e) and 11.1 OE (d) and (e)). 51
52
Report PLN 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P Page,6
Drive Through Facilities
• A request was submitted to remove the requirement for an Official Plan
Amendment and corresponding justification for new drive-through facilities in
the City Centre, since it was felt that zoning was the more applicable
planning tool for controlling and restricting such uses. Staff concur and it is
recommended that the Official Plan Amendment requirement be removed,
and that the rezoning requirement remain intact to ensure that the proposed
development meets the objectives for a more compact and walkable City
Centre (see recommended policy 11.1 OD (f)).
Precincts
• Concerns were raised that the precinct boundaries do not recognize or follow
current property boundaries, and that the interpretation and application of any
development standards from multiple precincts on a single property would
unnecessarily complicate the development review process. Staff agree and
are of the view that the new City Centre Zoning By-law, together with· the City
Centre Urban Design Guidelines, would better facilitate the establishment of
uses and the development of built form in specific locations in the City
Centre. Staff recommend that proposed Map 18A and section 11.1 OF be
removed and the subsequent policy sections renumbered.
Environmental Buffers
• It was suggested that proposed development policies be included to define
the width of the Krosno Creek Corridor and associated environmental buffers.
Staff agree and recommend that a policy be included which requires the
proponents of new deve·lopment to assess the Regulatory Flood Plain risks
associated with lands proposed for redevelopment within the Krosno Creek
and Pine Creek flood plains; and to implement, where appropriate, a revised
flood plain boundary (see recommended policy 11.1 OC (e)). Furthermore,
staff also recommend that a policy be added in 11.1 OK (c) stipulating that
Council shall support the use of the Holding provision to ensure that
development take place on lands outside the defined Krosno Creek and
Pine Creek corridors.
Employment Land Conversion
• Concerns were raised over the need to submit further documentation to the
Region to justify the conversion of the Prestige Employment lands located
south of Highway 401 and east of Sandy Beach Road to City Centre.
However, subsequent to the statutory public meeting, staff submitted further
justification to the Region. The Regional Planning Department has confirmed
that the conversion is justified and meets the intent of the Growth Plan and
Regional Official Plan. Accordingly, the references to the requirement for a
comprehensive review are removed from Schedule I-Land Use Structure
and from the list of proposed revisions to the Schedule I in part no.1 of
Amendment 26.
Report PLN 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P Page 7
Underground Parking
• Following discussions between City staff, Region staff, the City Centre South
land owners and their consultants, and research into best practices for
underground parking solutions, staff recommends that a new policy be
incorporated into the amendment th.at enables the City to consider
underground parking beneath the City's municipal roads and parks, subject
to certain conditions. The advantage to this solution is that surface parking
can be reduced and the extra underground space could assist new
developments to achieve higher densities and more compact built form, in
support of the Growth Plan intensification target for Pickering's Urban Growth
Centre (see recommended policy 11.101 (e)).
Stormwater Management
• Following a review of the recommendations from the Downtown Stormwater
Management and Diversion study, staff recommend the addition of a new
policy that requires the preparation of a comprehensive functional servicing
and stormwater management plan that addresses stormwater management
and replacement flood storage on the Pickering Town Centre (PTC) site (see
recommended policy 11.1 OK (c) (vi).
Minor Modifications and Informational Revisions
• Upon further review of the proposed amendment, staff recommend minor
modifications to the proposed amendment and informational revisions as
outlined in Appendix IV.
4. Staff recommend that Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan be
adopted
Staff recommend that Council adopt Recommended Amendment 26 to the
Pickering Official Plan. It is also recommended that the Draft By-law to adopt
Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan, as set out in Appendix I to Report
PLN 14-14, be forwarded to Council for enactment, and that Council adopt the
recommended Informational Revision 21 as set out in Appendix II to Report PLN
14-14 for inclusion in the Pickering Official Plan.
5. Staff, in cons.ultation with Urban Strategies, prepared draft City Centre
Urban Design Guidelines
Staff have posted a draft of the new City Centre Urban Design Guidelines on the
City's website. Meetings will be held with major land owners, key stakeholders
and the public during the summer recess, to obtain their inputs regarding the
draft City Centre Urban Design Guidelines. Staff will finalize the guidelines and
bring them back to Council for endorsement. \
53
54
Report PLN 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Official Plan Amendment Application OPA 14-001/P Page 8
Appendices
Appendix I Draft By-law to adopt Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering
Official Plan
Appendix II Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan
Appendix Ill Table 1 -Response to Comments Received on Proposed Official Plan
Amendment 26
Appendix IV Minor Modifications and Informational Revisions recommended by Staff
Appendix V General Descriptions of Amendment 26 and Informational Revision 21 to
the Pickering Official Plan
Attachments
1 . Location Map
Prepared By:
: -n----Jacobs, MCIP, RPP
Principal Planner-Policy
Jeff Brooks, MCIP, RPP
Manager, Policy and Geomatics
Grant McGregror, MCI , RPP
Manager, Sustainability and
Economic Development
DJ:jf
Approved/Endorsed By:
Catherine Rose, MCI
Chief Planner
Recommended for the consideration
of Picke~ring Cit Council.
n · -,., 2.0t Zot4-~ Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
"'··
· By-law to Adopt Amendment 26
to the City of Pickering Official Plan
Appendix No. I to
Report No. PLN 14-14
55
56
The Corporation of the City of Pickering
By-law No.
Being a By-law to adopt Amendment 26 to
the Official Plan for the City of Pickering
(OPA14-001/P)
Whereas pursuant to the Planning Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.p. 13, subsections 17(22) and
21 (1 ), the Council of the Corporation of the City of Pickering may by by-law adopt
amendments to the Official Plan for the City of Pickering;
And whereas pursuant to Section 17(1 0) of the Planning Act, the Minister of Municipal
Affairs and Housing has by order authorized Regional council to pass a by-law to
exempt proposed area municipal official plan amendments from its approval;
And whereas on February 23, 2000 Regional Council passed By-law 11/2000 which
allows the Region to exempt proposed area municipal official plan amendments from its
approval;
And whereas the Region has advised that Amendment 26 to the City of Pickering
Official Plan is exempt from Regional approval;
Now therefore the Council of The Corporation of the City of Pickering hereby enacts as
follows:
1. That Amendment 26 to the Official Plan for the City of Pickering, attached hereto
as Exhibit "A", is hereby adopted;
2. That the City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to forward to the Regional
Municipality of Durham the documentation required by Procedure: Area
Municipal Official Plans and Amendments;
3. This By-law shall come into force and take effect on the day of the final passing
hereof.
By-law passed this XX day of July, 2014.
David Ryan, Mayor
Debbie Shields, City Clerk
Exhibit "A' to By-law _____ _
Recommended Amendment 26
to the City of Pickering Official Plan
57
58
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan
Purpose:
Location:
Basis:
The purpose of this Amendment is to add new policies and
change existing policies to the Pickering Official Plan to
create a framework for the redevelopment and intensification
of the City Centre and to identify required infrastructure
improvements and transportation connections within and
from the City Centre in support Gf anticipated population and
employment growth.· Other policy changes include minor
revisions reflecting Regional terminology and housekeeping
matters. This Amendment is consistent with the Growth
Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe, Regional Official
Plan Amendment No. 128 and the City's Sustainable
Place-making Vision.
This amendment applies to all lands bounded by Pine Creek
to the west, Diana Princess of Wales Park and the hydro
corridor to the east, Bayly Street to the south and the rear lot
lines of all parcels fronting the north side of Kingston Road
(inclusive of 1848, 1852 & 1854 Liverpool Road and
1298 Kingston Road), as well as lands for three new road
connections extending beyond the City Centre providing
connections to Brock Road to the east, Kingston Road at
Walnut Lane to the west, and Bayly Street to Kingston Road
to the north. The subject lands are approximately
134 hectares in extent and within the City of Pickering.
The Growth Plan has designated Pickering's City Centre as
an Urban Growth Centre and stipulates that it will be planned
to achieve, by 2031 or earlier, a minimum gross density of
200 residents and jobs combined per hectare. The City
Centre has also been designated as an Anchor Mobility Hub
in Metrolinx's Big Move with the Pickering GO Station being
a major transit station and its. surroundings having
development potential for compact employment and higher
density residential uses.
The approval of Regional Official Plan Amendment No.128
provided the policy foundation for the City to retain
consultants to prepare its planning and urban design study
for the redevelopment and intensification of the City Centre.
Following a.n extensive consultation program involving
stakeholders and the public, a report entitled "Downtown
Pickering, A Vision for Intensification and Framework for
Investment" was endorsed in principle by City Council on
July 8, 2013. Staff was authorized to implement the vision
and framework by initiating this Official Plan Amendment.
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 2
Actual
Amendment:
These new policies will also complement and augment the
corporate vision of "Sustainable Place-making" by promoting
land uses and built form that are transit oriented,
environmentally friendly and supportive of mixed use
development and walkability.
The City of Pickering Official Plan is hereby amended by:
(New text shown as underlined text, deleted text shown as
strikeout text, retained text shown as unchanged text)
1.0 Amending Schedule 1-Land Use Structure for the
lands subject to the amendment by:
• Replacing the "Downtown Core" designation with a
new "City Centre" designation;
• Replacing the "Mixed Corridors" designation with a
"Natural Areas" designation in recognition of the
Krosno Creek corridor located west of Sandy
Beach Road, north of Bayly Street;
• Replacing the remaining "Mixed Corridors"
designation with new "City Centre'' and "Natural
Areas" designations for the lands located east of
Liverpool Road and west of the hydro corridor,
north of Bayly Street;
• Replacing the "Prestige Employment" designation
with a new "City Centre" designation for the lands
located east of Sandy Beach Road and west of the
Hydro corridor, north of Bayly Street;
• Replacing the "Natural Areas" designation with a
new "City Centre" designation for the lands located
on the north-west corner of Liverpool Road and
Highway 401, east of Pine Creek; and
• Replacing "Downtown Core" with "City Centre" in
the Land Use Structure legend;
as illustrated on Schedule 'A' attached to this
Amendment.
2.0 Amending Schedule II-Transportation System for
the roads subject to the amendment by:
• Adding a "Future Collector Road", south of
Highway 401, from Brock Road to Bayly Street;
• Adding a "Future Type C Arterial Road" from
Liverpool Road to Kingston Road opposite Walnut
Lane; and
59
60
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan
• Adding a "Future Type C Arterial Road" and
"Overpass" from Bayly Street crossing over
Highway 401 to Kingston Road;
as illustrated on Schedule 'B' attached to this
Amendment.
3.0 Amending the text of the Official Plan by:
Page 3
3.1 Deleting all references in policies to the term
"Downtown Core" and replacing it with "City Centre";
3.2 Revising section 2.1 0, South Pickering Urban Area
Population Target, in Chapter Two-The Planning
Framework, by adding a new sub-section (c) as
follows:
"(.~) despite sections 2.10 (a) and (b), adopts a
populationtarget for the City Centre of 13,500
people for the year 2031;"
3.3 Revising section 2.11, South Pickering Urban Area
Employment Target, in Chapter Two-The Planning
Framework, by adding a new sub-section (b)
identifying an employment target for the City Centre
and revising sub-section (c) (i) so that it reads as
follows:
"(a) ... ;and
(b) despite section 2.11(a) adopts an employment
target for the City Centre of 13,500 jobs for the
year 2031; and,
(b~) shall endeavour to accommodate urban
employment in the South Pickering Urban Area
as follows,
(i) primarily in Mixed Use Areas, and
Employment Areas and Regional Nodes as
designated on Schedule I to this Plan;-and
(ii) as home occupations in Urban Residential
Areas."
3.4 Revising Table 1, South Pickering Urban Area
Population Targets 1996-2016, in Chapter Two-The
Planning Framework, by adding a note below the
table that reads as follows:
"Note: The year increments and the population targets
for South Pickering Urban Area will be adjusted &om
2016 to 2031 and updated through the completion of the
City's Growth Plan conformity amendment."
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 4
3.5 Revising section 3.2, Land Use Objectives, in Chapter
Three-Land Use, by revising subsections (c) and (d)
to read as follows:
"(c) promote the dov;:ntovm City Centre eere as the
City's main focus for business, employment,
entertainment, shopping, major community and
cultural uses, major indoor recreational facilities,
and higher density residential accommodation;,
and as an Anchor Mobility Hub for integrated
transit service including GO transit, regional
rapid transit and local bus service;
(d) while maintaining the character of stable
residential neighbourhoods, increase the variety
and intensity of land uses and activities in the
urban area, particularly on lands designated
Mixed Use Areas, Regional Nodes and
Employment Areas;"
3.6 Revising Table 2, Land Use Categories and
Subcategories, in Chapter Three -Land Use, to read
as follows:
r ---------------~~~;;--------s"'""~pt_fr~rll_:r:?bJ~?tl
;.· ..... ;-; ....................... :;, .............. ; .............................. ;.-., ................. :.; ... _ ... ; ....... ; ........... ;.~ ... ; ...... ;.· ............. ~:-······· .. _········~······:······~··"''.'"''; ........ ::··:·····-··················· ... ·····:"'''''''''''''''''''''''"'""'''''"'"'"''''''"''-.......... : ....... ~ ..... : ! . i CRITERIAFORDETERMINING . : LANDUSE i l 'CATEGORY l SUBCATEGORIES SUBCATEGORIES j t"·i\1~~·d·'iJ'~·~··~·~~~······ .. ···········:···;:_rh~··i~~~1i~~~··~·~·~i~··~~·d··;~i~ti;~···~~6~~· .. ·····j"··'L~·~~i·N~~i~~· ..................................... 1
: Do--TntoT_.n r~--Ct'ty ~ VY I~ t"t1'1."'e
f .................................................................................. f ..................................................................................................................................................... .l.. .. ~.~?.:~.~~ ............................................................ f ! Regional Nodes ! The intended focus and mix of uses and ! Regional Node 1 !
i i activities in the node i i t •••••.•••••••••••••••••.•.•••••••••••.•••••••••••••••••••.•••.•••.•.•.••••..•••••• t ••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••••••.•.•••••••..•.•.••••••••.•.••.••..•..••••••••.•..•.••••....•..•.•••....•..•.•••..•.•.•..•••.••.......••.•.•.••.•...• l ....................................................................................... l
61
62
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 5
3.7 Revising Table 4, Relationship Between Regional
Official Plan and Pickering Official Plan -Mixed Use
Areas, in Chapter Three-Land Use under the sub-
heading: Mixed Use Areas" so that it reads as follows:
[:::::::::::::::::::::::::~:-.~::;:::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:::::::::::::~:i~t~:~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·:::::::::::~:::::;:::·~:·:::::::::::J
.···/·#~gion~JPlap ··.·· .Pic~~ritig •. gHhr·.
Categbrizatiori . ···Designation ·
J Community Central1.\reas J Community Nodes J
I Community Centres i I
t ...... : ........................................................................................... / ............................................................................................. 1
I Local Central1.\rea . Local Nod~s J
! Neighbourhood Centres ! !
l!::i:u~!~:==1~~~~~~=-=:l I roads) I Specialty Retailing I
, Corridors I Node I
lo••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••'••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••l
3.8 Revising section 3.6(e), Mixed Use Areas, in Chapter
Three-Land Use, so that it reads as follows:
"(e) despite section 3.6(c)(ii) and Table 6, may permit
net residential densities and floorspace indices
below the minimums set out in the Table, if it can
be demonstrated to the City's satisfaction that the
design, site layout, blocking, and/ or phasing of
the project can be intensified over time to achieve
at least the minimum levels of intensity set out in
the Table;"
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 6
3.9 Revising the last row in Table 5, Mixed Use Areas:
Permissible Uses By Subcategory, in Chapter Three-
Land Use, so that it reads as follows:
,~ _ ____ _ ___ _ __ _ _ -:;:,;-;~; _ __ _ _(~,~~~ptf~~rllT"~~~ :ox_
1
1 ~r::~~~:;-r.~~~~~~~;:p~~I:~~j:n;~p;:~;;~·~~,
...... ; ... :······c"·································· .. ;;: ............... L .................................................... c .................... c.~.?..~~K~Y.~!.~~-s.J .......... c .......................... ~ .................................... .J
! Do·Nntown Core ! All uses permissible in Local Nodes and Community I City Ce:ntre I Nodes, at the greatest scale and intensity in the City,
i ·. · .i serving City wide and regional levels;
! , Special purpose commercial uses.
! High density residential;
I Retailing of goods and services;
! Offices and restaurants;
j Hotels;
! Convention Centres;
i Community, cultural and recreational uses.
L ........................................................................ L ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ,.;
3.10 Revising Table 6, Mixed Use Areas: Densities and
Floor areas By Subcategories, in Chapter Three-
Land Use, so that it reads as follows:
(Excerpt from Table 6) r ............................................................................................................................................... ~~-~~--~ ................................................................................................................................................ 1
~~~-ti':--1--~:::-um:~-l :~:=~::;::.~,-~;~?.,;:~::-1
I Subcategory I NetResidenti~tlDensity I forthe Retailingof I (total building .
l ·· ! ·(in dwellings per · . ! Goods and Services ! floorspace divided
b;;::::·-i~~~;~~~:;;~·:;;-~ -\:;;~.~~~::~~::s)_~-j;~,:~:::::-l
I tere City ·1 including :J:8G 570 : 300,000 i 3.0 PSI over 0.75
l~.·:~:~l ____ ------~--------~---~~c!~~~2~. -~
63
64
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 7
3.11 Revoking section 3.7 and Table 7: Regional Nodes:
Permissible Uses by Subcategory, in Chapter Three-
Land Use, entirely.
3.12 Revising section 4.6, Transit, in Chapter Four-
Transportation, so that it reads as follows:
"4.6 City Council shall,
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
provide and/ or co-operate with others in
providing an adequately high level of local
transit service to the Dov;rntown Core City
Centre, Mixed Use Areas, Employment
Areas, Regional Nodes, and other
important public destinations, to meet
existing and anticipated demand;
... ,
... ,
when warranted, support the introduction of
transit priority lanes, wherever possible
using existing lanes and/ or existing rights-
of-way (rather than adding new lanes or
widening road rights-of-way for this
purpose), giving priority to,
(i) ... ;
(ii) ... ;
(iii) other planned or potential transit
routes within the City Centre;
... ;ant}
in conjunction with section 11.10 of this
Plan, support the planning and
development of the Anchor Mobility Hub
and City Centre to become a place where
regional rapid transit services connect,
where other modes of transportation
merge, and where employment and
residential development are concentrated
to form an attractive and intensive transit
gateway into the City; and
prioritize transit stops and key transit
transfer points as priority areas for bicycle
parking, wide sidewalks, paths, weather-
protected seating and other similar
facilities to promote an integrated and
connected active transportation network."
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 8
3.13 Revising section 4.9, Priority Pedestrian/Cyclist
Connections, in Chapter Four-Transportation, by
deleting sub-section (b) and re-numbering the
subsequent sub-section so that it reads as follows:
"4. 9 City Council shall consider the following as
priority connections, and shall endeavour to
ensure their early implementation,
(a) a continuous Pickering Waterfront Trail
adjacent, wherever feasible, to Lake
Ontario, as part of the Lake Ontario
Waterfront Trail system;
(b) a bridge for pedestrians and cyclists over
Higk.vay 4011inking the Downtown Core
and the GO Transit Station; and
-Ee)-.(b). a continuous bikeway across Pickering
along the south side of the proposed
Highway 407 /Transitway."
3.14 Revising section 4.14, Provincial Assistance, in
Chapter Four-Transportation, by deleting sub-
section (a)(i) and replacing it with alternate wording,
and revising subsection (b) so that it reads as follows:
"4.14 City Council shall request assistance from the
Province of Ontario as follows,
(a) to assist financially and otherwise in
constructing,
(i) a bridge overpass for pedestrians
and cyclists to link the Downtown
Core v;Tith the G 0 Transit Station.J!o
multi-modal bridge over Highway
401 within the Hydro Corridor
between Bayly Street and Pickering
Parkway;
(ii) ... ,
(iii) ... ;and
(b) to assist, financially and otherwise, in
constructing an additional pedestrian/cyclist
bri~ over Highway 401 to support the
Anchor Mobility Hub;"
65
66
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 9
3.15 Revising section 5.5, Co-operation with Others, in
Chapter Five-Economic Development, by amending
sub-sections (d) and (e) and adding a new sub-section
(f) so that it reads as follows:
"(d) support partnerships with business schools, skills
training committees, and educational institutions
such as Durham College and Trent University;
and
(e) encourage business to offer their employees
continuous educational skills and training
programs.-; and
(f) in recognition of the City Centre's significance as
a major employment node with excellent access
to higher order transit, collaborate with partners
and consider strategies and tools to advance
employment growth within the City Centre."
3.16 Adding a new section 5.8, Financial Incentives, in
Chapter Five-Economic Development, to read as
follows:
"5.8 City Council shall consider an incentive program
to encourage green building design in any new
development in the City Centre, which may
include density bonuses, loans, development
charge reduction, Community Improvement Plan
grants or an expedited development application
review process."
3.17 Revising section 7.8, Location of Major Community
Facilities, in Chapter Seven-Community Services,
by amending sub-section (a) and adding new sub-
sections (e) to (g) to read as follows:
"7 .8 City Council shall,
(a) encourage the location of ma.jor indoor
community, cultural, athletic and
recreational uses and facilities in or close
to the Downtw,;r,rn Core City Centre;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
... ,
... ; afld
... ,
co-operate with the arts and cultural
organizations to locate and develop an
arts centre containing a theatre, gallery,
studio and offices for arts organizations;
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 10
(f) encourage the location of an arts centre in
a prominent location, in proximity to
other civic and community facilities; and
(g) encourage the location of a new senior
citizens centre on the recreation complex
lands within the City Centre in a location
that can share facilities, such as parking,
with other civic institutions."
3.18 Revising section 11.1 0, City Centre Neighbourhood
Policies, in Chapter Eleven-Urban Neighbourhoods,
by replacing sub-sections (c) and (d) and deleting
sub-section (e) and adding new sections 11.1 OA,
11.108, 11.10C, 11.100, 11.10 E, 11.10F, 11.10G,
11.10H, 11.101 and 11.10Kto read as follows:
"11.10 City Council shall,
(a) encourage the highest mix and intensity
of uses and activities in the City to be in
this neighbourhood;
(b) encourage schools that may be needed in
the neighbourhood to ' accommodate
future population growth, to be integrated
with other uses, buildings and/ or sites
within the neighbourhood;
(c) despite Table 6 of Chapter Three,
establish a maximum residential density
of 55 units per net hectare for lands
located on the north side of Kingston
Road that are designated Mixed Use
Areas and abut lands dc;eloped as low
density development promote the design
of compatible and attractive built forms,
streetscapes and site works by requiring
new development in the City Centre to be
consistent with the following:
(i) the Detailed Design Considerations of this
Plan; and
(ii) the City Centre Urban Design
Guidelines.
(d) prior to exercising its option to obtain
lands for roadway purposes opposite
Walnut Lane, require the preparation of a
traffic impact analysis in consultation Tv'>rith
area residents to determine appropriate
mitigation measures; and
67
68
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 11
CITY POLICY
City Centre Placemaking
(e) 'Within the lands at the south east corner of
Kingston Road and Valley Farm Road,
identified as a Special Policy Area on Map
* :(i)
11.10A City Council shall,
permit the lands to be developed for
residential, limited commercial, and
park and recreational uses;
despite Table 6 of Chapter Three,
establish a minimum net residential
density of 89 units per hectare and a
maximum net residential density of
120 units per hectare;
despite Table 6 of Chapter Three,
establish a maximum gross leasable
floor area for commercial uses of
1,000 square metres; and
have regard for the Development
Guidelines for the Pickering
Downtown Core and the Kingston
Road Corridor in reviv-;r.ring any
development proposals;
(a) encourage the transformation of the City
Centre into a more liveable, walkable and
human-scaled neighbourhood with
inviting public spaces such as parks,
squares and streets;
(b) encourage development proponents to
locate and integrate commercial uses such
as cafes and bistros into development
adjacent to the public realm to create
social gathering places and vibrant street
life;
(c) encourage the development of
streetscapes, public spaces and pedestrian
routes that are safe and comfortable for all
genders and ages, accessible and easy to
navigate regardless of physical ability;
(d) encourage street-facing facades to have
adequate entrances and windows facing
the street;
(e) encourage publicly accessible outdoor and
indoor spaces where people can gather;
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 12
CITY POLICY
City Centre District Energy
(f) encourage new development to be
designed, located and massed in such a
way that it limits any shadowing on the
public realm, parks and public spaces in
order to achieve adequate sunlight and
comfort in the public realm through all
four seasons;
(g) implement street standards. that balance
the needs of vehicles and pedestrians and
support adjacent land uses through their
design;
(h) encourage the transformation of existing
strip-commercial development into
mixed-use development to bring
conveniences closer to residents and
public transit, and to provide additional
housing;
(i) recognize the intersection of Kingston and
Liverpool Roads as a gateway to the City
Centre and consider public squares,
transit waiting areas and tall buildings to
be appropriate uses for lands fronting all
four corners of the gateway;
(j) in the design of the planned public library
expansion create a stronger relationship
between the library and Esplanade Park,
and enhance the relationship between the
existing library and the public realm along
Esplanade Street South and Glenanna
Street through the use· of transparent
glazing and street related entrances; and
(k) prioritize placemaking opportunities on
public lands for capital funding, and seek
opportunities to partner with the private
sector to incorporate designs that advance
the placemaking opportunities m
development plans on private lands;
11.10B City Council shall.
(a) support the s11:1ng and construction of
small district energy systems such as a
cogeneration facility or geothermal plant
in suitable locations, as a method of
generating heat, cooling and electricity to
buildings and reducing greenhouse
emissions;
69
70
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 13
CITY POLICY
City Centre Public Realm
(b) examine opportunities to work with the
development industry and other partners
to prepare district energy feasibility
studies in support of large scale
development proposals; and
(c) pursue funding partnerships with other
government and non-government
agencies to advance the establishment of
district energy services to high
intensification development areas in the
City Centre.
11.10C City Council.
w despite the location of new parks and
squares as identified on Map 18 of
Neighbourhood 8: City Centre may permit
modifications as long as the general intent
of these spaces meet the City's
·requirements;
(b) shall strive to locate either a park or
square, within a 5-minute walk of all
residences and places to work located
within the City Centre;
(c). in accordance with the public art policies
of section 13.13, shall encourage
opportunities for public art contributions
and/or the integration of public art with
development and infrastructure;
(d) in consultation with the Toronto and
Region Conservation Authority, shall
require the proponents of new
development to prepare a plan to
rehabilitate Krosno Creek by enhancing
the natural heritage features and
incorporating passive recreational uses
such as walking paths and seating areas;
(e) in consultation with the Toronto and
Region Conservation Authority, shall
require the proponents of new
development to assess the regulatory flood .
plain risks associated with lands proposed
for redevelopment within the Krosno Creek
and Pine Creek flood plains; and
implement, where appropriate, a revised
flood plain boundary for Krosno Creek and
Pine Creek;
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 14
CITY POLICY
City Centre Active Frontages
At Grade
(t) in consultation with the Toronto and
Region Conservation Authority, shall
require the preparation of a plan to
rehabilitate Pine Creek, to enhance the
natural heritage features and to design,
align and construct a multi-modal bridge
across Pine Creek; and
(g) may accept privately constructed squares
and publicly accessible open spaces as part
of a development as fulfilling in whole or in
part, the parkland conveyance
requirements if all of the following
conditions are met:
(i) the square or publicly accessible
open space is designed and
maintained to the standards of the
City;
(ii) the square or publicly accessible
open space is visible, open and
accessible to the public at all
times; and
(iii) the owner enters into an agreement
with the City to ensure that the
previous conditions are met, to the
satisfaction of the City.
11.10D City Council shall,
(a) encourage the development of buildings
with active frontages at grade in
appropriate locations to promote a vibrant
and safe street life;
(b) encourage the placement and design of
new buildings on lots along the future
Kingston-Bayly Connector, Kingston
Road, Liverpool Road, Glenanna Road,
Pickering Parkway, Bayly Street and the
newly proposed east/west local collector
road south of the 401 Highway to address
these streets edges and prohibit back
lotting or surface parking between the
building and the street;
(c) require active frontages at grade on the
following streets in the City Centre:
(i) Kingston Road;
71
72
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 15
(ii) Liverpool Road;
(iii) Bayly Street; and
(iv) the proposed Kingston-Bayly
Connector;
(d) in areas of significant new development,
zone to permit the location of
neighbourhood-supportive services such
as grocery stores to be strategically
located to ensure as many residents within
the City Centre are within a 5 minute walk
of these services;
(e) despite Table 5 of Chapter Three and
section 11.10 (d), not permit the following
land uses within the City Centre:
(i) new vehicle sales and service uses
including but not limited to motor
vehicle service centres, motor
vehicle gas bars and motor vehicle
washing establishments;
(ii) the outdoor storage of goods and
equipment with the exception of
seasonal outdoor display of goods
and merchandise;
(iii) new stand alone large format retail
stores; and
(iv) new low density employment uses
such as self storage and
warehousing; and
(f) consider permitting new drive-through
facilities within the City Centre through a
zoning by-law amendment application,
provided it has been demonstrated that
the facility does not:
(i) preclude the planned function,
placemaking objectives and
intensification for a site; and
(ii) compromise traffic operations and
the safe and efficient movement of
pedestrians and cyclists.
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 16
CITY POLICY
City Centre Building Heights
11.10E City Council shall,
(a) require new development in close
proximity to established low density
residential areas to be gradually
transitioned in height;
(b) direct the highest buildings to locate on
sites at key gateways along the Kingston
Road and Liverpool Road corridors, along
or in proximity to Highway 401 or in
proximity to higher order transit stations;
(c) in the review of development applications
for buildings taller than 5 storeys, consider
the following performance criteria:
(i) buildings shall be massed in
response to the scale of
surrounding buildings, nearby
streets and public open spaces;
(ii) upper levels of buildings shall be
set back or a podium and point
tower form shall be introduced to
help create a human scale at street
level;
(iii) shadowing impacts on
surrounding development,
publicly accessible open spaces
and sidewalks shall be
mitigated/minimized to the extent
feasible;
(iv) sufficient spacing shall be
provided between the building
face of building towers to provide
views, privacy for residents and to
m1mm1ze any shadowing and
wind tunnel impacts on
surrounding development, streets
and public spaces;
(v) buildings shall be oriented to
optimize· sunlight and amenity for
dwellings, private open spaces,
adjoining public open spaces and
sidewalks;
(vi) living areas, windows and private
open spaces shall be located to
minimize the potential for
overlooking adjoining residential
properties;
73
74
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 17
(vii) informal or passive surveillance of
streets and other public open
spaces shall be maximized by
providing windows to overlook
street and public spaces and using
level changes, floor and balcony
spaces elevated above the street
level to allow views from
residential units into adjacent
public spaces whilst controlling
views into these units; and
(viii) protection shall be provided for
pedestrians in public and private
spaces from wind down drafts;
(d) despite sections 3.6(d) and 3.6 (e) and
Table 6, require all new buildings in the
City Centre to be at least three (3)
functional storeys except for municipal
uses in the Civic Centre and in the Open
Space System Natural Areas
designation;
(e) despite Section 11.10E (d), permit
expansions or additions to existing
buildings in the City Centre to be less
than 3 functional storeys, . if it can be
demonstrated to the City's satisfaction
that the design, site layout, blocking,
and/or phasing of the project can be
intensified over time to achieve at least the
minimum levels of intensity set out in
Table 6 of this Plan; and
(f) require any retail pad development on the
Pickering Town Centre lands bounded by
Liverpool Road, Kingston Road,
Pickering Parkway and Glenanna Road to
comply with the following:
(i) the placement of buildings shall
not preclude future
redevelopment; and
(ii) despite section 11.10E (d),
buildings may be designed with a
minimum of only two functional
storeys with a three storey
massing.
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 18
CITY POLICY
City Centre Street Network
& Design
11.10F City Council shall,
(b)
(c)
in accordance with the policies of section
4.11, require the design of new streets and the
design and extension of streets identified on
Map 18: Neighbourhood 8: City Centre to
have regard for the following: ·
(i) be connected to existing streets, and
have block lengths generally no
longer than 150 metres and block
depths generally not less than 60
metres to provide for full urban
development potential over time; and
(ii) be public or publicly accessible and
constructed to public street design
standards;
require all new or re-designed streets to
include a pedestrian zone generally no less
than 2.0 metres on both sides;
work with the Region of Durham to
implement_, where possible, new signalized
crossings on Kingston Road and Bayly Street
in order to provide opportunities for efficient
transportation and safe pedestrian
movement;
(d) protect for, and implement a new north-
south arterial road from Kingston Road to
Bayly Street to accommodate future growth
subject to: the hydro corridor being deemed
surplus by Ontario Hydro; the necessary
Environmental Assessment studies being
completed; the lands being acquired by the
City; and, funding being made available to
move forward with the project; and
(e) protect for, and implement, the extension of
Plummer Street east/west through the hydro
corridor to a new City Centre south collector
road to accommodate future growth subject
. to: permission being provided by Ontario
Hydro to cross the hydro corridor, or the
hydro corridor being deemed surplus by
Ontario Hydro; the necessary Environmental
Assessment studies being completed; and,
funding being made available to move
forward with the project.
75
76
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 19
CITY POLICY
City Centre Transit
CITY POLICY
City Centre Pedestrian and
Cycling Network
11.10G City Council shall,
(a) co-operate with Durham Region Transit
and Metrolinx in order that the alignment
and location of future transit routes
considers access to the greatest
concentration of people and jobs and
minimizes the distance between transit
connections within the City Centre;
(b) select transit junctions and related
pedestrian connections as priority areas
for design excellence and capital
improvements including landscaping,
public seating, weather protection and
public art; and
(c) require new development adjacent to the
transit junctions to be designed to frame
the junctions with active uses at grade and
entrances oriented towards them.
11.10H City Council shall,
(a) require the design of a pedestrian network
to be a safe and visually interesting
environment for pedestrians;
(b) require the pedestrian network to be
integrated with public space elements
such as squares, parks and transit
junctions;
(c) where a development proposal is situated
in an area where mid-block connections
or pathways are required, these pedestrian
connections are to be included and
approved through the site plan control
process, subject to the following
provisions:
(i) the pedestrian connection(s) shall
be designed to be publicly
accessible; and
(ii) if a proposed development plan is
unable to implement a pedestrian
trail or mid-block connection,. the
applicant must demonstrate an
alternative connection on their site
to the satisfaction of the City;
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 20
CITY POLICY
City Centre Parking
(d) accommodate safe and dedicated cycling
routes as part of the future reconstruction
of streets in the City Centre;
(e) require the redevelopment of properties
fronting Bayly Street to dedicate lands for
future road widening that includes a
minimum three (3) metres wide multi-use
path; and
(f) explore educational and way-finding
opportunities as part of the streetscape
design.
11.101 City Council shall,
(a) in the review of development applications,
require the following with regard to on-
site parking and access drives /aisles,
(i) parking shall be situated either in
parking areas located at the rear or
side of the building or on-street,
where the development fronts on a
collector or local road;
(ii) structured or below grade parking
shall be the preferred parking
format;
(iii) in phased development, surface
parking may be permitted if the
proponent has demonstrated how
parking will be accommodated in
structures at full build out;
(iv) where active uses at grade are
required, parking structures will be
required to feature active uses at
grade to contribute to an animated
street environment;
(v) parking. structures shall be treated
architecturally as building fronts
with no blank walls;
(vi) shared parking is encouraged in
mixed use areas to minimize land
devoted to parking;
(vii) the implementing zoning by-law
may permit a reduction of
customer parking for ground floor
commercial uses through the
provision of on-street parking;
77
78
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 21
CITY POLICY
City Centre Stormwater
Management
(viii) surface parking areas should be
well landscaped and lit to provide a
safe and comfortable pedestrian
environment; and
(ix) access driveways to side and rear
parking areas shall be consolidated
where practical, and shall · be
accessible by a public laneway or
drive aisle;
(b) require, through the implementing zoning
by-law, the provision of secure bicycle
parking facilities in suitable locations;
(c) consider a reduction in the number of
required car parking spaces where bicycle
parking facilities or transportation
demand management measures are
provided;
(d) consider shared on-site parking areas for
two or more uses where the maximum
demand of such parking areas by the
individual uses occurs at different periods
of the day; and
(e) consider underground parking beneath
the City's municipal roads and parks
provided the property owner enters into an
agreement subject to the terms and
conditions acceptable to the City, in
consultation with the Region.
11.10] City Council
(a) recognizes the need to implement
stringent stormwater management
criteria to assist with downstream erosion
control, water quality control and
flooding; accordingly Council shall
require stormwater management reports
in support of new development to
demonstrate achievement of the
objectives of the City Centre Stormwater
Management Strategy.
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 22
CITY POLICY
City Centre Growth to 2031
11.10K City Council supports,
(a) a balance of opportunities to live, work
and play in the City Centre by adopting a
resident to job ratio of 1:1;
(b) growth in all portions of the City Centre
and restricts new residential development
in City Centre South to 6,300 people or
3,400 units by 2031 until at least an
additional 2,000 people or 1,100 new units
have been development on lands north of
Highway 401 in the City Centre; and
(c) the. use of the Holding provisions in the
Planning Act and require where
necessary, proponents to enter into
agreements with the City, Region and
other agencies as appropriate, respecting
various development related matters
including but not limited to:
(i) requiring a multi-modal
transportation study for proposed
developments that are anticipated to
generate 100 or more vehicle peak
hour trips (two-way), or where site
and design characteristics may result
in traffic or transportation concerns,
to assess the impact on the
transportation system and the timing
and need for future improvements;
@ entering into cost sharing agreements
between each other;
(iii) ensuring that development shall not
take place on lands within the defined
Krosno Creek and Pine Creek
corridors;
(iv) providing or exchanging easements ,
over lands where necessary;
.(y). providing contributions to the cost of
rehabilitating Krosno Creek and Pine
Creek, if necessary; and
(vi) requiring a comprehensive functional
servicing and stormwater
management plan that addresses
stormwater management and
replacement flood storage on the
Pickering Town Centre lands."
79
80
Recommended Amendment 26 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 23
Implementation:
Interpretation:
The provisions set forth in the City of Pickering Official Plan
as amended, regarding the implementation of the Plan shall
apply in regard to this Amendment. In light of the numerous
components of the Official Plan that are being revised
concurrently, the numbering of the policy sections in this
amendment is subject to change in accordance with the
sequencing of approvals. ·
The provisions set forth in the City of Pickering Official Plan,
as amended, regarding the interpretation of the Plan shall
apply in regard to this Amendment.
SCHEDULE I TO THE
PICKERING
OFFICIAL PLAN
EDITION?
--. -.... __
crrY OF PtCKERINC Pl.Ni:Nr."fC &-O£V£LOPU:Of'T OEP.aRtltot£HT
Tl-415 NAP roAN:$ PJ«f tY r:MU';Ea,.2~4~ orTlOIM. ~.....a
MU$1' Be: "t.o\0 .. CCIIM.IUNCT'ICl ~ 'n'Ct OTHOI 8CM£OUI..£S NolO nc:: YDCT.
RECOMENDED AMENDMENT -CITY CENTRE SCHEDULE A
LAND USE STRUCfURE
OPEN SPACE SYSTEM
-NATURAL AREAS
-ACTIVE RECREATIONAL AREAS
URBAN RESIDENTlAL AREAS
LOW DENSITY AREAS
~ MEDIUM DENSITY AREAS
EMPLOYMENT AREAS
D GENERAL EMPLOYMENT
~PRESTIGE EMPLOYMENT
f:::::::::j MIXED EMPLOYMENT
X
<(
J
<(
Re-designate from "Prestige
Employmenr to 'City Centre'
FREEWAYS AND MAJOR UTILITIES
~=::::::::: CONTROLLED ACCESS AREAS
~POTENTIAL MULTI USE AREAS
MIXED USE AREAS
LOCAL NODES
~ COMMUNITY NODES
~ MIXED CORRIDORS
•!•:•!•!• SPECIALTY RETAILING ''''·'NODE
f::::::::~ CITY CENTRE
OTHER DESIGNATIONS
[QIJ DEFERRALS
Revise Legend from
'Downtown Core' to
"City Centre'
1'
co
N
EXTRACI'OF
SCHEDULE ll TO THE
PICKERING
OFFICIAL PLAN
EDmON?
....... ~ -
CfTY OF" PICI<.O'UNC F\..ANN1NC & OEVELOP W£NT OEP~ENT
1'N3 ~ ~5 ~MilT Qf' ~ut.:~2~"~~ ~ ~ AHD WUSt 8£ RUG lf'\11 ~ WlmC THE: OTM"' SOHCDVt..C'S ~ 1WC 'TD(T.
RECOMMENDED AMENDMENT -CI1Y CENTRE
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
EXISTING FUTURE
FREEWAYS .......
TYPE A ARTERIAL ROADS .......
TYPE 8 ARTERIAL ROADS •••••••
TYPE C ARTERIAL ROADS •••••••
COLLECTOR ROADS •••••••
0
~
. ... , ..
la•I:•DLI8
Add Future Collector Road
LOCAL ROADS
FREEWAY INTERCHANGES
UNDERPASSES/OVERPASSES
RAILWAYS
GO RAIL
GO STATIONS
TRANSIT SPINES
TRANSIT FEEDER SERVICE
X 4:
""") 4:
lL
0
SCHEDULEB
, ..
I I .. ,
......__, .--...
--r--1 ~~·
1'
Appendix II to
Report No. PLN 14-14
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan
83
84
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan
Purpose:
Location:
Basis:
Recommended
Revision:
The purpose of this Revision is to change the informational
text contained ~ithin the Pickering Official Plan in order to
provide clarity to the policies introduced as part of the Official
Plan Amendment to implement the v'ision for intensification
and framework for investment for Downtown Pickering,
endorsed in principle by the Council of the City of Pickering
on July 8, 2013. The Revision also deletes references to
obsolete land use designations.
Numerous references through the Official Plan.
In reviewing the informational text contained in the Official
Plan, various technical revisions have been determined to be
necessary and appropriate to assist users with understanding
the changes to the Official Plan text implemented through the
associated Official Plan Amendment.
The City of Pickering Official Plan is hereby revised by:
1. Adding the following informational sidebar, which
relates to a population target for the City Centre for the
year 2031, referred to in new policy section 2.10 (c):
The residential population in the City Centre
was approximately 5,1 00 for the year 2011
2. Revising the informational Map 9, South Pickering
Urban Area Neighbourhoods, in Part One, Chapter Two
-The Planning Framework to reflect the renaming of
the "Town Centre" Neighbourhood to the "City Centre"
Neighbourhood, and to reflect the revised boundaries
for the City Centre, Liverpool and Bay Ridges
Neighbourhoods, as illustrated on Attachment A to this
Revision.
3. Adding the following informational sidebar, which
relates to the revision to the land use objective for the
City Centre to acknowledge the function of the Anchor
Mobility Hub, referred to in revised policy
section 3.2 (c):
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan
Metrolinx's Regional Transportation Plan
identifies the City Centre as an Anchor
Mobility Hub -a major transit station area
that includes the Pickering GO Station and
bus bays for Durham Transit, and which is
recognized and planned as a place of
connectivity between regional and rapid
transit services and where different modes of
transportation come together.
Page 2
4. Revising the 2nd informational paragraph below the
heading: "Mixed ·use Areas" in Part Two, Chapter Three
-Land Use, to read as follows:
"The Mixed Use Areas designation incorporates the hierarchy,
function and design considerations specified for "central areas
centres and corridors" in the Durham Regional Official Plan, as
indicated on Table 4. The broadest diversity of use, greatest
levels of activity, and highest quality of design shall be directed
to two Mixed Use Areas: the Downtown Gere City Centre; and
the Mixed Corridor along Kingston Road, the City's
mainstreet."
5. Deleting all references in informational text to the term
"Downtown Core" and replacing it with "City Centre".
6. Deleting the heading "Regional Nodes" and the two
subsequent informational paragraphs in Part Two,
Chapter Three-Land Use, entirely.
7. Revising the informational map illustrating the
boundaries of the City's Urban Neighbourhoods and the
accompanying text box below the sub-heading:
"Introduction" in Part Three, Chapter Eleven-Urban
Neighbourhoods, as illustrated on Attachment B to this
Revision.
8. Revising the informational paragraphs below the
Description of Neighbourhood 3: Bay Ridges, in Part
Three, Chapter Eleven-Urban Neighbourhoods, to
read as follows:
• Is bounded by the mid-line of Frenchman's Bay, Highway 401
west of Liverpool Road, Bayly Street east of Liverpool Road,
the hydro transmission corridor, and Lake Ontario
85
86
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 3
• Includes significant parkland adjacent to Lake Ontario and at
the south end of Sandy Beach Road
• Consists of a mix of 1960s (and later) detached,
semi-detached, townhouse and apartment dwellings; older
village development near the Bay from early 1900s; also
includes three elementary schools, four neighbourhood parks,
three places of worship, a community/ seniors' centre, a lawn
bowling facility, a library, an arena, a C 0 Transit station, and
mann as
•
•
•
•
•
Has neighbourhood and community shopping located on
Bayly Street west of Livetpool Road; neighbourhood
shopping on Krosno Boulevard near Liverpool Road, and on
Bayly Street at Sandy Beach Road
Has general and prestige -employment areas located no:tth and
south of Bayly Street, east of Sandy Beach Road
Has environmentally sensitive areas associated with
Frenchman's Bay and the Lake Ontario waterfront
Has fottr--three DeFed Review Areas within its boundary: ~)
lands and wat.er surrounding the existing marinas; (ii) the lands
around Liverpool Road, Old Orchard Road and
Krosno Boulevard; and (iii) lands around the Bay Ridges
Plaza, west of Liverpool Road; and (iv) lands around the CO
Transit station and easterly along Bayly St:teet
City Council has adopted development guidelines as follows:
* The "Liverpool Road Waterfront Node Development
Guidelines" (for lands surrounding the existing
marinas)
* The "Bay Ridges Plaza Redevelopment Guidelines
9. Revising Map 13, Neighbourhood 3: Bay Ridges, as
illustrated on Attachment C to this Revision.
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan Page4
10. Revising Map 14, Neighbourhood 4: Brock Industrial, to
reflect the proposed westerly extension of Plummer
Street, south of Highway 401.
11. Revising the name and Description of Neighbourhood
8: Town Centre, in Part Three, Chapter Eleven-Urban
Neighbourhoods, to read as follows:
NEIGHBOURHOOD 8: TOWN CITY CENTRE
Description
• Is bounded by the C.N. rail line Bayly Street, the rear lot
lines of properties fronting Kingston Road (inclusive of
1848, 1852 and 1854 Liverpool Road and 1298 Kingston
Road), the hydro transmission corridor, Liverpool Road
south of Highway 401 and Highway 401Pine Creek north
of Highway 401
• Is traversed by Pine CreekHighway 401, to the wes-t:south
ofLivetpool Road Pickering Parkway
• A &shopping mall initially developed in the early 1970s,
and has since undergone substantial expansion; reeeftt
higher density development has occurred in the 1980s and
1990s
• As Pickering's "downtownCity Centre", it has the highest
diversity and intensity of uses of all City neighbourhoods
• Consists of a mix of shopping, offices, civic, recreational,
entertainment and higher density residential uses; includes
the Pickering Civic Complex and Central Library, the
Pickering Recreation,_ Complex, the Esplanade Park, and
part of the 'Diana Princess of Wales' Park
• A GO Transit Station forms the centre of a public transit
mobility hub designated in accordance with the Regional
Transportation Plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton
area
--Has. 1:\vo Detailed Review :l\reas within its boundary:
~)lands west of Livet-pool Road; and (ii) .lands bei:.veen
Pine Creek and the Ontario Hydro Corridor
--City Council has adopted development guidelines as
follCTWs:
* The "\X7alnut Lane l'ttea Development Guidelines" (for
lands on the north side of Kingston Road, east of Walnut
Lanef,
87
88
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 5
* The "Town Centre West Development Guidelines" (for
lands generally west of Live1-pool Road, between Kingston
Road and Highway 4 01); and
* The "Pickering Downtown Core Der.relopment Guidelines"
· (for lands between Pine Creek and the Ontario Hydro
Corridor)
--City Council has adopted "Kingston Road Corridor
Der.rdopment, which guidelines apply to the Kingston
Road Corridor through this Neighbourhood
12. Replacing "CITY POLICY Town Centre Neighbourhood
Policies" with "CITY POLICY City Centre Neighbourhood
Policies" within the informational sidebar adjacent to the
revised policy section 11.1 0.
13. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Place-making" within
the informational sidebar adjacent to the new policy
section 11.1 OA.
14. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre District Energy"
within the informational sidebar adjacent to the new
policy section 11.1 OB.
15. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Public Realm" within
the informational sidebar adjacent to the new policy
section 11.1 OC.
16. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Active Frontages At
Grade" within the informational sidebar adjacent to the
new policy section 11.100.
17. Add the following informational sidebar, which relates to
active frontages at grade, referred to in new policy
section 11.1 00:
Active Frontages at Grade refers to the
ground floor of a building that is designed
to allow interaction between people within
the building and people on the adjacent
sidewalk through transparent glazing,
animated facade treatment and street
related entrances, but shall not include
grade related residential units.
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 6
18. Adding the following informational sidebar, which
relates to the term "large format retail stores" referred to
in the new policy sub-section 11.100 (e) (iii):
Large Format Retail Stores is a term applied
to large floor plate, one-storey retail outlets,
usually operated as part of a chain, that locate
on individual sites or that cluster on a large
site, sometimes adjacent to each other. A
Large Format Retail Store is commonly
referred to as a "big-box" store.
19. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Building Heights"
within the informational sidebar adjacent to the new
policy section 11.1 OE.
20. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Street Network and
Design" within the informational sidebar adjacent to the
new policy section 11.1 OF.
21. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Transit" within the
informational sidebar adjacent to the new policy sub-
section 11.1 OG.
22. Adding the following informational sidebar, which
relates to the term "transit junctions" referred to in the
new policy sub-section 11.1 OG (b):
Transit Junctions represent the
connection of two or more transit
facilities and are welcoming points
to the City Centre and waiting areas
for transit riders. The design of
Transit Junctions will give special
attention to matters such as weather
protection, seating, landscaping and
other pedestrian amenities.
23. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Pedestrian and
Cycling Network" within the informational sidebar
adjacent to the new policy section 11.1 OH.
89
90
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 7
24. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Parking" within the
informational sidebar adjacent to the new policy section
11.101.
25. Adding the following informational sidebar, which
relates to the term "transportation demand
management" referred to in the new policy sub-section
11.1 01 (c):
Transportation Demand Management
means a co-ordinated series of actions aimed at
maximizing the people-moving capability of the
transportation system, through means such as
encouraging individuals to reduce the number of
trips they make, travel more often by non-driving
alternatives, travel outside peak periods, and
shorten the length of their trips.
26. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Stormwater
Management" within the informational sidebar adjacent to
the new policy section 11.1 OJ.
27. Adding the following informational sidebar, which
relates to the stormwater management policy in new
policy section 11. 1 OJ:
The City Centre Stormwater Management Strategy
establishes the following criteria for new development within
the City Centre:
(i) minimum on-site retention of 5 mm;
(ii) on-site water quantity targets of 2 -100 year post to
pre-control;
(iii) pre-development flows to be based on a run-off
coefficient of 0.5; and
(iv) on-site water quality treatment to achieve the Ministry
of Environment's enhanced level water quality control
(80% removal oftotal suspended solids).
28. Adding "CITY POLICY City Centre Growth to 2031"
within the informational sidebar adjacent to the new
policy section 11.1 OK.
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 8
29. Revising the informational sidebar, which relates to the
Neighbourhood Population Projection for
Neighbourhood 8, and adding another information
sidebar, which relates to the Neighbourhood
Employment Projection for Neighbourhood 8, as
follows:
Neighbourhood
Population Projection
-19%
2011Population
Projected Growth
Percent Increase
20-J-§.31 Population
Mf)(}--8400
164
11,30013,500
Neighbourhood
·Employment Projection
2011 Employment
Projected Growth
Percent Increase
2031 Population
4700
8800
187
13,500
30. Revising Map 18, Neighbourhood 8: Town Centre, as
illustrated on Attachment D to this Revision.
31. Revising the Description of Neighbourhood 12;
Liverpool, in Part Three, Chapter Eleven -Urban
Neighbourhoods, to read as follows:
Description
• Is bounded by the rear lot lines of properties fronting
Fairport Road and Appleview Road and the Pine Creek
valley north of Finch Avenue, the C.P. rail line, the West
Duffins Creek, and the rear lot lines of properties fronting
Kingston Road west of Dixie Road, and Highway 401 east
of Dixie Road
• Includes significant open space areas associated with the
West Duffins Creek and Pine Creek
• Most of the neighbourhood developed since the 1970s
91
92
Recommended Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official Plan Page 9
Cross Reference:
OPA 14-001/P
• The area north of Kingston Road Gs;;onsists of a mix of
detached, semi-detached, and townhouse dwellings; also
includes one secondary school, five elementary schools,
seven neighbourhood parks, two places of worship and a
fue hall
• The area south ofKingston Road consistsof a tnix oflarge
format retailers, specialty retailers, automotive uses, offices
and services including restaurants
• Has the Canadian Jesuits Mamesa Retreat property (a place
of spiritual retreat and worship known as the
Maruesa Centre) at the north end of Liverpool Road
• Has the Ontario Hydro Cherrywood Transformer station
located in the northern portion of the neighbourhood
• Has neighbourhood shopping located at the intersection of
Dixie Road and Finch Avenue, at Bushmill Street and
Liverpool Road, and at Rosefield Road and Finch A venue
• Has environmentally sensitive areas associated with the
West Duffins Creek and the Rouge-Duffins Wildlife
Corridor to the north
• Has one Detailed Review Area within its boundary: lands
on the west side of Liverpool Road south of Glenanna
Road
• City Council has adopted development guidelines as
follows:
* The ''Walnut Lane Area Development Guidelines"
(for lands on the north side of Kingston Road, east of
Walnut Lane);
* The "Town Centre West Development Guidelines"
(for lands generally west of Pine Creek, between
Kingston Road and Highway 401); and
• City Council has adopted "Kingston Road Corridor
Development Guidelines", which guidelines apply to the
Kingston Road Corridor through this Neighbourhood
32. Revising Map 22, Neighbourhood 12: Liverpool, as
illustrated on Attachment E to this Revision.
Attachment A
MAP 9
SOUTH PICKERING
URBAN AREA NEIGHBOURHOODS
1. Rosebank
2. West Shore
3. Bay Ridges
4. Brock Industrial
5. Rougemount
LEGEND
6. Woodlands
7. Dunbarton
8. City Centre
9. Village East
lO.Highbush
CllY OF PICKERING
City DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT JUNE 2014 ~ THIS t.AAP FORf.AS F'AR:T OF EDmON ? OF THE PICKERING
OFFICIAL PLAN AND t.AUST BE READ IN CON..JUNCTION WITH THE OTHER SCHEDULES AND THE TEXT.
11. Amberlea
12. Liverpool
13. Brock Ridge
14. Rouge Park
15. Duffin Heights
PICKERING OFFICIAL PLAN EDITION ?: Chapter Two--The Planning Framework
93
?
94
Attachment B
CHAPTER ELEVEN --URBAN NEIGHBOURHOODS
Introduction
The information contained in this chapter is supplementary
to the land use information provided in Chapter Three of
this Plan. It provides detailed neighbourhood policies for
each of the City's urban neighbourhoods. Additional
neighbourhood policies may be added as required, by
amendment to this Plan.
For planning pw:poses, the South Pickering Urban Area is
divided into ££teen neighbourhoods. Each neighbourhood
1s described in terms of its boundaries, overall
characteristics, and land use mix. As well, neighbourhood
population forecasts are provided to the year 2016.
Maps 11 to 25 illustrate the boundaries of neighbourhoods,
as well as other information as described in the next
section.
PICKERING OFFICIAL PLAN EDITION ?: Chapter Eleven-Urban Neighbourhoods
UrbanNeighbourboods
J, Rosebank
. 2. West Shore
J. Bay fudges .
4. Brocklndustiial
5: · ·· R.9ug~nibunt
6. Woodlands
7~ . Dunhar~on
8.
9.
10.
'L1i.
·12.
13.
14.
15;
.+awn CifYCenti:e
VillageEast
:Highbusli
Amberlea
Liverpool
Brock Ridge
· R9t1ge P~rk
J)llifinHeights
Attachment C
MAP13
NEIGHBOURHOOD 3: BAY RIDGES
----
........
( )
LEGEND
NEW ROAD CONNECTIONS (PROPOSED)
DETAILED REVIEW AREA
WATERFRONT TRAIL
PEDESTRIAN/BICYCLE CONNECTION
(EXISTING)
LANDS FOR WHICH COUNCIL HAS
ADOPTED DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES
(REFER TO COMPENDIUM DOCUMENT)
CITY OF PICKERING PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
JUNE, 20,4 ~~~i~~L ~~:N~~~~S M~~~T a'r R~~~~~ ~O~~U~~~~6~C~~~~N~HE
OTHER SCHEDULES AND Tl-fE TEXT.
111111111111111
A. • 6
* ·= !sci
[LB!
SYMBOLS
NEIGHBOURHOOD [g BOUNDARY COMMUNITY CENTRE
PLACE [!] OF WORSHIP PARK
PUBLIC ELEMENTARY @ SCHOOL PROPOSED PARK
SEPARATE ELEMENTARY 1M! SCHOOL MARINA
HISTORIC VILLAGE
GO-TRANSIT STATION
SENIOR CENTRE
LAWN BOWLING
~ ARENA
[Y] YACHT CLUB
[B FIREHALL
NOTE: LAND USE DESIGNATIONS
APPEAR ON SCHEDULE I
PICKERING OFFICIAL PLAN EDITION '?: C::hooter Eleven-Urban Neiahbourhoocls '?'?
95
96
Attachment D
MAP14
NEIGHBOURHOOD 4: BROCK INDUSTRIAL
----
••••••1!1•
LEGEND
NEW ROAD CONNECTIONS
(PROPOSED)
DETAILED REVIEW AREA
WATERFRONT TRAIL
CITY OF" PICKERING PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
.JUNE, 20,4 ~CJ~~~G Mt~c~~R:c.NF>~~D 0~u~fl~~l'\,~i.-.gF'INTHE
CONJUNCTION WITH THE OTHER SCHEDULES AND THE TEXT.
PICKERING G~NERATlNG STATION
-
.A ..
0
* ·= tsct
ILBI
YORI<-DURKA~
WATER POLLUTION
CONTROL PLANT
LAKE ONlARJO
SYMBOLS
NEIGHBOURHOOD [g BOUNDARY
PLACE [!] OF WORSHIP
PUBLIC ELEMENTARY lMl SCHOOL
SEPARATE ELEMENTARY ~ SCHOOL
HISTORIC VILLAGE [E]
GO-TRANSIT STATION IC/LI
SENIOR CENTRE IRCI
LAWN BOWLING ~
COMMUNITY CENTRE
PARK'
MARINA
ARENA
FIRE HALL
CIVIC COMPLEX
& CENTRAL LIBRARY
RECREATION COMPLEX
SWIMMING POOL
NOTE: LAND USE DESIGNATIONS
APPEAR ON SCHEDULE I
PICKERING OFFICIAL PLAN EDITION ?: Chaoter Eleven-Urban Neiahbourhoods ??
REVISED Attachment E
MAP18
NEIGHBOURHOOD 8: CITY CENTRE
----
( )
~ .......... ]>
LEGEND
NEW ROAD CONNECTIONS(PROPOSED)
PEDESTRIAN/BICYCLE CONNECTION
PEDESTRIAN{BICYCLE CONNECTION (PROPOSED
REGIONAL STORM FLOOD LINE
CITY OF PICKERING
PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT JUNE, 2014 (g THIS MAP FORMS PART OF EDITION ? OF THE PICKERING OF"FICIAL. PLAN AND MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE OTHER SCHEDULES AND THE TEXT,
SYMBOLS
NEIGHBOURHOOD
BOUNDARY
PLACE
OF WORSHIP
PUBLIC ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL
PROPOSED PUBLIC
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
GO-TRANSIT STATION
CIVIC COMPLEX
& CENTRAL LIBRARY
RECREATION
COMPLEX
COMMUNITY CENTRE
PROPOSED COMMUNITY CENTRE
PROPOSED TRANSIT JUNCTION
PARK
PROPOSED PARK
ARENA
LAWN BOWLING
SENIOR CENTRE
FIREHALL
SWIMMING POOL
PROPOSED SQUARE
NOTE: LAND USE DESIGNATIONS
APPEAR ON SCHEDULE I
PIC:KFRING OFF!c:JAI PI AN FfJITION ?: C:hnntP.r FIP.VP.n --lJrhnn NP.inhhourhoorls ??
98
Attachment F
MAP22
NEIGHBOURHOOD 12: LIVERPOOL
SYMBOLS
NEW ROAD CONNECTIONS (PROPOSED)
DETAILED REVIEW AREA
LANDS FOR WHICH COUNCIL HAS
ADOPTED DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES
(REFER TO COMPENDIUM DOCUMENT)
CITY OF PICKERING PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
JUNE, 2014 (9 THIS MAP FORt.!S PART OF EDITION ? OF THE: PICI<E'RINO
OFFICIAL PLAN AND MUST BE READ IN CON.JUNCTlON WITH THE.
OTHER SCHEDULES AND THE TExT.
NEIGHBOURHOOD
BOUNDARY
PLACE OF WORSHIP
PUBLIC ELEMENTARY SCHo'OL .
SEPARATE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL
PUBLIC SECONDARY
SCHOOL
SEPARATE SECONDARY
SCHOOL
RECREATION
COMPLEX
CIVIC COMPLEX
& CENTRAL LIBRARY
SWIMMING POOL
PICKERING OFFICIAL PLAN EDITION ?: Chooter Eleven-Urban Neiahbourhoods
~ ARENA
~ PARK
@ PROPOSED PARK
[El POLICE STATION
[E] FIREHALL
* HISTORIC VILLAGE
[CEM[ CEMETERY
~= GO-TRANSIT STATION
NOTE: LAND USE DESIGNATIONS APPEAR ON SCHEDULE I
??
Table 1
Responses ~o Comments Received on
Proposed Official Plan Amendment 26
Appendix Ill to
Report No. PLN 14~14
99
.......
0
0
Commenter
Stephen Fagyas,
(representing the
owners of 1502
Bayly Street)
(oral submission
at public meeting
and written
submission)
Table 1: Responses to Comments Received on Proposed Official Plan Amendment 26
Comments Staff Response Recommended Amendments
(1) Based on locational (1) Agree. Although the City Centre
attributes, market realities intensification study provided the
for employment lands and planning rationale for the
extensive analysis of the re-designation of these lands to City
City Centre by the study Centre, staff submitted further
team, the employment planning justification to the Region of
lands south of Highway 401 Durham in support of the conversion
and east of Sandy Beach of the lands in question from
Road within the City Centre "Prestige Employment" to "City
should be converted Centre" designation. Please see
forthwith. response to Region 1s comments in
the last row of this table.
(2) Since there has been no (2) Disagree. The proposed school site
justification by the school was included within the Downtown
Board, any reference to a Pickering Vision Document, based on
proposed school site the consultant's study of the City
should be removed from Centre and DDSB recommendations.
the Downtown Pickering The proposed park site next to the Vision document and the school site implements the concept of proposed park adjacent to "co-location" of public facilities and it the proposed school should provides opportunities for be re-examined with a view multi-functional use by the of locating it at a more community and the school. The centralized location with the proposed Krosno Creek Park, on the re-naturalized Krosno other hand, is principally intended to Creek Park. enhance and preserve the function of
the creek with some opportunity for
passive recreation.
--
Page 1 of 46
Stephen Fagyas, The Durham District School Board
(representing the (DDSB) confirmed in writing their
owners of 1502 support of the proposed school site
Bayly Street) south of Highway 401, as shown on
revised Map 18. The implementing
(oral submission Zoning By-law shall seek a dual
at public meeting zoning for the school site to allow for
and written circumstances where the school site
submissions may become redundant or to allow
dated April 7 and for co-location of uses.
June 9, 2014)
(3) Regarding proposed policy (3) Disagree. The policy is based on the
11.10L (c) [now 11.10K consultant's analysis of how the City
(b)], which ties City Centre Centre may intensify over time, and
south targets to is intended to ensure a balanced
performance criteria to distribution of new residential units
development on lands north across the City Centre.
of Highway 401, it is
suggested that the market
should determine the timing
of development.
David Steele (oral (1) Supports more creative (1) Agree. Staff will seek a dual zoning
submission at design for schools through for the proposed school site to permit
public meeting co-location and joint use, for circumstances where the school
and email dated which could allow for the may become redundant or where
June 8, 2014) conversion to other uses if there is opportunity for co-location of
a school is deemed uses.
redundant in the future.
I
_.. Page 2 of 46
0 _..
......
0
"'
David Steele (oral
submission at
public meeting
and email dated
June 8, 2014)
(2) Asked that population age (2)
be looked at more closely
in relation to the need for
future school sites, and that
wording be more specific.
(3) To intensify the City Centre (3)
could be good planning if
the developments are of
high quality with good
neighbourhood planning to
include recreational,
educational, green space,
retail, restaurants that are
easily accessible by bike,
no cars just public
transportation.
Agree in part. The DDSB indicated
they will do more detailed analysis of
the proposed school site, building
and design requirements as soon as
more information about the number
of residential units and the bedroom
count has become available. Staff
reviewed the wording of current
policy [policy 11.10 (b)] in the Official
Plan and is of the opinion that it does
not demand further detailing.
OPA 26 is providing a policy
framework for decision making on
development proposals in terms of
aspects such as sustainable design
and placemaking, irnproving the
public realm and increasing the
supply and access to parks and
recreation, increasing mobility
options, encouraging mixed uses,
and more compact built form in
support of walkability and public
transit. The attainment of these
objectives will ultimately depend
upon market forces, private
investment, financial investment and
timely provision of hard and soft
infrastructure in support of new
growth.
Page 3 of 46
Barbara Pulst
(oral submission
at public meeting)
......
0
(A)
(1) In the absence of
confirmation regarding
Pickering Nuclear
Generation Station's
(PNGS) plans beyond
2020, it is inadvisable to
implement any plans for
intensification in close
proximity to PNGS. This
would raise concerns for
sensitive public facilities
such as schools and
hospitals in the event of
evacuation.
(2) The Official Plan
Amendment must
incorporate future plans
regarding PNGS.
(1) Disagree. The Province of Ontario
and the Region of Durham have
developed and maintain
comprehensive emergency plans that
address evacuation, transportation,
and sheltering in the event of a
nuclear emergency. In addition, the
local municipalities in Durham
(including Pickering) have developed
plans and procedures that address
local issues related to nuclear
emergency.
It is worthy to note that a decision
has already been taken to retire the
PNGS commencing in 2020. Much
of the build out of the City Centre and .
City Centre South is anticipated to
occur after the nuclear plant no
longer produces energy, significantly
limiting the likelihood and potential
risk of an evacuation occurring after
2020.
(2) The PNGS lands are located outside
the City Centre limits, and will be
addressed through a repurposing
study, currently being undertaken by
PNGS in consultation with the City,
that will look at issues such as future
use of the PNGS lands.
Page 4 of 46
.......
0
~
Peter Falconer
(oral submission
at public meeting)
(1) Concerned with densities (1)
and access and egress off
Bayly Street.
Agree in part. Proposed OPA 26 is
however seeking an additional traffic
signal where Krosno Creek meets
Bayly Street, to allow an additional
controlled access point from the
north to Bayly Street, as well as a
proposed future collector road
immediately north and parallel to
Bayly Street to connect to Brock
Road in the east to serve the future
residential population in City Centre
south and to alleviate traffic pressure
on Bayly Street.
To achieve the objective of providing
the required road infrastructure in
support of anticipated population
growth in the City Centre, Staff
recommend the addition of two
further policies in section 11.1 OF,
that provide conditions that have to
be met before the proposed road
through the hydro corridor and the
proposed road connection between
Bayly Street and Brock Road can be _
built. In addition, a provision has
been added to section 11.1 OK, that
requires the preparation of a
transportation study to assess the
need and timing of future
transportation system improvements.
(1) Staff recommend that proposed
policy section 11.1 OF, City
Centre Street Network and
Design, in City Centre
Neighbourhood Policies, Chapter
Eleven-Urban Neighbourhoods,
be further revised by adding
subsections (d) and (e) as
follows:
"(d) protect for, and implement a
new north-south arterial road
from Kingston Road to Bayly
Street to accommodate future
growth subject to: the hydro
corridor being deemed sumlus
by Ontario Hydro; the necessacy:
Environmental Assessment
studies being completed; the
lands being acquired by the
City; and, funding being made
available to move forward with
the project; and
(e) protect for, and implement the
extension of Plummer Street
eastLwest through the hydro
corridor to a new City Centre
south collector road to
accommodate future growth
subject to: permission being
provided by Ontario Hydro to
cross the hydro corridor, or the
hydro corridor being deemed
Page 5 of 46
Peter Falconer
(oral submission
at public meeting)
.......
0 c.n
Furthermore, the City Centre Zoning
By-law will contain holding provisions
that require the preparation of
transportation studies and
implementation of their
recommendations for any major
developments north of Bayly Street.
surplus by Ontario Hydro; the
necessacy: Environmental
Assessment studies being
completed; and, funding is made
available to move forward with
the project."
Staff recommend that section
11.1 OK (c), City Centre Growth to
2031, in City Centre
Neighbourhood Policies, Chapter
Eleven-Urban Neighbourhoods,
be further revised by adding
subsection (i) as follows:
"(i) requiring a multi-modal
transportation study for proposed
developments that are anticipated
to generate 100 or more vehicle
peak hour trips (two-way), or
where site and design
characteristics may result in traffic
or transportation concerns, to
assess the impact on the
transportation system and the
timing and need for future
improvements;"
Page 6 of 46
.......
0
en
Peter Falconer
(oral submission
at public meeting)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Concerned about traffic (2)
impacts due to population
increase, and questioned
emergency procedures in
the event of a major
accident.
Concern with the resident (3)
access to groceries in the
event Loblaws leaves,
noting the lack of any plans
for a grocery store.
Concern with the overall (4)
·appearance of Pickering
with this proposed
development
Agree in part. The increase of
population in the City Centre will
have an impact on traffic flow within
and from the City Centre, but the
Council endorsed vision for the City
Centre aims to also introduce more
mobility options in the form of new
pedestrian walkways, cycling paths
and improved public transit. As
previously noted, the Province of
Ontario and the Region of Durham
have prepared comprehensive
emergency plans to address
evacuation, transportation, and
sheltering in the event of a major
accident.
Agree. Grocery stores fulfill an
important service to the residential
population of the City Centre and
beyond. OPA 26 encourages the
provision of grocery stores in
strategic locations in support of
significant new development-see
recommended policy 11.10 D (d).
Agree in part. Although
intensification and redevelopment
will change the appearance of the
City Centre over time, the City, in
consultation with agencies and the
private sector, will seek to facilitate
new development in support of
Page 7 of 46
Peter Falconer
(oral submission
at public meeting)
Zelinka Priamo
Ltd., representing
Loblaw Properties
Limited and
Choice Properties
REIT
(letter dated
April 2, 2014)
----------·-
.......
0
-.1
-
(1) Is the minimum net. ( 1)
residential density of 80
dwellings per hectare and
the minimum floor space
index of 0.75 intended to
apply to individual sites in
the City Centre?
(2) How would the policy on (2)
minimum net residential
density and floor space
index be interpreted for
expansions to existing
buildings and modestly
sized infill buildings?
Flexible wording should be
incorporated that
recognizes that policies will
be implemented and
transitioned over the long
term and development and
intensification comes to
fruition.
sustainable placemaking with the
emphasis on high quality urban
design, walkability, transit oriented
development and developing a
sense of place.
Yes.
Agree in part. Section 3.6 (d) of the (2) Staff recommend that section 3.6
Official Plan stipulates that the City (e), Mixed Use Areas, in Chapter
may limit net residential densities, Three-Land Use, be revised as
floor space indices, and gross follows:
leasable floor space for the retailing
of goods and services below the "(e) despite section 3.6 (c) (ii) and
maximums set out in Table 6 to Table 6, may permit net
address concerns related to such as residential densities and floor
matters as design, compatibility and space indices below the
scale. minimums set out in the
Furthermore, section 3.6 (e) states that Table, if it can be
the City may permit net residential demonstrated to the City's
densities below the minimums set out in satisfaction that the design,
Table 6, if it can be demonstrated to the site layout, blocking, and/ or
phasing of the project can be City's satisfaction that the design, site intensified over time to layout, blocking, and/or phasing of the achieve at least the minimum
project can be intensified over time to levels of intensity set out in the achieve at least the minimum levels of Table;"
intensity set out in Table 6.
Page 8 of 46
__..
o
(X)
Zelinka Priamo
Ltd., representing
Loblaw Properties
Limited and
Choice Properties
REIT
(letter dated
April 2, 2014)
(3) In Section.3.9, Table 6, the (3)
maximum gross leasable
floor space for retailing of
goods and services in the
City Centre is 300, 000m2 .
What is the current gross
leasable floor space in the
City Centre?
(4) In Section 11.1 OE (d), how (4)
would the proposed
prohibition of any new
building in the City Centre
to be less than 3 functional
storeys be interpreted for
expansions to existing
Staff is of the opinion that the same
principle should apply to
development proposals below the
minimum floor space index, and
recommend that section 3.6 (e) be
revised to include the words "and
floor space indices".
Therefore, the City may permit an
expansion to an existing building,
subject to the provisions of section
3.6. (d) and newly revised section
3.6. (e).
The current gross leasable floor
space in the City Centre is estimated
at approximately 167, 000m2 •
The proposed policy speaks to new (4) Staff recommend that proposed
buildings and not to the expansion of section 11.1 OE, City Centre
existing buildings. Building Heights, in Chapter
Eleven-Urban Neighbourhoods,
In terms of expansions to existing be further revised by the addition
buildings, to allow for transition over of a new subsection (e) and
time and to be consistent with the renumbering the subsequent
Page 9 of 46
Zelinka Priamo
Ltd., representing
Loblaw Properties
Limited and
Choice Properties
REIT
(letter dated
April 2, 2014)
.......
0 co
buildings? A gradual
transition towards
intensification should be
encouraged and not
prohibited, with flexibility as
to the number of storeys
through wording that
policies shall be
implemented and
transitioned over the long
term.
approach in sections 3.6 (d) and (e)
of the Official Plan, Staff recommend
that a clause be added specifying
that the Council may, in the case of
proposed expansions or additions to
existing buildings in the City Centre,
permit building heights to be less
than 3 functional storeys, subject to
certain conditions.
Furthermore, since sections 3.6 (d)
and (e) do not discriminate between
expansion to existing buildings and
new buildings, Staff recommend that
proposed policy 11.1 OE (d) be
further revised to clarify that the
provisions of sections 3.6 (d) and (e)
do not apply to the construction of
new (stand alone) buildings, but only
to the expansion to existing buildings
in the City Centre.
subsections as follows:
"(e) des;pite Section 11.10E (d),
;permit expansions or additions to
existing buildings in the Cicy:
Centre to be less than 3 functional
store}':s, if it can be demonstrated
tQ the Cicy:'s satisfaction that the
design, site la}':Out, blocking,
and Lor ;phasing of the ;project can
be intensified over time to achieve
at least the minimum levels of
in tens icy: set out in Table 6 of this
Plan."
Staff recommend that proposed
subsection 11.10E (d), City
Centre Building Heights, in
Chapter Eleven -Urban
Neighbourhoods, be revised
from:
"(d) ;prohibit an}': new buildings in
the Cicy: Centre to be less than
three (3) functional store}':S exce;pt
for municipal uses in the Civic
Centre and in the O;pen S;pace
S}':Stem-Natural Areas
designation; and"
To
"(d) des;pite sections 3.6 (d) and
(e) and Table 6, require all new
Page 10 of 46
__. __.
0
Zelinka Priamo
Ltd., representing
Loblaw Properties
Limited and
Choice Properties
REIT
(letter dated
April 2, 2014) (5) Under Section 11.1 OF, we
note that Table 17 was
removed. Clarification is
required as to whether the
removal was intentional?
(6) In terms of sub-section
11.1 OJ (a)(ii) [now sub-
section 11.101 (a)(ii)]
structured or below grade
parking shall be the
preferred parking format
and under (iii) in phased
development, surface
parking may be permitted if
the proponent has
demonstrated how parking
will be accommodated in
structures at full build out.
Clarification is sought as to
whether expansions to
existing buildings would
require demonstration
plans for full build out?
buildings in the Ci.cy: Centre to be
at least three (3) functional store~s,
exce,Pt for munici,Pal uses in the
Civic Centre and in the O,Pen
S)_1ace s~stem-Natural Areas
designation; and"
(5) Yes, the removal was intentional
because the proposed precinct
boundaries did not follow property
boundaries, and problems could
arise from implementing different
density and floor space index
standards of multiple precincts on a
single property.
(6) Yes. Demonstration plans would be
required in accordance with policy
sections 3.6 (d) and (e), and
recommended policy section 11.1 OE
(e).
Page 11 of 46
Zelinka Priamo
Ltd., representing
Loblaw Properties
Limited and
Choice Properties
REIT
(letter dated
April 2, 2014)
Novatech
Engineering , on
behalf of A & W
Food Services of
Canada Inc.
McDonalds
Restaurants of
~ __..
~
(7) Since the City Centre
Urban Design Guidelines
are referenced throughout
the draft OPA, the urban
design guidelines should be
provided in advance of the
recommendation report so
that both documents can be
reviewed in tandem.
(8) The list of permitted uses in
the City Centre should state
that "Major Retail" may also
be permitted in Urban
Centres as per the OMB
Minutes of Settlement
between Loblaws
Properties Limited and the
Region of Durham for
Regional Official Plan
Amendment 128.
(1) The proposed policy
11.1 OD (f) requires an
amendment to the Official
Plan and Zoning By-law for
any new drive through
facility within the City
Centre, subject to meeting
(7) The references throughout the draft
OPA has been reduced to a single
policy statement in section 11.10 (c)
(ii).
The Urban Design guidelines assist
the implementation of the Official
Plan policies and do not change the
intent of the policies.
A first draft of the City Centre Urban
Design guidelines is posted on the
City's web site.
(8) "Retailing of goods and services" is a
listed permissible use in revised
Table 5 of the Official Plan, and is
consistent with the term "Major
Retail".
(1) Agree. Staff recommend the (1) Staff recommend that proposed
removal of the requirement to amend policy 11.1 OD (f), City Centre
the Official Plan for new Active Frontages At Grade, in
drive-through facilities in the City City Centre Neighbourhood
Centre, as well as the removal of the Policies, Chapter Eleven-Urban
sub-section 11.1 OD (f) (i) that Neighbourhoods, be further
requires the submission of a revised from the following:.
Page 12 of 46
__. __.
""
Canada Limited,
the TDL Group
Corp, and
Wendy's
Restaurants of
Canada (letter
dated
March 12, 2014
and email dated
April 3, 2014)
certain requirements. The planning justification to establish how
requirement for an Official the proposed development conforms
Plan amendment is not to the Official Plan. However, the
supported. requirement for rezoning remains to
ensure that the proposed
development will meet the objectives
for a more compact, walkable City
Centre and healthy community.
"(t) require an amendment to this
Plan and the Ci:cy Centre Zoning
B~-law for an~ new drive-through
facili:cy within the Cicy Centre and
subject to the following:
(i) justification for the proposed
development which
establishes how it conforms to
the Official Plan.
(ii) demonstration that the
development of a drive-
through facili:cy does not
preclude the planned function,
placemaking objectives and
intensification of the site;
(iii) demonstration that the
development of a drive-
through facili:cy does not
compromise the safe and
efficient movement of
pedestrians and c~clists; and
(iv). have regard to the Ci:cy Centre
Urban Design Guidelines."
To
"(0 consider permitting new drive-
through facilities within the Ci:cy
Centre through a zoning b~-law
amendment application provided
it has been demonstrated that the
facility does not:
Page 13 of 46
Novatech
Engineering , on
behalf of A & W
Food Services of
Canada Inc.
McDonalds
Restaurants of
Canada Limited,
the TDL Group
Corp, and
Wendy's
Restaurants of
Canada (letter
dated
March 12, 2014
and email dated
April 3, 2014)
Steele Valley
Developments
Limited -owner
of 1300 and 1360
Kingston Road
(Letter dated
April1, 2014)
__.. __..
w
(2) A drive-through facility that
is proposed in a central
urban setting can be
designed in a fashion that
does not detract from the
streetscape and the
'pedestrian-friendly
atmosphere'.
{1) Concern that the planning
process should allow for
any interim developments
which would intensify the
existing properties in the
similar fashion as the
existing developments
(such as additional low rise
free-standing buildings
situated closer to Kingston
Road.
(i) preclude the planned function)
placemaking objectives and
intensification of the site;
(ii) compromise traffic operations
and the safe and efficient
movement of pedestrians and
cyclists;"
(2) Agree. Novatech provided Staff with
an example of an existing restaurant
(with a drive through facility) located
on the ground floor of a 3 storey
building in North Vancouver.
(1) Agree. Please see proposed
revisions to sections 3.6 (e) and
11.1 OE to allow for expansions to
existing buildings, subject to
demonstrating how the project can
meet the desired intensification over
time.
----------
Page 14 of 46
....... .......
.J:>.
Steele Valley
Developments
Limited-owner
of 1300 and 1360
Kingston Road
(Letter dated
April 1, 2014
(2) What provision is provided
in the proposed OPA for
the rebuilding of an existing
building that might fall
victim to partial or full
destruction by fire ·or other
casualty?
(3) The draft OPA and the 3-D
model of the long term Built
form vision of the City
Centre both indicated that
the commercial lands at
1360 Kingston Road were
indicated to be
redeveloped as open
space. Planning Staff
advised that at this time the
layout of buildings and
open space areas is
conceptual and is to be
determined at a later date
when the rezoning of the
lands is brought forward. It
would be advised that any
down-zoning of our
commercial lands to open
space would be totally
unacceptable:
(2) Such .a provision is normally
contained in a zoning by-law. The
applicable Zoning By-law would
allow for the reconstruction of
buildings (legally constructed) that
have been structurally damaged or
destroyed because of fire -or an act
of nature.
(3) Agree in part. Although the 3-0
model shows a number of proposed
parks and open spaces on parts of
1360 Kingston Road, the amount of
open space within the specific
location on the lands in question is
being reduced significantly to a
single local park site (see proposed
park symbol, located northwest of
the intersection of Glenanna and
Kingston Roads, on the revised Map
18: Neighbourhood 8: City Centre).
Intensification and redevelopment
can only occur in a sustainable
manner, if other amenities such as
parks/open space are provided
within close proximity of the
population. The City has provisions
for parkland dedication to meet the
needs of future residents and
employees in the City Centre. Staff
will work with the development
industry to achieve the parkland
requirements for the City Centre.
Page 15 of 46
McMillan LLP
representing DCC
135 -owner of
1885 Glenanna
Road
(letter dated
April 1, 2014)
__. __.
C.11
(1) Through proposed OPA 26,
permitted uses of the
property are lost, for
example, under the current
OP designation all forms of
residential use are
permitted on the property,
whereas Table 5 as revised
by OPA 26 only permits
high density residential
uses.
(2) Concerned that the
proposed increase of the
maximum net residential
density from 180 to 570
units per hectare in Table
6, inappropriately prevents
the achievement of the
newly proposed maximum
permitted Floor Space
Index (FSI) of 5.75
(increased from 2.0) for
developments that are
solely residential. It is
respectfully submitted that
the maximum net
residential density of 570
units per hectare be
increased to appropriately
reflect and facilitate
achievement of the
maximum 5.75 FSI.
(1) To implement the Provincial Growth
Plan targets for the Pickering Urban
Growth Centre, a more compact,
pedestrian environment is required.
The densities provided for in Table 6
are necessary to facilitate this
objective.
(2) Disagree. The maximum residential
density and floor space indices in
Table 6 merely reflect the wider
range of development that could be
accommodated across the whole
City Centre. Any development
proposal will have to take into
consideration other interrelated
development standards such as
height limitations, setbacks and
parking provision, which will be
detailed in the City Centre Zoning
By-law.
Page 16 of 46
........
........
en
McMillan LLP
representing DCC
135 -owner of
1885 Glenanna
Road
(letter dated
April 1, 2014)
(3) The proposed policies on (3)
City Centre Building
Heights, Parking and
Stormwater Management
are much too specific for
inclusion in an Official Plan,
and can result in the need
for additional amendments,
thus complicating the
development approval
process and inhibiting the
achievement of the level of
intensification desired by
the City in a timely manner.
Disagree. Recommended policy
section 11.1 OE (c) merely contains a
list of key performance criteria to be
considered in the review of
development applications. They als~ I
provide greater clarity up front in
terms of the key issues that would be
considered through the development
process, which could potentially
· speed up the development approval
process.
The proposed policies on minimum
height are essential to attain the
Council endorsed vision of a more
compact and intensified City Centre
in support of the density targets and
floor space index targets of the
Growth Plan and the Regional
Official Plan, and sets a proper
policy foundation for implementation
through the zqning by-law and
development review process.
As for the proposed parking and
stormwater policies (sections 11.1 OJ
and K) [now sections 11. 1 01 and
11.1 OJ], they contain information on
key aspects of parking and
stormwater specific to the City
Centre Neighbourhood, and provide
a proper policy framework to guide
the review of and decisions on future
development proposals.
Page 17 of 46
McMillan LLP
representing DCC
135 -owner of
1885 Glenanna
Road
(letter dated
April 1, 2014)
__. __.
-.J
(4) It is unclear from the
proposed Map 18 A (which
shows the geographic
boundaries of the 6 City
Centre Precincts), whether
DCC 135's property
boundaries run in relation
to the boundaries of the
Avenues Precinct and
Valley Farm
Neighbourhood Precinct. It
is requested that Map 18A
be revised to clearly identify
the location of the precinct
boundaries, particularly so
that the property is clearly
identified as being within
the Avenues Precinct.
(4) The Precincts are no longer being
recommended. The interpretation
and application of any development
standards from multiple precincts on
a single property would
unnecessarily complicate the
development review process.
Furthermore, the new City Centre
Zoning By-law, together with the City
Centre Urban Design guidelines, will
facilitate the establishment of uses
and the development of built form
complimentary to the character and
attributes of particular locations in
the City Centre.
(4) Staff recommend that proposed
section 11.1 OF, City Centre
Precincts, in City Centre
Neighbourhood Policies, Chapter
Eleven-Urban Neighbourhoods,
be removed as follows:
"11.10F City Council,
And
(a) shall identity six
Precincts within the City
Centre that respond to the
existing and planned land
use, built from and distinct
characteristics of these
places as shownon Map
18A;
(b) shall require n~.v
d~.Telopment v>rithin each
precinct to be generally
consistent vvith the planed
land uses, street network,
built from and urban design
characteristics contained in
the City Centre Urban
Design Guidelines."
That proposed Map 18A, City
Centre Precincts, be also
removed.
Page 18 of46
........
........
co
Wilfred Giroux, at
1575 Avonmore
Square (letters
dated April 4 and
16, 2014)
(1) The noise generated by the
proposed north-south road
through the hydro corridor
will have a negative impact
on the residential quality of
life for resident within the
Avonmore Square
development; and that
would reduce the value of
the residential properties
too; a road noise barrier, if
proposed, would look like
the Berlin wall; the view
"overlooking the Diana
Princess of Wales park
would be gone;
(2) Diana Princess of Wales
park (hydro corridor) is
used for children's activities
and dog lovers through
most seasons. A vibrant
city should be for the
people first and cars should
be secondary.
(1) Agree in part. However, measures
will be taken in accordance with the
recommendations of an
environmental assessment to
mitigate potential impacts. It should
be noted that the building of this road
will be contingent upon a number of
steps, including:
• The decommissioning of OPG and
the removal of the hydro towers;
• The completion of an
environmental assessment for the
construction of the proposed road
and bridge across Highway 401;
and
• Securing funds to construct the
road and the bridge across
Highway 401.
(2) Agree. Should the road be
constructed, part of the park will be
lost. However, the road would
improve vehicular access to the
remainder of the park, improve
access and connectivity within and to
the City Centre in support of a
growing employment and residential
population, and provide more
mobility options in the form of
sidewalks, cycling and transit.
Page 19 of 46
Wilfred Giroux, at
1575 Avonmore
Square (letters
dated April 4 and
16, 2014)
_. _.
co
(3) The proposed road through (3)
the hydro corridor is not a
viable solution for traffic
control -the traffic
congestion on Bayly Street
would increase the traffic
on Kingston Road and vice
versa during peak times;
the money spent to built
the bridge and road wquld
be better spent attracting
industry.
(4) A city cannot be built on (4)
restaurants and services as
this has little effect on
decreasing the residential
tax base.
Disagree. A finer grid network of
roads is a key component of
intensifying and redeveloping the
City Centre. The proposed road
would provide a critical connection
between City Centre South and
North and alleviate pressure on
Brock Road and other streets.
Furthermore, the City Centre is
identified as a focal area of
employment and plays an integral
part in creating more jobs in the City.
The provision of corridor protection
for the proposed road will be
monitored based on growth. As
noted before (in response to
comment #1 of Peter Falconer's
submission), Staff are
recommending the addition of 3 new
policies which address the
achievement of certain road
infrastructure improvements to
support anticipated City Centre
growth.
Agree in part. However, the City
Centre is identified as a mixed use
district and is planned to
accommodate a diverse mix of retail,
service, recreational and institutional
uses which, over the long run, would
assist the development of a more
balanced residential to
non-residential assessment ratio.
Page 20 of 46
......
N
0
Freeman
Planning
Solutions, on
behalf of City
Centre South
land owners
(email dated
March 31, 2014)
---------------
(1) There needs to be (1)
proposed development
policies to deal with the
width of the Krosno Creek
Corridor and associated
environmental buffers
(thought to be zero).
(2) There needs to be a (2)
proposed development
policy regarding the
ultimate width of Bayly
Street.
Agree. See proposed revision to (1) Staff recommend that sub-
recommended amendment in the sections 11.1 OC, City Centre
last column·. Public Realm, in the City Centre
Neighbourhood Policies, Chapter
Eleven -Urban Neighbourhoods,
be further revised by adding a
new sub-section (e) as follows:
"(e) in consultation with the
Toronto and Region
Conservation Authoricy:, shall
require the proponents of
new development to assess
the regulatocy: flood plain
risks associated with lands
proposed for redevelopment
within the Krosno Creek and
Pine Creek Flood Plains; and
implement, where
appropriate, a revised flood
plain boundacy: for Krosno
Creek and Pine Creek;
And that the subsequent sub-
sections be re-numbered.
Bayly Street is a Regional Arterial
road and its width is prescribed by
the Regional Official Plan. Its
ultimate width will be determined
through a future environmental
assessment and detailed design
study.
Page 21 of 46
Freeman
Planning
Solutions, on
behalf of City
Centre South
land owners
(email dated
March 31, 2014)
_.
N _.
. (3) There needs to be a (3)
proposed development
policy regarding a traffic
signal at Bayly Street at
Krosno Creek to ensure
that a signal is ultimately
provided there to maximize
the development potential
of the lands north of Bayly
Street.
(4) Provision needs to be (4)
made in OPA 26 to permit
parking below streets and
parks, in order
accommodate higher
densities and associated
parking in the City Centre.
There are examples of
developments in
Mississauga and Toronto
where parking below public
roads and parks have been
secured.
Agree. A policy has been provided
in policy sub-section 11.1 OF (c).
Following discussions between City (4) Staff recommend that section
staff, City Centre South land owners, 11.101, City Centre Parking, in
Planning Solutions and staff from the the City Centre Neighbourhood
Region of Durham Works Policies, Chapter Eleven -Urban
Department, and research into what Neighbourhoods, be further
other municipalities in the GTA are revised by the addition of
doing in terms of underground subsections (e) as follows:
parking solutions, Staff is
recommending a new policy at the ~ consider underground parking
end of section 11.1 01 (City Centre beneath the Cicy's municipal roads
Parking) that enables the City to and parks provided the propercy
consider underground parking owner enters into an agreement
beneath the City's municipal roads subject to the terms and
and parks, subject to certain conditions acceptable to the Cicy,
conditions. in consultation with the Region."
Page 22 of 46
_..
N
N
Jenny Marsh,
Mallpaks
Developments
Limited on behalf
of the owner of
1243 Kingston
Road (emails
dated March 28
and April 8, 2014)
Doug Gregory, at
861 Naroch Blvd
(email dated
June 2, 2014)
. (1) Requested clarification
regarding the proposed
Type C Arterial Road that
runs across their property
(west of Loblaws across
Pine Creek), the location of
their property in relation to
the revised City Centre
boundaries, and the
proposed re-designation of
"Natural Areas" designation
on the adjacent MTO
Lands to "City Centre".
( 1) Concerned that the
proposed higher density
residential development
within the part of the City
Centre south of Highway
401, will have a negative
traffic impact on roads and
would pose chaos if there
ever was an emergency at
the nuclear plant.
( 1) Clarification provided .
( 1) Although a population increase in the
City Centre will result in increased
pressure on the road system,
proposed OPA 26 also identifies
steps to:
• improve mobility options (more
walkways, cycling paths and
public transit services); _
• balance live-work relationships in
the City Centre with future job
growth; and
• provide for the timely
implementation of road
infrastructure and improvements.
As noted before (in response to
comment #3 of Peter Falconer's
submission), Staff are
recommending the addition of 3 new
Page 23 of 46
Doug Gregory, at
861 Naroch Blvd
(email dated
June 2, 2014)
.......
N
(J.)
(2) Does not regard the City (2)
Centre South Area as
Downtown Pickering, but
rather Kingston Road.
(3) There are lots of land open (3)
on Kingston Road, west of
Liverpool and around·
Valley Farm Road that can
be used for development
instead.
policies which address the
achievement of certain road
infrastructure improvements to
support anticipated City Centre
growth.
As previously stated, the Province
and the Region have developed
comprehensive emergency response
plans. These plans have
considerations for residents and
employees within the City Centre.
The plans are regularly reviewed and
updated to account for growth and
development within the City.
The boundary of the City Centre
area corresponds to the Urban
Growth Centre identified by the
Province of Ontario in its 2006
Growth Plan for the Greater Golden
Horseshoe.
The Downtown intensification study
analysis indicated that the City
Centre South area forms an integral
part of the planning strategy to meet
the population and employment
targets set by the Province. The
amount of vacant lands north of
Highway 401 is insufficient to
accommodate the Provincial growth
target of 200 jobs and residents per
hectare.
Page 24 of 46
_.,
N
..r::o.
Doug Gregory, at
861 Naroch Blvd
(email dated
June 2, 2014)
Gerry Arnott, at
1736 Bronte
Square (email
dated
June 10, 2014)
(4) The City Centre South area (4)
is not the place for
progress or development
and the changes proposed
should be vigorously
opposed.
(1) Concerned about proposed (1)
high residential density, the
number of high rise
buildings, and major traffic
problems.
The City Centre South area forms
part of an Urban Growth Centre and
the Anchor Mobility Hub identified by
Metrolinx, and are ideally situated to
accommodate residential and
employment growth in close
proximity to the GO station, major
roads and other City Centre
amenities.
The Downtown intensification study
analysis indicated that the City
Centre South area forms an integral
part of the planning strategy to meet
the population and employment
targets set by the Province. The
strategy to intensify and redevelop
the City Centre over time requires
significantly higher and more
compact built form.
The development of a more compact
mixed use City Centre will generate
more traffic. OPA 26 contains
proposed revisions to Schedule II-
Transportation System Schedule and .
policies in sections 4.14 (a) and (b),
11.1 OF (d) and (e), and 11.1 OK (c) to
ensure that road infrastructure and
improvements are provided in
support of population growth. As
noted before (in response to
comment #3 of Peter Falconer's
Page 25 of 46
Gerry Arnott, at
1736 Bronte
Square (email
dated
June 10, 2014)
Robert Violo,
address unknown
(email dated
June 7, 2014)
......
N
U1
(1) Concerned about the (1)
impact of proposed
development on traffic,
particularly during rush
hour; what is being done to
solve the current
transportation problems
before adding more
problems?
submission), Staff are
recommending the addition of 3 new
policies which address the
achievement of certain road
infrastructure improvements to
I support anticipated City Centre
growth.
An increase in the City Centre
population over time will have an
impact on traffic flow within and to
the City Centre. OPA 26 contains
proposed revisions to Schedule II-
Transportation System Schedule and
policies in sections 4.14 (a) and (b),
I 11.1 OF (d) and (e), and 11.1 OK (c) to 1
ensure that road infrastructure and
improvements are provided in
support of population growth.
In terms of current initiatives to I
alleviate traffic problems, the Region
is in the process of implementing bus
rapid transit and buffered cycling
lanes along Kingston Road, and
redesigning and upgrading Liverpool
Road and Brock Road. In addition,
the City is improving sidewalk
connections within the City Centre to
improve walkability (i.e. Liverpool
and Kingston Roads).
Page 26 of 46
~
I'.)
m
Hillary Foard,
address unknown
(email dated
June 11, 2014)
Holly Foard, at
1725 Siverthorn
Square (email
dated
June 11, 2014)
(1) Concerned about certain
aspects of the Downtown
Intensification Program.
Although the need to·
diversify the City's tax base
is understandable a casino
in the City is vigorously
opposed. Pickering should
stay strictly small and
medium business to
preserve our sense of
community.
(1) Building a casino and
hotel/water park in
Pickering's downtown core
is a short-sighted and
socio-economically
disastrous chain of events.
Turning Pickering into a
pale, flaccid, second rate
entertainment district will
destroy the community and ·
(1) The casino proposal is part of
another development application for
a tourist destination node on lands at
1802 and 1902 Bayly Street and
2028 Kellino Street, approximately
1 km east of the City Centre. The
proposed redevelopment and
intensification of the City Centre is
consistent with the Provincial Growth
Plan and Regional Official Plan, and
its evolution over time will further
diversify the tax base.
The built form and scale of
development within the City Centre
may change over time, but OPA 26
contains a robust set of planning
policies on placemaking, the public
realm, sustainable development and
built form and height to strengthen
the sense of place and preserve the
character of our community.
(1) A casino and hotel/water park are
not part of the Downtown
Intensification program or OPA 26.
The casino proposal is part of
another development application on
lands node on lands at 1802 and
1902 Bayly Street and 2028 Kellino
Street, approximately 1.km east of
the City Centre.
Page 27 of 46
Holly Foard, at
1725 Siverthorn
Square (email
dated
June 11, 2014)
Andrew Larter, at
1 006 Mountcastle
Crescent (email
dated
June 12, 2014)
........
!'.)
-.J
drive away permanent
residents who offer
financial support and
sustainability to the region.
Generally pleased with the
proposed plans to intensify
Downtown Pickering, but
expressed concerns about the
following:
(1) The location of planned
intensification community in
City Centre South is less
than optimal -lots are cut
off from access from City
Centre North by Highway
401 and its streets ends in
cui-de sacs at the highway.
Identified as an Urban Growth
Centre by the Province, the City
Centre is intended as a mixed use
district, providing commercial,
residential and recreational
opportunities to make the City
Centre a sustainable business centre
in the region.
(1) OPA 26 proposes key road and
pedestrian connections, including:
• A proposed north-south road
across highway 401 through the
hydro corridor;
• a 2nd pedestrian bridge across the
highway at the dead-end of Sandy
Beach Road; and
• a finer grid network of streets in
City Centre South including a
proposed local collector running
parallel with Bayly to link Bayly
Street with Brock Road.
These future connections will provide
stronger linkages to City Centre
North.
Page 28 of 46
......
I'.)
00
Andrew Larter, at
1 006 Mountcastle
Crescent (email
dated
June 12, 2014)
(2) Except for the GO
pedestrian bridge, the only
other way to head north
from the City Centre South
area is via Brock Road and
Liverpool Road bridges,
which are already
congested during rush
hour. Consequently,
downtown Pickering has
the potential to become
difficult to access and
isolated.
An isolated or secluded
high-density
neighbourhood, is one
which fall into crime and
urban decay. For
downtown Pickering to
become successful, its
design must recognise the
inherent barrier to access
posed by Highway 401,
and make every effort to
ensure that it is integrated
and accessible by diverse
modes of transport and
other means.
(2) Please see response to previous
comment. In addition to the
proposed new transportation
improvements, OPA 26 also creates
a policy framework in support of the
provision of more mobility options,
improving sidewalks, the
development of a mixed land use
structure in City Centre South area in
support of a complete and
sustainable community with open
spaces, a school, commercial retail
at grade, in close proximity to the
GO station. The implementation of
the plan, with special attention to
urban and streetscape design, will
also assist the development of a
higher density neighbourhood that is
walkable, safe ad attractive.
--------
Page 29 of 46
Andrew Larter, at
1 006 Mountcastle
Crescent (email
dated
June 12, 2014)
Adam Macintosh,
at 1583 Edgecroft
Drive (email
dated
June 11, 2014)
.......
N
CD
(3) Concerned about a
possible community
backlash by existing
community south of Bayly
Street against the planned
dense neighbourhood,
especially if they feel as
though they only become
aware of the proposal after
it is "a done deal" and they
cannot have a say in the
process. Question whether
the community were
properly informed about the
development proposal?
(1) Support the downtown
venture. The positive
impacts would greatly
outweigh any issues.
(3) The Downtown Intensification
program has been the topic of
extensive public consultation since
the beginning of 2012 and included
stakeholders interviews, a
stakeholder workshop, three open
houses, a statutory open house and
statutory public meeting. Notification
of these events occurred via mail
notices, notices in the local
newspaper, two distributions of over
5 000 flyers, a dedicated webpage
and notices on bulletin boards.
For those who did not participate in
the Downtown Visioning exercise
and the formal planning process for
OPA 26, further opportunities for
participation will present themselves
in the next phases of the program -
the finalization of the new City
Centre Urban Design guidelines and
the drafting of the new City Centre
Zoning By-law.
(1) Agree.
Page 30 of 46
.......
w
0
Laurel Coish,
address unknown
(email dated 11
June, 2014)
Mary Mauceri,
address unknown
(email dated 11
June, 2014)
Fazeed Ramjohn,
at 838 Zator
Avenue (email
dated June 9,
2014)
----
(1) Support the idea of a
performing art centre and
the park, but totally against
a casino in Pickering.
(1) These proposals will have
a significant impact on our
community and our city.
Concerned about negative
impact of a casino.
(1) Concerned about the
balance of infrastructure for
roads and police presence.
Pickering currently have
two interchanges and only
2 lane roads that are
already congested and in
need of repair.
(1) The provision of uses/facilities to
cater for arts, culture and community
recreation (parks) is part of the vision
of making the City Centre a
sustainable .and complete
community. A casino is the subject
of an application which is separate
from the City Centre amendment.
' (1) The proposed City Centre
redevelopment and intensification
implements the Provincial Growth
Plan, and is consistent with the
Council endorsed vision for the City
Centre. However, a casino is not
part of the Council endorsed City
Centre Vision or OPA 26.
(1) Agree, OPA 26 contains policies that
require the improvement to the road
system and the provision of
infrastructure, i.e. roads, sidewalks,
cycling lanes, transit and social
infrastructure in support of the
anticipated growth. More people and
activity will require a greater policy
presence, but the design of the
streetscapes and the built from will
also assist in making the City Centre
a safe place to live, work and play.
Page 31 of 46
Odette Clark, at (1) What effect will this plan (1) The Growth Plan identifies the Urban
866 Krosno have on my residence at Growth Centre as a focal area for
Boulevard (email 866 Krosno Boulevard? investment in institutional, and
dated regional-wide public services, as well
June 9, 2014) as commercial, recreational, cultural
and entertainment uses. It
furthermore requires that urban
growth centres be planned to
accommodate and support major
transit infrastructure. These
investments and improvements will
improve the quality of life of
residents and create a more vibrant
and active City Centre.
Jeff Bowers, at (1) What makes Pickering (1) To implement the Provincial Growth
2002 Tilson Court liveable and appealing is Plan targets for the Pickering Urban
(email dated the fact that it isn't overly Growth Centre, requires the
June 8, 2014) developed. If all the things redevelopment of the City Centre
under discussion are into a more compact, higher density
implemented Pickering, in mixed use district.
time, will look more like
Toronto.
(2) Bulk of employment will (2) The ·province identifies the City
come from outside Centre of Pickering as a major
Pickering. centre for employment and OPA 26
is seeking the retention of the current
1: 1 resident to job ratio in the City
Centre and the creation of a policy
framework in support of economic
development and job creation in the
City Centre.
....... Page 32 of 46 w .......
.......
UJ
I'.)
Jeff Bowers, at
2002 Tilson Court
(email dated
June 8, 2014)
(3) New jobs in downtown and (3)
casino will be low wage
paying. Major corporations
and more high end industry
that brings high paying jobs
is needed.
(4) Concern that proposed (4)
developments of downtown
and casino will cause more
traffic congestion. Where
is the City with building
huge boulevards with-
pedestrian only
promenades?
(5) More buildings/light, people (5)
and traffic will have a
detrimental impact on the
environment.
OPA 26 seeks the creation of policy
framework which, together with
public and private investment and
timely infrastructure improvements
(i.e. improved public transit and new
rqad connections), would create an
attractive area for sustainable jobs.
Agree. However, OPA 26 contains
proposed revisions to Schedule II-
Transportation System Schedule and
policies in sections 4.14 (a) and (b),
· 11.10F (d) and (e), and 11.10K (c) to
ensure that road infrastructure and
improvements are provided in
support of population growth.
/
Part of the redevelopment of the City
Centre also includes the
improvement and widening of
pedestrian sidewalks and the
construction of multi-use paths
(currently under construction along
the east side of Liverpool Road).
Agree. Urban development has an
environmental impact but the
proposed policies in OPA 26 on City
Centre Sustainability, Public Realm
and Stormwater Management,
together with a development review
provide the necessary tools to help
mitigate the im_2_act of development.
Page 33 of 46
•
.
Lynda Burke, at
763 Eyer Drive
(email dated
June 5, 2014)
Denise Lester, at
1550 Bayly Street
(email dated
June 4, 2014)
--
.......
w w
(1) The Pickering Downtown
area looks very good and
encouraging for residents,
but we need better traffic
flow areas. Whites Road
gets congested with the
exit from Highway 401.
(1) Concerned about the
impact of the City Centre
intensification on the dance
studio business (being
operated for 42 years)
located at 1550 Bayly
Street, in City Centre
South; that the dance
studio may be forced to
move somewhere else,
which would be too costly.
(1) OPA 26 contains proposed revisions
to Schedule II-Transportation
System Schedule and policies in
sections 4.14 (a) and (b), 11.1 OF (d)
and (e), and 11.10K (c) to ensure
that road infrastructure and
improvements are provided in "' support of population growth.
(1) OPA 26 is seeking a mixed land use
structure across the City Centre. It
also seeks a more compact built
form which would see the
iii redevelopment of single storey
buildings over time into multi-storey
mixed use buildings. This process
will however take time.
Existing legal uses may continue to
operate in their location and form,
but the evolution of a specific area
may mean that certain existing uses,
that are compatible with the Council
endorsed vision of the City Centre,
will have to be relocated in another
building in the same location or in
another location in the City Centre or
elsewhere .
Page 34 of 46
~
w
.,J::o
Denise Lester, at
1550 Bayly Street
(email dated
June 4, 2014)
Bob Kramer,
address unknown
(email dated
June 4, 2014)
Angela Kirby, at
3-925 Bayly
·Street
(email dated
June 4, 2014)
(2) The dance studio would be
severely inconvenienced
by this project. As one of
the longest standing
business in Pickering why
was I not notified directly?
(1) Support the proposed
convention centre, office
buildings, amphitheatre,
but not in favour of the
casino.
(1) There is no space allotted
or identified on the 3D Built
Form Vision for the City
Centre for parking
provision, let along
expansion of Bayly Street
into a major highway.
(2) Extensive public notification occurred
from the inception of the Downtown
Intensification program in early 2012
to present time. In addition to
notification to all land owners within
the City Centre, over 5000 flyers
were distributed, on two separate
occasions, to businesses and
residents in the City Centre, inviting
them to participate.
(1) A casino does not form part of the
Council endorsed City Centre Vision
or OPA 26.
(1) The Built Form Vision illustration in
the Downtown Pickering, A Vision for
Intensification and Framework for
Investment document is a
conceptual illustration of the
envisioned built from over the long
term, and does not contain detailed
illustrations of parking lots and
structures per se. Furthermore, the
Council endorsed vision for the
redevelopment of the City Centre
includes below grade parking,
structured parking and reduced
parking standards-please see
proposed parking policies in section
11.101 in OPA 26.
Page 35 of 46
Angela Kirby, at
3-925 Bayly
Street
(email dated
June 4, 2014)
Brian Major,
address
unknown (email
dated
June4, 2014)
Jeffrey
Everingham, at
1235 Radom
Street
(email dated
June 4, 2014)
~
w
U1
(2) With the numerous roads (2) As noted before, the Province and
currently under the Region have developed
reconstruction, concern is comprehensive emergency response
expressed about the plans . These plans have
evacuation of the area in considerations for residents and
case of an emergency. employees within the City Centre.
The plans are regularly reviewed and
updated to account for growth and
development within the City.
( 1) The Downtown (1) Noted.
intensification program
provides an exciting
opportunity for Pickering to
build for the future.
Commitment to green
space, a walkable/bikeable
downtown and the ensuring
a proper mix of land uses
are all important parts that
will benefit this area.
(1) Supports the proposal-it (1) Noted.
would be a great addition
to a city that has stagnated
for a decade.
Page 36of 46
_.
w en
Ray Kotchie, at
1369 Fordon
Avenue (email
dated June 4,
2014)
Colleen Timmins,
at 982 Timmins
Gardens (email
dated
June 3, 2014)
David Dribnenky,
at 928 Essa
Crescent (email
dated
June 4, 2014)
(1) Intrigued with the possibility
of becoming more of an
active community and are
in favour of this proposal.
Concerned however about
the traffic in this area,
especially on Bayly Street
that is getting very busy
during rush hour.
(1) In favour of the proposed
downtown proposal.
Suggest that a visual arts
centre be Included as part
of performing arts centre-
encouraging interest and
support in the arts will do
more to improve the quality
of life for everyone than a
casino.
( 1) Concerned thattall condo
and office buildings will
destroy what drew people
initially to the area. Areas
such as Toronto's Distillery
District and the St.
Lawrence Market area
originally did not have
buildings over 4 storeys but
these areas attracted
people and drew
developers into the area to
(1) OPA 26 contains proposed revisions
to Schedule II-Transportation
System Schedule and policies in
sections 4.14 (a) and (b), 11.1 OF (d)
and (e), and 11.1 OK (c) to ensure
that road infrastructure and
improvements are provided in
support of population' growth.
(1) Agree. The concept of an arts
centre may also include visual arts.
This can be considered as part of the
implementation of OPA 26 and the
City's Cultural Strategic Plan, in
· collaboration with the arts
community, cultural organizations
and stakeholders.
(1) The Provincial Growth Plan identifies
the City Centre as an Urban Growth
Centre and it is required to
accommodate a significant share of
population and employment growth.
Accordingly, a new vision for the City
Centre has been endorsed in
principle by Council, which aims to
achieve higher densities in a more
compact built form in the long term.
Page 37 of 46
David Dribnenky,
at 928 Essa
Crescent (email
dated
June 4, 2014)
Joyce Herzog, at
1873 Pinecreek
Court (email
dated
June 4, 2014),
.......
w
-.....1
built apartments and office
buildings so that people do
not have to travel to work
and to shops. If something
similar happens too close
to my residence, I would
have to leave.
(1) Supports the Downtown
Intensification program by
the upgraded GO station
and pedestrian walkway
and express opinion that
the proposal shall improve
the downtown as long as it
is done with sensitivity to
the neighbourhood of Bay
Ridges to the south. Noted
that lower height levels are
proposed next to Bayly with
towers along highway 401,
which makes sense as
does the proposed green
space.
·~
Proposed OPA 26 contains policies
(section 11.1 OE) that require the
creation of proper height transitions,
built form and massing to ensure
newly constructed tall buildings are
compatible and in context with their
surroundings. Subsection 11.1 OE
(b) also directs the highest buildings
to key gateway locations, next to the
GO station and along Highway 401
with gradual transitioning to lower
heights towards existing low density
residential areas.
(1) Noted.
Page 38 of 46
......
U)
(X)
Alex Parker, at
855 Liverpool
Road (email
dated
June 4, 2014)
Jim Farintosh,
address unknown
(email dated
June 4, 2014)
(1) Against the proposed
downtown and casino.
Traffic is bad enough. City
should rather build these
projects in north Pickering
so as not to be a big
inconvenience.
(1) In favour of the downtown
plan but are concerned
about the traffic flow to
access the area.
Eastbound traffic is forced
to get off at Whites Road
and to crawl along Bayly
Street which will be grossly
undersized for kinds of
traffic volume associated
with densities.
(1) The Downtown intensification study
is part of the City's implementation of
the Provincial Growth Plan. The
results of the study indicated that the
City Centre requires a new planning
strategy to meet the population and
employment targets set by the
Province. OPA 26 contains revisions
to Schedule II-Transportation
System Schedule and policies in
sections4.14 (a) and (b), 11.10F (d)
and (e), and 11.1 OK (c) to provide
greater mobility opportunities and
infrastructure improvements that will
support future population and
employment growth.
(1) OPA 26 contains policies to ensure
that road infrastructure and
improvements are provided in
support of population growth. As
noted before, Staff are also
recommending the addition of 3 new
policies [sub-sections 11.1 OF (d) and
(e) and sub-section 11.10K (c) (i)]
which address the achievement of
certain road infrastructure
improvements to support anticipated
City Centre growth.
Page 39 of 46
Jim Farintosh,
address unknown
(email dated
June 4, 2014)
Bruce Cowan, at
1605 Rawlings
Drive (email
dated
June 3, 2014)
Nancy Lyew, at
618 Atwood
Crescent *email
dated
June 3, 2014)
.......
(A)
co
An eastbound exit at
Liverpool Road is
necessary to service the
increased traffic and the
road upgrade should be
covered by development as
much as possible.
(1) Given Pickering's proximity
to Toronto, it should be the
"alpha" with the potential to
easily draw business.
Question whether Pickering
has the political will to
realize the plan for the City
Centre?
(1) The proposed plans for the
Pickering downtown means
the same quality in terms of
better restaurants, shops
and entertainment, similar
to what is enjoyed in
Toronto Downtown, can be
experienced in Pickering.
The plan will bring great
opportunities for the City in
terms of job creation,
increased revenue,
modernization and
sustainability.
Initial discussions with the Ministry of
Transportation Ontario indicated that
the Ministry is not supportive of a re-
introduction of a Highway 401
eastbound exit at Liverpool Road
and would negatively impact the Bay
Ridges neighbourhood.
(1) The development of the Council
endorsed City Centre Vision and the
implementation thereof through
proposed OPA 26 and a new Zoning
By-law will create the proper
regulatory platform to realize the
envisioned redevelopment and
intensification over time.
(1) Noted.
Page 40 of 46
.......
~
0
. Irene Pantalone,
at 1817
Storrington Street
(email dated
June 3, 2014)
Jan van Tol, at
1894 New Street
(email dated
June 3, 2014)
Jim Bowen and
Jane Cottrell,
residing at 1981
Pinecreek (email
dated
June 12, 2014)
Chris Daniell,
address unknown
(email dated
June 2, 2014)
( 1) The proposals will create
more local job
opportunities.
(1) Support the redevelopment
of Pickering downtown. Is
of the opinion that it is
currently devoid of any
character and that anything
that improves it to attract
more visitors, would be
welcomed.
(1) Support the new downtown
proposal.
(1) If the City is interested in
improving the downtown
core, it should consider
working with what it has.
There are many
unexploited opportunities to
draw Pickering residents to
local businesses. Were
pleased to see
improvements are being
made to help commuters.
(1) Noted.
(1) Noted.
(1) Noted.
(1) There are existing strengths and
opportunities that have been
identified through the visioning
exercise, that are being built on
through the implementation of OPA
26. The success of the redevelopment
and intensification of the City Centre are
dependent upon an number of factors,
including ongoing commitment to the
Council endorsed City Centre vision by
land owners, developers and public
agencies. .
Page 41 of 46
B. Bullock (1) Although the economic (1) OPA 26 contains proposed revisions
1507 Rawlings benefits of the proposal is to Schedule II-Transportation
Drive (email perceived, the proposal System Schedule and policies in
dated would worsen the traffic sections4.14 (a) and (b), 11.10F (d)
June 5, 2014) congestion within this area. and (e), and 11.1 OK (c) to ensure
that road infrastructure and
improvements are provided in
support of future population and
employment growth.
Rahmatoola (1) The development proposal (1) OPA 26 identifies steps to:
Rujeedawa, at is a good sign to create • improve mobility options in the
2286 Chapman jobs, but the emphasis City Centre (more walkways,
Court (email should also be placed on cycling paths and public transit
dated alternative modes of road services);
June 2, 2014) transportation connecting • balance live-work relationships in
Pickering with the GTA to the City Centre with future job
the west, as proposed to growth; and
reliance on the GO train • provide for the timely
only. implementation of road
infrastructure and improvements.
(2) Will the proposed LRT (2) The Kingston Road rapid transit
mentioned in the plan be corridor is part of Metrolinx's
connected with the one Regional Rapid Transit Network
running in the City of identified within the Regional
Toronto which has been Transportation Plan (The Big Move),
proposed along Sheppard connecting Scarborough Town
Avenue? Centre to Oshawa.
...... Page 42 of 46
~ ......
.......
~
N
Ashif Chowdhury,
at 483
Rougewalk Drive
(email dated
June 15, 2014)
Durham District
School Board
(DDSB)
(letter dated
May 6, 2014)
(1) Support the new downtown
proposal.
(1) The DDSB supports the
location of the proposed
elementary school site
south of Highway 401,
shown on map 18. The
physical size of the school
building, which dictates the
size of the school site, is
still to be confirmed.
Currently DDSB requests
an 8 acre elementary
school site to
accommodate the current
structure of a 650 pupil
capacity school, parking
and green space. Once a
more detailed analysis of
the number of bedrooms
per unit, by unit type has
been done and the number
of pupils expected is
confirmed, DDSB will
complete a "facility fit" to
determine the exact size of
the school site.
(1) Noted.
(1) The proposed school symbol on Map
18, Neighbourhood 8: City Centre,
does not represent a particular
acreage or size. A school model that
is more compact (urban) in form and
with a smaller footprint than the
conventional school site, would be
advisable.
Page 43 of 46
Durham District
School Board
(DDSB)
(letter dated
May 6, 2014)
The Regional
Municipality of
Durham
(letter dated June
20, 2014)
_.
-!=>o w
(2) While th~ City of Pickering
is proposing intensification
and redevelopment of the
area over the next several
years, the traditional school
site many not be in keeping
with the vision. DDSB will
however continue to have
discussions with City staff
regarding co-location and
compact development
where possible without
jeopardizing safety of staff
and students of the
programming of the
required curriculum.
(1) The Region has indicated
that they support the re-
designation of the Prestige
Employment lands within
the City Centre, south of
Highway 401 to a City
Centre designation.
(2) A school with a smaller footprint and
options for co-location, would be
more conducive to the Council
endorsed vision for a compact,
mixed use City Centre, and Staff will
work with DDSB to see how this
could be accomplished.
(1) Staff recommend that proposed
policy 11.10 (d), in City Centre
Neighbourhood Policies, Chapter
Eleven-Urban Neighbourhoods,
be removed as follows:
"E~ des~ite table 5 ef Gh~ter
three, the lands leeated seuth ef
HiglFN~' 49:1 and east ef sand}:
Beaeh Read m~ efl:ly be used fer
Prestige E~leyment uses and
-aey eefl:Versien ehhese
E~leyment J:,ands shaH be
sttbjeet te a ee~rehensir.re review
~ursuant te the ~re'V'isiens ef the
Previneial Pelicy Statement."
~-~---
Page 44 of 46
.......
~
~
The Regional .
Municipality of
Durham
(letter dated June
20, 2014)
(2) On-street parking cannot (2) Agree.
be accommodated on
Regional arterial roads
within the City Centre
Furthermore, that amendment
no.1, which provides a list of all
the proposed amendments to
Schedule 1 .:._Land Use
Structure, be further revised by
removing the last bullet as
follows:
• "AEIEiiR§I aR asteFisk aREI the
'N9FEis "SBBJBE± ±8 SBE±I8N
11.10 (d)" te the LaREI Use
StFuctuFe le§leREI;"
And
That Schedule 1....:. Land Use
structure be revised by removing
the asterisk, arrow and text box
regarding the caveat for the re-
designation of the "Prestige
Employment" to "City Centre"
from the schedule, as well as the
reference thereto in the Land
Use Structure legend.
(2) Staff recommend that policy
11.101 (a) (i), City Centre Parking
in City Centre Neighbourhood
Policies, Chapter Eleven-Urban
Neighbourhoods, be revised
from:
Ei~ ~aflfing shall be situated
either en sHeet, 6f in
Page 45 of 46
The Regional
Municipality of
Durham
(letter dated June
20, 2014)
......
~
C11
To
(i)
)1arlfing areas laeated at the
rear ar side af the lmildiag.
parking shall be situated
either in parking areas
located at the rear or the
side of the building or on-
street, where the
development fronts on a
~ollectoror local road~
Page 46 of 46
Minor Modifications and Informational Revisions
146
Appendix IV to
Report No. PLN 14-14
Minor Modifications and Informational Revisions recommended by Staff
Upon further review of proposed OPA 26, staff identifi~d a number of further minor
amendments that can be summarized as follows:
• the description of the geographic area (location) to which OPA 26 applies, is
revised to also acknowledge the proposed new road connection through the
hydro corridor that connects Bayly Street to Kingston Road, which is beyond the
boundaries of the City Centre
• the pop-ulation and employment targets for the City Centre for the year 2031 (in
policy sections 2.10 and 2.11) are rounded off from 13,400 and 14,000
respectively to 13,500 each to be consistent with the proposed policy in section
11.1 OK (a) that proposes that Council adopts a resident to job ratio of 1:1 to
support a balance of opportunities to live, work and play in the City Centre
• the proposed policies in subsections (a) and (b) in section 11.1GB (City Centre
Sustainability) that deal with the promotion of energy efficient features in
buildings and infrastructure and the requirement to include opportunities for water
conservation and low impact development approaches in new development, are
deemed redundant in view of the new policies that have been introduced to the
Official Plan through Council's adoption of Amendment 23 (Planning Tools for
Sustainable Placemaking), which applies city wide. Subsequently the policy title
in section 11.1 OB is also being changed from "City Centre Sustainability" to "City
Centre District Energy", to reflect the content of the three remaining policies in
the particular section
• the proposed policy subsection 11.1 OC (a) under "City Centre Public Realm", is
revised to point out to the reader that the location of new parks and squares is
now identified on Map 18 of Neighbourhood 8: City Centre (and Map 18 has
been revised accordingly)
• the term "transit hubs" in policy section 11.1 OG (City Centre Transit) and policy
section 11.1 OH (City Centre Pedestrian and Cycling Network) is replaced with
"transit junction" to eliminate confusion with the Metrolinx term "Anchor Mobility
Hub"
• the proposed policy on the increase in population and employment growth in the
City Centre to 2031 has been deleted, and has been included in the proposed
informational revision
As a result of the further revisions to OPA 26, staff have also identified the need for
certain minor revisions to the proposed Informational Revision 21, as follows:
• revising Map 14, Neighbourhood 4: Brock Industrial, to reflect the proposed
westerly extension of Plummer Street, south of Highway 401
• an information sidebar, which relates to the Neighbourhood Employment
Projection for Neighbourhood 8, is being added next to the description of the City
Centre Neighbourhood
• an information sidebar that defines the term "transit junction" is being added in
policy section 11.1 OG (City Centre Transit)
14 7
148
• part no. 19 of the informational revision, which proposed the addition of "City
Policy City Centre Precincts" within the informational sidebar, and informational
revision no. 20, which proposed an informational sidebar containing a description
of six Precincts in the City Centre, are removed entirely
• an information sidebar, which relates to the newly introduced term "transportation
demand management", is being added next to the new policy section 11.101 (c)
• Map 18, Neighbourhood 8: City Centre is further revised to show:
the approximate location of four proposed parks at the northwest of the
intersection of Kingston Road and Glenanna Road, in the mid block west of
Liverpool Road, in the centre of the neighbourhood block south of The
Esplanade South, and in City Centre South, representing Krosno Creek park);
-the approximate location of three proposed squares at the south-east corner
of The Esplanade South and Glenanna Road (the new Civic arts square), on
the Pickering Town Centre lands just west of Glenanna Road (the farmers
market and festival plaza activities), and in City Centre South, east of
Krosno Creek); and
a proposed pedestrian bridge across Highway 401, located immediately north
of Sandy Beach Road, which is consistent with the Vision for the City Centre
that was endorsed in principle by Council in July 2013.
General Description of Proposed
Official Plan Amendment 26
Appendix V to
Report No. PLN 14-14
149
150
General Description of proposed Official Plan Amendment 26
About 20 different policy sections of the Plan are proposed to be amended to
provide a planning framework for the intensification and redevelopment of the
Pickering City Centre. The changes primarily affect the Land Use Structure and
Transportation System Schedules and the Chapters of the Plan dealing with the
Planning Framework, Land Use, Transportation, Economic Development and
Community Services, and include revised and new City Centre Neighbourhood
policies.
More specifically, these changes introduce or revise policies as follows:
Schedules:
o amending Schedule 1: Land Use Structure to reflect the adjusted City
Centre boundaries, which is consistent with the boundaries of the
designated Urban Growth Centre and associated provisions established
by the Province (see part 1 of the amendment)
o amending Schedule II: Transportation System to:
Policies:
• reflect a finer grain network of streets in support of a more
walkable and intensified City Centre ·
• accommodate balanced movement of traffic (vehicular, pedestrian
and public transit) through the City Centre (see part 2 of the
amendment)
• amending the proposed City Centre population and employment targets
to reflect the anticipated growth within the City Centre to 2031; a key
assumption set for the population and employment growth targets to
2031 is a resident to job ratio of 1:1, which is similar to the existing ratio
in the City Centre and complementary to attaining a 'complete'
community in the City Centre over time (see parts 3.2 &3.3)
• amending the permissible uses within the City Centre, listed in Table 5,
to exclude new uses that are incompatible with the new City Centre
vision (for example low density residential and automotive uses, and
replacing it with a broader but simpler list of core uses that
summarizes/captures the essence of a City Centre) (see part 3.9). The
new City Centre zoning by-law will provide a detailed list of permissible
uses consistent with the broad land use categories listed in the Official
Plan
• amending the minimum and maximum residential densities and floor
space index in the City Centre, contained in Table 6, to reflect the
endorsed vision for a more compact, intensified City Centre (see part
3.10) '
11 introducing a new policy that recognizes the City Centre's significance
as a major employment node, which stems from the Growth Plan's
identification of Urban Growth Centres as focal areas for employment
and from the existing characteristics of the City Centre, i.e. next to
Highway 401, being an Anchor Mobility Hub, having a strong retail and
service sector and civic presence, which makes it an attractive
destination for employment growth (see part 3.15)
11 introducing a new policy that speaks to the consideration of an incentive
program to encourage green building design, which stems from the
City's corporate strategy and commitment to sustainable placemaking
(see part 3.16)
• introducing new policies that promote the establishment of an arts
centre in a prominent location, and a new senior centre in the City
Centre to articulate the vision expressed by Council to promote the City
Centre as the cultural, civic and community hub of the City (see part
3.17)
• introducing new neighbourhood-specific policies for the City Centre
Neighbourhood to articulate the recommendations in the City Centre
Vision document into policies to form the key building blocks for the
redevelopment of the City Centre with policy direction on matters such
as Placemaking, Districy Energy, Public Realm, Active Street
Frontages, Building Heights, Street Network and Design, Transit,
Pedestrian and Cycling Network, Parking, Stormwater Management,
and Growth management (see part 3.18)
• the remaining policy revisions are house-keeping amendments that are
consistent with the key components of the amendment
General Description of Informational Revision 21 to the Pickering Official
Plan
The proposed informational revision adds new sections or changes existing
sections of the informational text. The informational changes give the reader a
better understanding of the policy context, and can be summarized as follows:
• changing informational paragraphs that describe the City Centre, Bay Ridges
and Liverpool Neighbourhoods as a result of the adjusted City Centre
boundaries
• adding sidebars for the new City Centre Neighbourhood policies
• adding informational text boxes that elaborates on the terminology 'Active
Frontages At Grade', 'Large Format Retail Stores' and 'Transit Junctions' and
"Transportation Demand Management"
• ad.ding an informational text box identifying stormwater management criteria
for the City Centre
• changing an informational text box to reflect the updated population
projection for the City Centre and adding a new information text box to reflect
the employment projection for the City Centre
151
152
City Development
Department
ATTJ..C.~~T #.
REFC!ffl
Location Map
FILE No: OPA 14-001/P
APPLICANT: City of Pickering
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION:City Centre Neighbourhood
DATE: June 4, 2014
From:
Subject:
Report to
Planning & Development Committee
Thomas Melymuk
Director, City Development
Draft Pian of Subdivision SP-2013-04
Report Number: PLN 15-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Zoning By-law Amendment Application A 8/13
Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd.
Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
North Part of Lot 18, Concession 3
(2695, 2705 and 2725 Brock Road)
Recommendation:
1. That Draft Plan of Subdivision Application SP-2013-04, submitted by
Averton (Brock Three) Ltd., Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook
(Brock) Ltd., on lands being North Part of Lot 18, Concession 3, to establish four
blocks for residential development, a block for a road widening and a collector
road, as shown on Attachment #2 to Report PLN 15-14, and the implementing
conditions of approval, as set out in Appendix I, be endorsed;
2. That Zoning By-law Amendment Application A 8/13, submitted by
Averton (Brock Three) Ltd., Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook
(Brock) Ltd., to implement the Draft Plan of Subdivision SP-2013-04 and to
facilitate a residential condominium development, be endorsed with the provisions
contained in Appendix II to Report PLN 15-14, and that staff be authorized to
finalize and forward an implementing Zoning By-law to Council for enactment; and
3. Further, that applications for Site Plan Approval for lands within the Draft Plan of
Subdivision SP-2013-04 reflect the design and layout of the Revised Concept Plan
as illustrated in Attachment #4 to Report PLN 15-14 to the satisfaction of the
Director, City Development.
Executive Summary: As the density of development increases, it becomes
progressively more critical that what gets built exhibits strong urban design and
sustainable piacemaking characteristics. These include such matters as building height
and massing, ·connectivity and permeability, building siting, architectural design, street
interfaces, walkabiiity, and landscaping, to name a few.
153
154
Report PLN 15-14
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
July 7, 2014
Page 2
Averton (Brock Three) Ltd. et aL submitted a higher density, mixed use proposal for
lands within the Mixed Use Corridor in Duffin Heights. Residents and staff identified
numerous concerns with the original concept plan including: a lack of open space; lack
of connectivity and permeability; inappropriate relationship with the development to the
north; and development in excess of the allowable density.
Planning staff and the City's Urban Design Review consultant worked with the applicant
and their consultants to improve the overall design and layout of the plan and to
address many of the concerns identified (see Original Concept Plan and Revised
Concept Plan, Attachments #3 and #4).
Averton (Brock Three) Ltd. et al. has prepared a revi?ed concept that has a total of
739 units including apartments, and other medium density housing forms. The
applicant's revised concept plan has a number of strong elements, such as: its built
form and streetscape along the frontages of Brock Road, future Street 'A' and William
Jackson Drive; the mixed use apartment buildings at the focal point of Brock Road and
the new east-west collector road; and the introduction of two parkettes and an
enhanced internal pedestrian network.
Using this concept as the basis, staff recommends Council approve the required zoning
by-law amendment application and draft plan of subdivision subject to the conditions
and provisions identified in Appendices I and II.
Financial Implications: No direct costs to the City are anticipated as a result of the
proposed development.
1. Background
1.1 Property Description
The subject lands are located on the east side of Brock Road, north of the hydro
corridor and west of William Jackson Drive, in the Duffin Heights Neighbourhood
(see Location Map, Attachment #1). The subject lands comprise fc:iur properties
which have a combined area of approximately 5.3 hectares, with approximately
323 metres of frontage along Brock Road and approximately 315 metres of
frontage along William Jackson Drive.
Surrounding land uses include:
north -a mix of single, semi-detached and townhouse units currently under
construction and a vacant parcel of land owned by Petro-Canada
south -applications for a Draft Plan of Subdivision and Zoning By-law
Amendment, submitted by Lebovic Homes for the abutting vacant lands,
for a common element condominium development consisting of
15 Hve-work townhouse units and 30 townhouse units
Report PLN 15-14
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
July 7, 2014
Page 3
east -across William Jackson Drive, a mix of single, semi-detached and
townhouse units; vacant lands currently zoned for a future elementary
school; a neighbourhood park; and the Pickering Golf Club
west -across Brock Road, vacant City owned lands located at the northwest
and southwest corners of Brock Road and Zents Drive, which are
designated as "Mixed Corridors" within the City's Official Plan
1.2 Applicant's Original and Revised Concept Plan
The applicant has submitted applications for approval of a draft plan of
subdivision and zoning by-law amendment to establish four blocks for residential
purposes, a 22.0 metre wide collector road and a 7.6 metre wide road widening
along Brock Road to facilitate a residential condominium development (see
Draft Plan of Subdivision, Attachment #2).
The overall proposal consists of: two 8-storey mixed use apartment buildings with
grade related commercial uses and 4-storey stacked back-to-back townhouse
blocks with integrated underground parking garages along Brock Road frontage;
and on the remaining lands, a mix of back-to-back townhouses and stacked
townhouses.
City staff, through collaboration with the City's Urban Design Review consultant,
(John G. Williams Limited) and the applicant's planner and architect, designed a
revised concept pian for the subject lands. The revised concept plan addresses
a number of concerns with respect to the overall design and layout of the
proposal, density, pedestrian connectivity and outdoor amenity space. A copy of
the Original Concept Plan and the Revised Concept Plan are provided for
reference as Attachments #3 and #4, respectively.
Specifically, the key changes include:
• a reduction in the total number of dwelling units from 791 units to 739 units
• the addition of 2 parkettes: a 725 square metre parkette to the north of the
future collector road; and a 628 square metre parkette to the south of the
future collector road
• a realignment of the north vehicular access from William Jackson Drive,
which provides a more appropriate road pattern for the site
• improved integration with the development to the north with a landscape
buffer strip and lay-by visitor parking adjacent to the north property line
• the overall length of townhouse blocks have been reduced and the
separation between the townhouse blocks have been increased to
accommodate pedestrian walkways and additional landscaping opportunities;
and ,
• additional enhanced north/south and east/west pedestrian connections have
been added to allow residents to traverse the site
155
156
Report PLN 15-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) ltd. Page 4
A comparison of the statistical information and development details from the
Original Concept Plan and the Revised Concept Plan are outlined in the
Development Details Comparison Chart (see Attachment #5).
2. Comments Received
2.1 Public comments from the January 13, 2014 Statutory Public Information
Meeting and in written submission
At the January 13, 2014 Statutory Public information Meeting, three residents
attended the meeting to voice their concerns with respect to the proposed
concept plan for the subject lands. The majority of their concerns related to
whether the proposal was in keeping with the established character of the
Duffin Heights community, which currently consists of primarily single,
semi-detached and townhouse units.
The concerns identified are as follows:
• ensuring an appropriate amount of pedestrian connectivity within the site
and to the existing neighbourhood park, located on the east side of
William Jackson Drive
• ensuring that an adequate amount of outdoor amenity area is provided for
the residents within the development
• ensuring that an adequate amount of private amenity space is provided for
each townhouse unit
• reducing the total number of units proposed to within the allowable density
range
• ensuring that a sufficient number of parking spaces are available for
visitors and residents, and that an appropriately sized internal private
garage space is provided
• ensuring compatibility of the proposed 8-storey apartment buildings in
relation to the existing low-density neighbourhood
• ensuring the timing of the construction for the future collector road will
meet the traffic demands of the proposed development
2.2 City Departments & Agency Comments
Region of Durham • the Region of Durham Planning Department has
advised that the proposal conforms with the policies
of the Regional Official Plan
• an Environmental Noise Assessment, dated
July 2013, identified noise generated from Brock
Road and the CP Rail line; appropriate noise
attenuation measures are recommended and will be
further reviewed during the Site Plan Approval
process
Report PLN 15-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd. Page 5
Region of Durham
(continued)
Durham Region
Transit
Toronto and
Region
Conservation
Authority (TRCA)
• a Stage 1 -2 Archaeological Assessment report,
dated May 2013, indicated that no archaeological
resources were identified on the subject lands and
the report will be sent to the Ministry of Tourism,
Culture and Sport for their review and clearance
• the Phase I and Phase 2 Environmental Site
Assessments (ESA) conducted for 2705 and
2725 Brock Road recommended site clean up on
portions of each property; the Region recommends
that the City enter into an agreement with the
developer to ensure site clean up is undertaken as
recommended in the ESA reports
• a Record of Site Condition is required for both
2705 and 2725 Brock Road
• the Phase I ESA conducted for the other two
properties indicated that there are no potential site
contamination concerns on the subject lands
• municipal water supply is available to the subject
lands from the existing watermain on
William Jackson Drive
• further detail will be required through the site plan
approval process to outline waste management
requirements for the development
• a 15.0 metre by 15.0 metre site triangle at the
northeast and southeast quadrant of the
intersection of Brock Road and future Street 'A' will
be required
• the Region requests that on-street parking be
deleted between Brock Road and the first
intersection east of Brock Road
• the design of the future collector road must
accommodate a right turn lane
• the Region has no objection to the applications, and
has provided conditions of approval
• the proposed development appears to be consistent
with 'Transit Oriented Development' required along
Brock Road
• deferred the review of on-site stormwater
infrastructure to the City of Pickering
• the TRCA has no objection to the applications and
has provided conditions of draft approval
157
158
Report PLN 15-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd,,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd. Page 6
Toronto and
Region
Conservation
Authority (TRCA)
(continued)
Durham District
School Board
Durham Catholic
District School
Board
Engineering &
Public Works
City of Pickering
Fire Services
3. Planning Analysis
• requested that the amending zoning by-law include
an 'H' Holding provision requiring the applicant to
submit a revised Functional Servicing Report that
addresses the Duffin Heights Environmental
Servicing Plan and detailed design of the adjacent
Mattamy Lands
• no objections to the applications
• any pupils generated by the proposed pian can be
accommodated within existing school facilities, until
a school facility can be justified and constructed
within the immediate community area
• no objectioRs to the applications
• students generated from this development will
attend St. Wilfrid Catholic School in Pickering
• generally satisfied with the proposal at this time
• detail drawings regarding landscaping, stormwater
management and grading will be reviewed through
the site plan approval process
• the Functional Servicing Report is required to be
updated to conform to the Duffin Heights Master
Environmental Servicing Plan and Stormwater
Management Report
• no objections to the applications
• details of the emergency vehicle access will be
finalized through the site pian approval process
3.1 The revised concept plan is within the density range of the Official Plan and
is consistent with the policies for the Duffin Heights Neighbourhood
The subject lands are designated "Mixed Use Area -Mixed Corridors" in the
Pickering Official Plan, which permits a density range of over 30 units up to and
including 140 units per net hectare, and a maximum floor space index of 2.5.
The original concept plan proposed a total of 791 residential units for a
residential density of approximately 149 units per net hectare.
Based on the changes made by the applicant, the total number of residential
units have been reduced to 739 units, for a residential density of approximately
140 units per net hectare. The revised concept plan complies with the density
requirements of the Official Plan.
Report PLN 15-14
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
July 7, 2014
Page 7
The Duffin Heights Neighourhood policies for the Mixed Corridor designation
require new developments to provide:
• a strong and identifiable urban image by establishing buildings closer to the
street, providing safe and convenient pedestrian access, and requiring all
buildings to be multi-storey, and
• higher intensity multf-unit housing forms on lands adjacent to Brock Road
while restricting grade related residential development to lands adjacent to
collector or local roads.
The revised concept plan illustrates two 8-storey mixed use apartment buildings
and eight 4-storey stacked back-to-back townhouse blocks that have a setback of
3.8 metres from Brock Road. The proposed buildings will be sited close to the
street, which will help establish a well-defined urban street wall and create a
positive pedestrian-friendly building presence along Brock Road. The balance of
the lands will ·be developed for back-to-back townhouse units and stacked
townhouse units fronting onto William Jackson Drive, future Street 'A' and
internal private roads.
The intersection of Brock Road and future Street 'A' is identified as a Focal Point
on the tertiary plan contained within the Council-adopted Duffin Heights
Neighbourhood Development Guidelines. Developments at focal points shall
contribute to the prominence of the intersection through the use of appropriate
building heights, massing, architectural features and landscaping. The revised
concept plan illustrates two 8-storey mixed use apartment buildings at the
northeast and southeast corners of Brock Road and future Street 'A'. The
proposed buildings appropriately frame the intersection and create a gateway
into the community.
Through the Site Plan Approval process, staff will work with the applicant to
review the architectural design of proposed buildings to ensure they are
appropriately articulated with elements such as towers, canopies, glazing,
materials and other details that emphasize this intersection as a focal point in the
Duffin Heights Neighbourhood.
3.2 Urban Design objectives of the Duffin Heights Neighbourhood
Development Guidelines have been addressed
City staff, agencies and area residents identified a number of concerns with the
original concept plan directly related to the Duffin Heights Neighbourhood
Development Guidelines such as:
1. lack of walkability within the development
2. lack of outdoor amenity space for passive and active recreation uses being
provided within the development
3. the compatibility of the proposed 8-storey apartment buildings within the
surrounding neighbourhood; and
4. the proposed design and timing of the future collector road
159
160
Report PLN 15-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
3.2.1 Additional linear parks and walkways have been provided to create a
pedestrian-oriented residential development
Page 8
The revised concept plan provides for an enhanced pedestrian network in the
form of sidewalks, linear parks and pathways. The additional pedestrian
connections will allow future residents to traverse the site from east to west and
north to south in order to access public transit, commercial uses along
Brock Road, the proposed parkettes, the neighbourhood park and the
surrounding neighbourhood.
3.2.2 Two parkettes are proposed as outdoor amenity space
The applicant's revised plan introduces two parkettes, one of approximately
725 square metres in size to the north of the future collector road and the other
approximately 628 square metres to the south of the future collector road. The
parkettes are appropriately situated in the development and integrated with the
pedestrian network system, which is fully accessible to all residents. Detailed
programming and design of the parkettes will be determined through the site plan
approval process.
3.2.3 The proposed 8-storey mixed use apartment buildings are consistent with
the intent of the Neighbourhood Development Guidelines and compatible
with the surrounding neighbourhood
Area residents expressed concerns that the height of the two apartment buildings
at the intersection of Brock Road and the future collector road are incompatible
with the existing low density residential development within the Duffin Heights
Neighbourhood. The proposed 8-storey mixed use buildings are consistent with
the Neighbourhood Development Guidelines, which require higher density
multi-storey buildings to be located along Brock Road. Staff have reviewed the
height of the proposed buildings and have determined that they are compatible
with the existing low density development within the neighbourhood and will have
no impact on the existing residents with respect to shadowing and overlook.
3.2.4 The future collector road will be constructed as part of the Phase 2
Development
The Duffin Heights Neighbourhood Development Guidelines permit a maximum
right-of-way width of 22.0 metres for a collector road, including on-street parking.
Engineering and Public Works staff have prepared a detailed cross-section of the
proposed collector road and are satisfied that the maximum right-of-way width of
22.0 metres can accommodate dedicated lay-by parking spaces on both sides of
the road, a 3.0 metre wide multf-use path to the north, a 1.5 metre wide sidewalk
to the south, boulevard trees, underground utilities, street furniture, and a
dedicated right turn lane at the intersection of Brock Road and the future collector
road (see Proposed Collector Road Cross-section, Attachment #6).
Report PLN 15-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd. Page 9
The applicant has submitted a traffic study concluding that up to an additional
400 residential units can be accommodated on th? existing road network prior to
the construction of the future collector road. The applicant is proposing a total of
approximately 154 units within Phase 1 and 180 units within Phases 2 and 3 of
the development. Based upon the site traffic distribution in the submitted traffic
study, the existing road network will be sufficient for the initial phases of the
subject site.
Staff have reviewed the study and concur with its conclusions and
recommendations. In addition, staff are recommending that a holding provision
be applied to the subject lands to ensure the collector road is constructed in the
second phase of development, including any financial contributions to the
signalized intersection.
3.3 A sufficient number of parking spaces are being provided to support the
development
The table below identifies the typical parking standards used to calculate
required parking for development applications within the City of Pickering,
including those within the Duffin Heights Neighbourhood. The table also shows
the number of parking spaces that are required to support the revised concept,
and compares it to the actual spaces being provided.
Dwelling Type Parking Ratio Parking Required Parking Provided
Back-to-Back a minimum of 2 668 spaces for 668 spaces for parking spaces per Townhouses and dwelling unit, plus residential parking residential parking
Stacked
Townhouses 0.25 of a space 84 spaces for 84 spaces for per dwelling for
visitors visitors parking visitors parking
Apartment units a minimum of 1.0 405 spaces for 405 spaces for
and 4-storey parking space per residential parking residential parking
Stacked-Back-to-unit plus 0.25 of a
Back space per dwelling 1 01 spaces for 133 spaces for
Townhouses for visitors visitors parking visitors parking
a minimum of 4.5
Commercial parking spaces per
Uses 1 00 square metres 94 parking spaces 94 parking spaces
of gross leasable
floor area
Total Parking 1,352 parking 1 ,384 parking
Spaces spaces spaces
1 61
162
Report PLN 15-14
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13 -Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
July 7, 2014
Page 10
Based on the above-noted parking standards, the applicant is providing a
sufficient number of parking spaces to support the development. The parking
spaces are appropriately distributed to accommodate residents, visitors and
commercial operators. The development is located in close proximity to transit
and City staff are supportive of a minimum of 1.0 parking space per unit for the
apartment units and stacked back-to-back townhouse units adjacent to
Brock Road.
In addition, the proposed design of the right-of-way for the east-west collector
road incorporates lay-by parking and on-street parking is also permitted along
William Jackson Drive, which will provide additional on-street parking for visitors.
These spaces have not been included in the overall number of parking spaces
being provided by the development.
Staff are satisfied that there are sufficient parking spaces available to
accommodate the proposaL However, through the site plan approval process,
staff will review whether there will be opportunities to provide for additional visitor
parking spaces.
3.4 The revised concept plan is well integrated with the existing-development
to the north and the future development to the south
The applicant has amended the concept plan to address staff's concerns with the
proposed interface with the existing residential development to the north. The
revised concept plan provides for a landscape buffer and lay-by parking spaces
adjacent to the rear yards to the north. In addition, the realignment of the north
vehicular access from William Jackson Drive creates a larger setback to the
existing development to the north.
The application for the lands to the south of the subject lands provides for an
appropriate interface between the two developments. Staff support the proposed
integration as the units in both developments front onto a pedestrian walkway,
which is between the units. Through consultation with staff, the concept plan has
been revised to provide an additional pedestrian connection through the subject
lands to the south in order to create an integrated pedestrian system of sidewalks
throughout the Duffin Heights Neighbourhood.
3.5 A phasing plan has been submitted demonstrating how the proposal will b~
completed over time
Another concern that was expressed by area residents was with regards to the
phasing of the development. The applicant has submitted a phasing plan
demonstrating how the entire development will be completed over time (see
Submitted Phasing Plan, Attachment #7).
Report PLN 15-14 July 7, 2014
. Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
The applicant proposes that the entire development will be developed in
Page 11
5 phases. Based on the applicant's phasing plan, back-to-back townhouses and
stacked townhouses within Phases 1, 2 and 3 are to be developed prior to the
mixed use apartment buildings and stacked back-to-back townhouse units along
Brock Road. The development of Phases 4 and 5 conform to the neighbourhood
policies.
3.6 Additional concerns raised at the Public information Meeting have been
addressed by the applicant and the Region
Additional concerns identified by area residents at the Public Information Meeting
inciwded:
• the amount of outdoor private amenity area being provided with each
townhouse unit
• the size of the proposed sidewalks throughout the development
• the internal garage size for each townhouse unit
• the design and timing of the reconstruction along Brock Road
The applicant has provided the following information to the City Development
Department in response to questions raised from the area residents:
• a minimum 4.5 square metres of private outdoor amenity area will be
provided with each townhouse unit
• all sidewalks throughout the development will be a minimum of 1.5 metres
wide
• internal garage sizes will be a minimum of 3.0 metres in width by 6.0 metres
in length
The Region of Durham has advised that Brock Road will be widened from
two lanes to an interim four lane design to accommodate the additional traffic
volumes and future demands on this road. There is a design for an ultimate
six lane cross-section. However, at this point only four lanes will be constructed,
from Third Concession Road/Rossland Road to the C.P. Railway north of the
subject lands. The proposed Brock Road cross-section illustrates a 2.5 metre
asphalt bike path on both sides of Brock Road. The anticipated timing for
construction is to begin in 2015.
3.7 The applicant is required to become a party to the Duffin Heights cost
sharing agreement or pay their proportionate share of the development
costs
The owner has been made aware of the requirement within the Duffin Heights
Neighbourhood Policies to become a party to the cost sharing agreement for
Duffin Heights or receive an acknowledgement from the Trustee of the
Duffin Heights Landowners Group Inc. that the benefiting landowner has made
satisfactory arrangements to pay its proportionate share of the development
costs. A condition of draft approval addresses this requirement.
163
164
Report PLN 15-14
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
3.8 The proposal achieves a Level 1 sustainability rating
July 7, 2014
Page 12
Staff have reviewed the applications against the City's Draft Sustainable
Development Guidelines and rated the proposal as achieving a Level 1 score.
The proposal incorporates many of the elements set out in the Guidelines
including:
• development of lands on a greenfield site adjacent to existing development
• commercial space provided within the ground floor of the apartment buildings
and is within a 5 to 10 minute walk from residential units
• increased residential density over 120 units per hectare
• the plan is designed to provide streetscapes uninterrupted by garages along
the collector road; and
• the design of the plan locates two-thirds of the proposed residential and
non-residential density within 250 metres walking distance of a planned
transit stop
There will be opportunities to improve this rating as additional sustainabiiity
measures become available through the site plan approval process for each
phase of development, including:
• use of permeable materials for paved areas
• use of native species in landscaped areas
• utilizing resource efficiency in buildings, such as energy and water
3.9 All Technical Matters will be addressed as Conditions of Subdivision and
through the Site Plan Approval Process
Site Plan applications will be required for each phase of development. Detailed
design issues will be dealt with through the subdivision agreement and site plan
approval process. These requirements will address matters such as, but not
limited to:
• drainage and grading
• site servicing
• noise attenuation
• cash-in-lieu of parkland
• tree compensation
• revised Functional Servicing and Stormwater Management Plan
• requirements for Construction Management Plan
• building design
• landscaping
• resident, visitor and accessible parking spaces
• emergency vehicle access
• waste management collection
• location of Community Mailboxes
• dedication of Brock Road road widening
Report PLN 15-14
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13-Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
July 7, 2014
Page 13
• preparation and review of the detailed design of the east-west collector road;
and
• security for the construction of the Collector Road and the signalization of the
intersection of Brock Road and the future Collector Road
No further reports are anticipated to be brought before Council if the applications
are approved. Applications for Draft Plan of Condominium are required to be
submitted at a later date. The applicant is proposing a standard condominium
development. Applications for a standard condominium are delegated to the
Director, City Development for final approval.
3.10 The Zoning By-law will be finalized and forwarded to Council for enactment
The subject lands are zoned "A"-Agricultural by Zoning By-law 3037, as
amended. The applicant has submitted a rezoning application to permit
739 condominium residential units. To ensure compatibility with the surrounding
neighbourhood and appropriate design, the zoning by-law will have site specific
provisions including, but not limited to, maximum building height, build-to-zone,
maximum number of units, minimum private amenity area per unit, minimum
outdoor amenity area, minimum interior garage size, and minimum number of
resident and visitor parking spaces.
The amending zoning by-law incorporates an 'H' holding provision that will
require the Owner to satisfy certain conditions prior to the lifting of the holding
provision. These conditions will include entering into a site plan/development
agreement with the City to address matters listed above in Section 3.9 of this
report.
Staff supports the rezoning application and recommends that a site specific
implementing by-law, containing the standards attached as Appendix II to this
Report be finalized and brought before Council for enactment.
Appendices
Appendix I Recommended Conditions of Approval for Draft Plan of Subdivision
SP-2013-04
Appendix II Recommended Zoning By-law Provisions for Zoning By-law Amendment
Application A 8/13
165
166
Report PLN 15-14
Subject: SP-2013-04, A 8/13 -Averton (Brock Three) Ltd.,
Beaverbrook (Brock Two) Ltd. and Beaverbrook (Brock) Ltd.
Attachments
1. Location Map
2. Draft Plan of Subdivision
3. Original Concept Plan
4. Revised Concept Plan
5. Development Detail Comparison Chart
6. Proposed Collector Road Cross Section
7. Submitted Phasing Plan
Prepared By:
Melissa Markham, MCIP, RPP
Pri~:-Development Review
Nilesh Surti, MCIP, RPP
Manager, Development Review
& Urban Design
MM:jf
Recommended for the consideration
of Pickering City Council
Approved/Endorsed By:
Catherine Rose, MCI ,
Chief Planner
~ rZ3 1 Zot4-
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
July 7, 2014
Page 14
Recommended Zoning By-law Provisions
for Zoning By-law Amendment Application A 8/13
Appendix II to
Report PLN 15-14
167
168
Recommended Zoning By-law Provisions for
Zoning By-law Amendment Application A 8/13
· That the implementing zoning by-law permit the establishment of multiple dwelling-vertical
units and multiple dwelling-horizontal units in accordance with the following provisions:
1. Provisions for build-to-zones along Brock Road, Street 'A' and
William Jackson Drive and along the adjacent properties to the north and
south of the subject lands.
2. Maximum building height:
a. apartment buildings along Brock Road: 8 Storeys;
b. stacked back-to-back townhouse units along Brock Road: 4 storeys;
c. all other back-to-back townhouse units and stacked townhouse units:
3-storeys.
3. Minimum of 4.5 square metres of private outdoor amenity area required per
unit for all back-to-back townhouse units and stacked townhouse units.
4. Minimum total gross leasable floor area of 2,000 square metres for
commercial uses to be provided at grade within the two apartment
buildings.
5. Maximum number of units: 739 units.
6. Minimum number of apartment units: 220 units.
7. Maximum number of back-to-back townhouse units and stacked townhouse
units: 510 units.
8. Minimum interior garage size of 3.0 metres in width by 6.0 metres in length.
9. Minimum len_gth of a driveway between the private garage and the private
road: 6.0 metres.
10. Minimum building separation between buildings containing a common
element pedestrian walkway: 4.0 metres.
11. Minimum number of required parking spaces for apartment units and
stacked back-to-back townhouse units within Phases 4 and 5:
a. a minimum of 1 parking space per dwelling unit and 0.25 of a space per
dwelling unit for visitor.
12. Minimum required parking spaces for back-to-back townhouse units and
stacked townhouse units within Phases 1, 2, and 3:
a. a minimum of 2 parking spaces per dwelling unit and 0.25 of a space
per dwelling unit for visitor.
13. Minimum number of required parking spaces to be provided within the
underground parking structures for dwelling units within Phases 4 and 5:
600 parking spaces.
14. Minimum of 0.14 of a hectare to be used for a maximum of two parkettes,
exclusive of metre rooms, community mailboxes and other utilities.
15. An 'H' holding provision to be applied, subject to the Owner satisfying the
following conditions:
a. the Owner has entered into a Site Plan/Development Agreement with
the City;
b. the Owner has made provisions for the construction of the east-west
Collector Road as part of Phase 2 of the development;
c. the Owner has made financial contributions for the signalization of
the intersection of Brock Road and the east-west collector road; and
d. the Owner has submitted a revised Functional Servicing Report that
is consistent with the Duffin Heights Environmental Servicing Plan to
the satisfaction of the City and Toronto and Region Conservation
Authority.
16. Provisions to permit model homes, if required.
169
Recommended Conditions of Approval
for Draft Plan of Subdivision SP-2013-04
170
Appendix I to
Report PLN 15-14
General Conditions
Recommended Conditions of Approval for
Draft Plan of Subdivision SP-2013-04
1. That this recommendation apply to the draft plan of subdivision prepared by
The Biglieri Group, dated June 19, 2014, Plan Number DP-1 on lands being
Part of Lot 18, Concession 3, City of Pickering, for the creation of four blocks to
accommodate residential development, a block for a road widening and a
collector road.
Subdivision Agreement
2. That the Owner enters into a subdivision agreement with and to the satisfaction
of the City of Pickering to ensure the fulfillment of the City's requirements,
financial and other wise, which shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the
conditions outlined in this document.
Zoning
3. That the implementing by-law for Zoning By-law Amendment Application A 8/13
becomes final and binding.
Street Names
4. That street names and signage be provided to the satisfaction of the Region and
the City.
Development Charges & Inspection Fee
5. That the Owner satisfies the City financially with respect to the
Development Charges Act.
6. That the Owner satisfies the City for contributions for development review and
inspection fees.
Phasing
7. That if this subdivision is to be developed by more than one registration, the
Owner will be required to submit a plan showing the proposed phasing, all to the
satisfaction of the City.
171
172
Recommended Conditions of Approval (SP-2013-04) Page 2
Dedications/Transfers/Conveyances
8. That the Owner conveys to the City, at no cost:
(i) Block 5 for road widening purposes; and
(ii) dedicate all road allowances with the proper corner roundings and sight
triangles to the City and Region and any other easements as required.
Architectural Control
9. That the Owner, prior to the preparation of the subdivision agreement, engages a
control architect, to the satisfaction of the Director, City Development, who will
prepare a siting and architectu'ral design statement to the City's satisfaction,
approve all models offered for sale and certify that all building permit plans comply
with the City's approved statement. The siting and architectural design statement
will become a schedule to the subdivision agreement.
Stormwater
1 0. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works respecting a
stormwater drainage and management system to service all the lands in the
development in accordance with the revised Functional Servicing Plan, dated
April 2013, and any provisions regarding easements.
11. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works for
contributions for stormwater management maintenance fees.
12. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works that all
stormwater management, and erosion and sedimentation control structures are
operating and will be maintained in good repair during the construction period.
13. That the owner completes an analysis of the receiving storm sewer system to the
City's satisfaction to determine the site's allowable release rate to ensure
conformity with the requirements of the City's Stormwater Management Design
Guidelines.
Grading
14. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works Department
respecting submission and approval of a grading control plan.
15. That the Owner satisfies the Director,, Engineering & Public Works Department
respecting the submission and approval of a geotechnical soils analysis.
16. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works Department
respecting authorization from abutting landowners for all offsite grading.
Recommended Conditions of Approval (SP-2013-04) Page 3
Fill & Topsoil ·
17. The City's Fill & Topsoil Disturbance By-law prohibits soil disturbance, removal or
importation to the site unless a permit has been issued. No on-site works prior to
draft plan approval is permitted. A Fill & Topsoil Disturbance Permit will be
require~ should grading works proceed prior to a subdivision agreement being
executed.
Road Allowances
18. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works respecting the
construction of.roads with curbs, storm sewers, sidewalks and boulevard designs
along Brock Road, William Jackson Drive and Street 'A'.
Construction/Installation of City Works & Services
19. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works Department
respecting construction of roads, storm sewers, pedestrian walkways and
boulevard designs through a site servicing plan.
20. That the Owner satisfies the City respecting arrangements for the provision of all
services required by the City.
21. That the Owner satisfies the appropriate authorities respecting arrangements for
the provision of underground wiring, street lighting, cable television, natural gas
and other similar services.
22. That the cost of any relocation, extension, alteration or extraordinary
maintenance of existing services necessitated by this development shall be the
responsibility of the Owner.
Easements
23. That the Owner convey to the City, at no cost, any easements as required; and,
any reserves as required by the City.
24. That the Owner conveys any easements to any utility provider to facilitate the
installation of their services in a location(s) to the satisfaction of the City and the
utility provider.
25. That the Owner arrange at no cost to the City any easements required on third
party lands for servicing and such easements shall be in a location as
determined by the City and/or the Region and are to be granted upon request at
any time after draft approval.
26. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works with any
required on-site or off-site easements for works, facilities or use rights that are
required by the City.
173
174
Recommended Conditions of Approval (SP-2013-04) Page4
Construction Management Plan
27. That the Owner makes arrangements with the City respecting a construction
management plan, such Plan to contain, among other things:
(i) details of erosion and sedimentation controls during all phases of
construction and provide maintenance requirements to maintain these
controls as per the City's Erosion & Sediment Control Guideline for Urban
Construction;
(ii) addressing the parking of vehicles and the storage of construction and
building materials during servicing and house construction, and ensuring
that such locations will not impede the flow of traffic or emergency
vehicles on either existing streets or the proposed priyate roads;
(iii) ensure that the City's Noise By~law will be adhered to and that all
contractors, trades and suppliers are advised of this By-law;
(iv) the provision of mud and dust control on all roads within and adjacent to
the site;
(v) type and timing of construction fencing;
(vi) location of construction trailers; and
(vii) details of the temporary construction access.
Fencing
28. That the Owner satisfies the City with respect to the provision of temporary
fencing around the entire perimeter of the subject lands during construction, prior
to the commencement of any works.
Landscaping
29. That the Owner submits a street tree planting plan to the satisfaction of the City.
30. To the satisfaction of the Director, Engineering & Public Works, the Owner shall
plant one tree per unit. If it is determined that the planting of a tree is not
possible for each unit, the Owner will be required to pay either cash-in-lieu for the
remaining trees or plant the remaining trees in a location within the Plan
boundaries.
Tree Compensation
31. Prior to final approval of the draft plan, or any phase thereof, the Owner shall
provide a financial contribution, for the purposes of off-site planting of native,
self-sustaining vegetation to the satisfaction of the Director, City Development.
Such planting shall be on publically owned lands held by the City of Pickering.
Recommended Conditions of Approval (SP-2013-04) Page 5
Noise Attenuation
32. That the Owner agrees in the subdivision agreement to implement noise control
measures and warning clauses as recommended in the report, Environmental
Noise Assessment, prepared by Valcoustics Canada Ltd.
Engineering Plans
33. That the Owner ensures that the engineering plans are coordinated with the
streetscape/siting and architectural design statement and further that the
engineering plans coordinate the driveway, street hardware and street trees to
ensure that conflicts do not exist, asphalt is minimized and all objectives of the
streetscape/siting and architectural design statement can be achieved.
34. That the Owner satisfy the City respecting the submission of appropriate
engineering drawings that detail, among other things: city services; roads; storm
sewers; sidewalks; grading; streetlights; fencing and tree planting, and
financially-secure such works.
35. That the engineering plans be coordinated with the architectural design
objectives.
Parkland Dedication
36. That the Owner shall pay the City cash-in-lieu in accordance with the parkland
dedication requirements of the Planning Act. ·
Duffin Heights Cost Sharing
37. That the Owner satisfy, to the satisfaction of the City of Pickering, all matters
required by the Duffin Heights Environmental Servicing Plan, including but not
limited to the following:
(i) Functional Servicing and Stormwater Report
(ii) Monitoring Report
(iii) Compensation Report
(iv) Fish Habitat Restoration Fund contribution
(v) Watershed System Monitoring and Management Fund contribution; and
(vi) Adaptive Management Fund contribution.
38. That the Owner satisfies the Director, City Development with a letter from the
Trustee for the Duffin Heights Landowners Group Inc. acknowledging that the
Owner has become a party to the cost sharing agreement for Duffin Heights or
the Owner ha9 made satisfactory arrangements to pay its proportionate share of
the development costs.
175
176
Recommended Conditions of Approval (SP-2013-04) Page 6
39. That the Owner satisfies the Director, Engineering & Public Works Department
regarding cost sharing for the Mattamy Stormwater Management Pond and
portions of William Jackson Drive, as required.
Utility
40. That the Owner, through the approval of the Utility Coordination Plan for the
location, is to enter into an agreement with Canada Post Corporation for the
provision of a Community Mailbox including technical specifications and financial
terms.
Model Homes
41. That the Owner enters into a model home agreement with the City, if applicable
for this draft plan. All model homes must satisfy all requirements of the siting and
architectural design statement.
Other Approval Agencies
42. That the Owner obtains all necessary permits from the Toronto and Region
Conservation Authority pursu~nt to Ontario Regulation 166/06, as amended.
43. That any approvals which are required from the Region of Durham, the Toronto
and Region Conservation Authority, or any utility for the development of this plan
be obtained by the Owner, and upon request written confirmation be provided to
the City as verification of these approvals.
Recommended Zoning By-law Provisions
for Zoning By-law Amendment Application A 8/13
Appendix II to
Report PLN 15-14
177
178
AilACHM~T# I -~TO
AEPC!frt . ,c>L /J I S-(.Y
SUBJECT
PROPERTIES
ZENTS DRIVE
City Development
Location Map
FILE No: SP-2013-04 & A 8/13
CREEKSIDE PARK.
APPLICANT: Averton (Brock Three) Ltd. et al.
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 2725, 2705 and 2695 Brock Road
(North Part of Lot 18, Concession 3) DATE: June 18, 2014
Doto Sources: Teronet Enterprises Inc. and its suppliers. All rights Reserved. Not o plan of survey.
2013 MPAC ond its suppliers. All rights Reserved. Not o plan of Survey. SCALE 1 :5,000 PN-15
City Development
Department
BLOCK4
37.CO
Draft Plan of Subdivison
FILE No: SP-2013-04 and A 08/13
BLOCK 3
BLOCK2
/ / /
APPLICANT: Averton (Brock Three) Ltd. et al.
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 2725, 2705 and 2695 Brock Road
(North Part of Lot 18, Concession 3)
DATE: June 18,2014
180
end
Stockod Townhou•• 2oe <!11 as .rr
0
<
0
"'
"' 0
0
0: • . m
City Development
Department
.t.\a ~.-J~~~U '3 -.. ... TO
ii~Oi'ffl . tk N I 5 ;!.'/
Legend
-
Sto<:lltd Townhouse
160@ 85tqm fl Apa(tmor~ Una• ond Rota \I
l.___l229 II Stacked Bac:lo. to Bock Townhcusq l__j 176~ GO.q,m
II Soak to Back Townhouaao • Roor L<>«dlid l__j 120 G 110sq m
ID
:0
0 o ·
" :0
0
)>
c
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I II Back to Back Townhoultl
l.___l3~@ 110sq m ~~~~~~~~~~~~
~
City Development
Department
I
I
Revised Conce t Plan
FILE No: SP-2013-04 and A 08/13
APPLICANT: Averton Brock Three Ltd. et al.
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 2725, 2705 and 2695 Brock Road
North Part of Lot 18, Concession 3 ~----------~------------------.-----------~
DATE: June 4, 2014
Development Detail Comparison Chart
Details of the applications Original Plan Revised Plan
Total net area 5.31 ha 5.28 ha
Total net density 149.2 140
Total Number of Units 791 739
Stacked Townhouse Units 209 180
Stacked Back-to-Back Townhouse Units 176 176
Conventional Back-to-Back Townhouse Units 94 34
Rear Loaded Back-to-Back Townhouse Units 74 120
Number of Apartment Units 238 229
Total ground floor commercial space in the 2,096 sq. m. 2,096 sq. m.
apartment buildings
Apartment Building Height 8 storeys 8 storeys
Total Number of Parking Spaces Required for 518 506
Apartment Units and Stacked Back-to-Back (1 space per unit (1 space per unit+
townhouse units within the integrated + 0.25 of a space 0.25 of a space
underground parking structure per unit for per unit for
visitors) visitors)
Total Number of Parking Spaces for 94 94
Commercial Units (4.5 parking (4.5 parking
spaces per 1 00 spaces per 100
square metres of square metres of
gross leasable gross leasable
floor area) floor area)
Total Number of Parking Spaces Required for 848 752
townhouse units at grade: (2 spaces per unit (2 spaces per unit
+ 0.25 of a space + 0.25 of a space
per unit for per unit for
visitors) visitors)
• residents 754 668
• visitor 94 84
Total Number of Parking Spaces Required 1460 1352
Total Number of Parking Spaces Provided 1316 1384
182
3 storey
building
~ (,.) ro -.£3 Q) UJ
"E ro >--c: .g
.c ..... ro a.
~ :> I :p
'3 E
E
0
ct:i
... Cl 0 c >-'0 ~ ro ·e ~
8 ro a. Q)
Cl
~ >. ro ..c ·c: k .... :i:i ~ :::!
0) .... >-c 0 ~ :g "0 "E ro Q) a. 0 Cl >-(.) ro ·c .0 ~ ... I >-~ ~ ~ :::!
..f:-. ~
~ ~ Q) :-e UJ
~ (,.) ro £ Q) UJ
"E co >--c:: £
' 3 storey
building
. ~ -' ~ ~t~~~~>
·~ @r~J:tl t )\
11 0.15 -'daylight ~~ curb -MrH~ -11 0.15 'daylight
3.50
Setback
City Development
Department
~~ 2.5o I 3.75 I 3.75 I 2.50 1·2.15.1!·501 3.50
I I I
5.50 12.50 4.00 Setback
I. 22.00 I
Proposed Collector Road Cross Section
FILE No: SP-2013-04 and A 08/13
APPLICANT: Averton (Brock Three) Ltd. et. al
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 2725, 2705 and 2695 Brock Road
(North Part of Lot 18, Concession 3)
I DATE: June 18, 201 4
City Development
Department
Submitted Phasing Plan
FilE No: SP-2013-04 and A 08/13
APPliCANT: Averton (Brock Three) Ltd. et al.
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 2725, 2705 and 2695 Brock Road
(North Part of Lot i 8, Concession 3)
DATE: June 18,2014
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: CR 16-14
Date: July 7, 2014
------------------------
From: Marisa Carpino
Director, Culture & Recreation
Subject: Community Engagement Strategy Report
-Annual Status Update & Priorities for 2014-2015
File: A-1440-001-14
Recommendation:
1. That Council receive Report CR 16-14 regarding the City of Pickering Community
Engagement Strategy;
2. That Council approve the following five key community engagement priorities for
2014 and 2015 subject to any required budget approval within the 2015 budget
cycle process:
1. Create a new learning and engagement unit to advise Council &
Departments.
2. Propose a motion for Council consideration concerning the city's commitment
to· engagement and adopt a strategy on public engagement and !earning.
3. Involve engagement specialists in the design of public consultation to support
major city planning exercises.
4. Work with residents to periodically review and redesign city services and
programs.
5. Develop a long-term strategy for providing informat!on to residents,
compensating for diminished local media.
3. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take necessary
action to give effect thereto.
Executive Summary: At the Council meeting of July 8, 2013, Council enacted
Resolution # 87/13 authorizing staff to complete nine community engagement priorities
in 2013-2014 of the City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy.
As such, a team of municipal staff representing all departments and the Pickering Public
Library have been working together to implement these strategies in 2013-2014 and
have prepared an annual update for Council's information (see attachment 1 ).
185
186
Report CR 16-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Community Engagement Strategy Report Page 2
Looking forward, the Community Engagement staff team is seeking Council approval to
proceed with five additional priorities which were identified in the City of Pickering
Community Engagement Strategy for 2014-2015.
Financial Implications: Nine community engagement priorities identified for
completion in 2013-2014 utilized approved funds in the 2013 and 2014 Current
Budgets. The Community Engagement staff team will address future funding of
community engagement initiatives in the 2015 budget approval process. These funds
will be used to send an additional 10 to 12 staff from all Departments to receive the
International Association of Public Participation 2 (!AP2) training.
Discussion: Community Engagement is one of Pickering's five corporate
priorities. As such, a team of municipal staff representing all Departments and the
Pickering Public Library have been working together since early 2012 to develop a
corporate Community Engagement Strategy. The consulting services of MASS LBP
were retained to complete individual and small group interviews with Council, and
various city staff departments in April 2012. They also completed larger consultation
sessions with senior staff, council, front line staff, community leaders and citizen
advisory committee members.
The findings of these consultation sessions informed their final report entitled "Together
and Towards: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for
Pickering" which was received by Council at the July 8, 2013 Council Meeting. At that
meeting, Council authorized staff to complete nine community engagement priorities in
2013-2014 as per Resolution# 87/13. The purpose of this report is to provide an
annual update on staffs progress (see Attachment 1 ). ·
Highlights of the 2014 Annual Update Report include:
1. Develop and offer an annual Civics 101 class to Pickering residents:
A multidepartment task group has been formed to develop a Civics 101 program in
2014 which will be. offered to residents in early 2015.
2. Develop a public engagement training program for staff to improve skills
and understanding:
Two staff were provided with IAP2 training in November 2013. 10 to 12 staff will be
trained in the fall of 2014.
3. Ask all Departments to report on opportunities for resident engagement and
Learning:
Many opportunities were identified and implemented in 2013 and 2014 and they-
include Heart Your City, Budgeting Your City, Your City Comes toYou, Your
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Report CR 16-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Community Engagement Strategy Report Page 3
Pickering Welcome Home, After the Heat Program, Sport Council, City Centre
Intensification project and Library Strategic Plan.
4. Review citizen advisory committees with an aim to widen participation and
revise their Terms of Reference:
This project will be completed at the end of this Term of Council and new initiatives
will be launched with the new term of Council in 2015.
5. Review of City Development Department's statutory obligations concerning
consultation with a view to exceeding minimum requirements:
Staff will produce three new development sign notices and have them displayed
on the website, with an option (through iSurvey) for the public to vote for their
favourite. Draft signage is expected to be ready Fall, 2014.
6. Pilot new public challenges competitions to improve service delivery and
create public value:
The public challenge for 2014 will be the signage project above.
7. Create an inter-service frontline working group to share information and
coordinate activities:
Work has been established and meetings are held every two months. An action
summary chart has been set up to track service enhancement items brought
forward by the group.
8. Organize a single repository for opt-in contact information with the goal of
being able to email 50% of Pickering households within two years:
As of June 4, 2014 there were 1 ,498 email addresses subscribed to Pickering's
eNewsletters/eUpdates mailing list.
9. Develop a comprehensive annual report to citizens that provides a detailed
and informative account of city activities during the past year:
This initiative will launch with the introduction of a Corporate seasonal
eNewsletter, scheduled for the end of June 2014.
Additionally, the Community Engagement staff team has identified an additional five
priorities of the City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy that municipal staff
aim to complete in 2014-2015.
CORP0227-07/01 revised
187
188
Report CR 16-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Community Engagement Strategy Report Page 4
Priorities to be completed in 2014-2015:
1. Create a new learning and engagement unit to advise Council & Departments.
2. Propose a motion for Council consideration concerning the city's commitment to
engagement and adopt a strategy on public engagement and learning.
3. Involve engagement specialists in the design of public consultation to support
major city planning exercises.
4. Work with residents to periodically review and redesign city services and
pr.ograms.
5. Develop a long-term strategy for providing information to residents, compensating
for diminished local media.
The Community Engagement staff team is seeking Council approval to proceed with the
strategies identified for 2014-2015, subject to the approval of any necessary funding
within the 2015 budget cycle process. Annual updates will be provided to Council so
they are informed of staffs progress.
Attachments:
1. 2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy
(Priorities for 2013-2014)
2. "Together and Towards: A report to support the development of an engagement
strategy for Pickering" prepared by MASS LBP
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Report CR 16-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Community Engagement Strategy Report Page 5
Prepared By:
Marisa Carp!J11
Director, Cufrtlre & Recreation
~-~-
Cathy Grant g
Chief Executive ff1cer,
Pickering Public Library
:me
Recommended for the consideration
ofPi~cil
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng. ~
Chief Administrative Officer
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Approved/Endorsed By:
ate Services & City
2_0 1 2_Dltf.
189
.......
. co
0
ATTACHMENT# I TO· nt.:'.')orn· '"' C /? I {p -J ~ --. r1. r f\ 1 i·r -·~·-·"'·--·
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Commi,Jnity Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
[Priority ---I A.ction -----I Progress Update -TLead Department I
Develop and offer an
annual Civics 101
class to Pickering
residents
The Library will develop a Your City
information project for the fall of 2013. It will be
a simple video/screen slide product.
The Library will apply for a Cultural Strategic
Fund Grant (provincial) to produce an
engaging, multimedia learning module.
Because the online learning module cannot be
completed with existing funds and staffing,
library staff will revert to the original initiative,
which was to offer an in-person Civics 101
class.
Due to staffing issues, the simple version
was not completed for the fall of 2013.
Additionally, research found that such a
passive approach to communitylearning
was ineffective.
Funding request was denied in April2014.
A multidepartment task group has b~en
formed to develop a Civics 101 program in
2014 which will be offered to residents in
early 2015
Library
Library
Library
Develop a public
engagement training
program for staff to
improve skills and
understanding
~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Upon researching community engagement
training options, it' was determined to focus on
the IAP2 Certificate course.
The International Association for Public
Participation (IAP2) approach to public
participation is the industry standard. The IAP2
Certificate Program ·in Public Participation is
intended to provide ·a broad based learning
experience about the foundations of public
participation. ·
Developing a core of community engagement
specialists from this initial training will allow the
knowledge to extend throughout the
Oraanization.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014
These staff will prepare a workshop to share
community engagement techniques with
other City staff. ·
1
.......
co .......
.;;'/ REPORT# -··r;:,·~ IV -I L{-
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I PriOrity~~-------fACtion~-[Progressi.Jpdate I Lead Department]
Ask all departments
to report on .
opportunities for
resident engagement
and learning
Community Engagement Staff Team will
identify opportunities in 2013 and Implement
strategies for engagement in 2014. -
Opportunities currently identified by City
Development, Sustainability section
.include:
1. General awareness initiatives and
events on waste, water, air quality,
e.nergy, food, lawn & garden, litter and
illegal dumping.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014
1. Since 2013, many general awareness
activities have been completed
including the following:
• 88 staff participating in lunch n' learns
with various environment related
themes.
• Displays in facilities with waste
reduction information; providing 13
special collection bins for dog waste
in parks and educating residents
about the importance of picking up
their dog waste, over 5800 kg of dog
waste has been collected and
disposed of responsibly .
Various
Departments
City Development
2
.·__..
co
N
I
ATTACHMENT #_I .TO REPORT# -~~f. I LP -I tf
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action !-Progress Update I Lead Department]
• City staff have donated over 90 cell
phones for recycling; hundreds of
milk bags have been collected and
staff have been trained on how make
sleeping mats from them to be sent to
other countries in need; special waste
collection events had 60 residents
bringing 1.56 tonnes of e-waste and
57 residents bringing 1.88 tonnes of
hazardous waste to be properly
disposed of.
• As part of Canada Water Week in
March, displays were set up in
facilities providing information and
pamphlets about water conservation
and local programs. A film viewing
about the invasive Asian Carp was
held attracting 50 residents.
Following the film, residents enjoyed ·
a Q&A session with experts from the '
Royal Ontario Museum and Ontario
Federation of Anglers and Hunters.
• Many activities were held to help
residents tend to their gardens and
lawns in an organic fashion. Over 300
residents participated in workshops
with topics including organic lawn
care, native plants and growing your
--------
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 3
......
co w
ATTAO~ii'i[;;\!; ;t tJ< I {p-If
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority . I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
own food. Free compost was given to
1 ,493 residents to encourage organic
. lawn care and garden maintenance.
Natural gardening and organic lawn
care displays were set up at 6 events
giving staff the opportunity to speak
with hundreds of residents about
these topics and answer their
questions.
• The Adopt a Park program saw 2
new partners take on the
maintenance of 2 City parks brin'ging
the total to 39 adopted spaces.
• Over 1 ,250 people participated in
cleaning up City parks and natural
spaces through the Great Canadian
Shoreline Cleanup, Pitch in Parties
and Adopt a Park Programs and over
6,200 people participated in the 20-
Minute Makeover. Through these
events participants learn the
importance of picking up after oneself
and not littering.
• New signs were produced for the
Eyes on the Street reporting program
that included QR codes for smart
phones to make reporting litter and
illegal dumping faster and easier. The
Last Revised: June 13, 2014· 4
........
co
.J::o ATTACH f'1 ENT ;!:,·'.,.~,..«~-,. !;: ()2.. l\o-ltf
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
·1 Priority I Action ! I Progress Update · I Lead Department I
signs also include updated
information on enforcement. 80 of
these signs will be installed
throughout the summer of 2014.
• Over 200 residents participated in
community planting events. Together
they planted 480 wildflowers and 550
native trees and shrubs. In addition to
planting they also built 15 bird boxes
ahd made numerous toad habitats for
their back yards.
• Social media and 'Pickering Pros' tool
was used throughout 2013-2014 to
educate community about energy,
sustainability,·litter, illegal dumping,
local food, natural gardening, waste
diversion, active transportation, etc.
2. Measuring Sustainability Report-2. The 2012 report will be updated in
updates on 55 indicators of 2015. At that time, another
sustainability grounded in 5 niain community survey will be done; we
objectives of: healthy environment, will also work with staff and
healthy society, healthy economy, stakeholders to review and update
responsible development and the indicators.
responsible consumption.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 5
.......
CD
(11
ATTACHMENT# f "'0"~ !:?r:nn~n·:1:,: f\.· 0 f (tJ-f Lf. -·-.-~~-.• g ~'--~-Vu\.li } ~"---'~-~-/'-, I
2014 Annua~Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014) .
I Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
3. Corporate and community GHG 3. Submission will be. made to FCM in
Emissions Reduction Strategy and the summer of 2014 for consideration
Energy Management Plan of completion of the Milestol)e
process.
4. Celebrating Sustainable 4. The program was launched in 2013.
Neighbourhoods Program. In the inaugural year of the program,
342 participants from 8 different
neighbourhood groups completed
over 60 different community building
initiatives -ultimately engaging
thousands of other Pickering
residents. To date, this participation
level has been exceeded for the 2014
program. Final numbers will be
provided at the end of the program.
5. Sustainability Video about corporate I 5. Staff version released in March 2014,
activities. community version being considered
for 2015.
c'
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 6
_.
co m
:h~ Gl( JlP-1~
2014 Annual Update Report: City of-Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action· I Progress Update I Lead Departmel11:]
6. Collaborate on projects with partners 6. .City staff participate in the following
such as Ajax Pickering Board of Trade committees:
(EcoBusiness Advisory Committee),
Environmental Stewardship Pickering, Environmental Stewardship
Altona Forest Stewardship Committee Pickering (ESP) Committee -Since
as well as many schools. 2013, ESP has organized 31 events
and engaged 1 ,300 volunteers.
Highlights include showcasing 16 .
local environment groups at the
Environmental Volunteer Expo and
engaging 1 00 residents at the.
Pickering Farmers Market
Sustainability Day. ESP also
produces a seasonal e-newsletter
which includes local environment
information and events. This
publication gets delivered to 217
email boxes.
Ajax Pickering Board of Trade
(Eco-Business Advisory
Committee) -The group currently
has 66 businesses registered as Eco-
Businesses. These businesses have ·
filled out an action checklist informing
the Committee of what actions they
. are currently doing to be sustainable.
To be an eco-business, businesses
must score 70% or higher on the
checklist.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 7
.....
c.o
-.J
i\TlACHI1ENT#_I_TO REPORT
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority--··· JAction-IPfogressLfpdate. ---I Lead Department I
Altona Forest Stewardship
Committee-Since 2013, the
committee has hosted many activities
throughout Altona Forest, these
include; 18 interpretive hikes
engaging 124 residents, several
invasive species pulled and planting
30 native trees and shrubs.· In
addition to the hands on activities the
committee also produces a yearly
newsletter which is distributed to
residents who live close to the forest
as well as to the community at large.
Topics in the newsletter include items
of importance to the forest including
responsible use of the forest, local
wildlife, etc.
7. Green pages' in City Leisure Guide, 7. Since Fall 2012, 15 sustainability
seasonal eNewsletters, eUpdates, eNewsletters and updates have been
·website, displays at City and community sent. As of June 4, 2014 tt)ere were
events, social media, brochures, etc 603 email addresses subscribed to
this mailing list.
Enga~ed with hundreds of people at
the 91 Annual Sustainable Pickering
Day in 2014; annually, attend other
corporate and community events i.e ..
'•. Artfest, Rouge Days, Pickering Town
Centre Farmers' Market to promote
. programs and interact with the public.
Consistently include articles in the
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 8
.......
(0
co
# ~·~L__ TO REPORT# -~~12_ /(.p -/ lf
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
City's Leisure Guide. Brochures are
available throughout facilities to -pro'mote Measuring Sustainability
Report c;md website, Celebrating
Sustainable Neighbourhood program,
and the City's sustainability program
-in general.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 9
.......
CD
CD
ll :t,t Cr<. )lo -ltf
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering· Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority --[-Action ------_-------[PrOgress Update I Lead Department I
Opportunities currently .identified by City City Development
Development, Economic Development
section include:
1. Coordination of Investment Response 1. Ongoing as needed.
Team to expedite processes related to
significant investment/development
projects and build relations with the
investors.
2. Downtown Intensification Project. 2. Providing support of City Centre
rebranding including website page
updates, new image inventory and
design and installation of new light "..-
standard banners in City Centre.
3. Seaton Employment Lands Marketing 3. Developing framework for Seaton
· Strategy (looking to engage existing and Employment Land Strategy, including
potential new business investment in new marketing brochure.
skilled jobs).
4. Corporate Calling Program -specific . 4. Ongoing Program. In 2014 staff are
engagement of existing businesses for facilitating Region of Durham staff
the purpose of retention and/or interviews with Pickering businesses
expansion of the business. in support of the Region's Foreign
Direct Investment (FDI) strategy.
-------~
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 10
N
0
0
·-(.;1 :t t~ {((;-IL-{
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
[Priority m ---I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
5. Various Communication tools in print 5. The following are updates to various
and on webs.ite to: communication tools:
a. inform of neyv developments and a. ongoing annual work program
business openings -Various City
web pages
b. provide statistical and . b. ongoing annual work program
demographic information to site
selectors (Manifold Data),
c. promote the City as business c. now the lead coordinator of Grand
friendly community-promoting · Opening events
Grand Openings
d. various print publications d. ongoing annual work program
including Fast Facts, Cost of
Doing Business and Community -Profile (also all on the website)
e. E-Newlsletters to business e. increased number and purpose of
community to inform of e-communications to include
educational opportunities and targeted time sensitive messaging
financial incentives, new as well as general e-newsletter
development news, City services updates.
' to business, etc. "
f. established interaction and f. ongoing realtor engagement now -.
relationship building with local includes empowering realtors to
Realtor community; on-line land access our on-line inventory tool,
and space inventory tool on the effectively increasing the number
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 . 11
N
0 ......
•
•
I ATIACHMENT # l -TDREP!i~r # __ci] 1 (p -1 t.f
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I PrioritY [Action !-Progress UPdate-~~··~ --·~ --· =rlead Department I
City website to feature available and accuracy of our Land &
·sites Space Inventory.
g. Businesses engaged through g. Ongoing participation on business
active participation on various support committe~s.
business support committees
such as Ajax-Pickering Board of
Trade, Durham Strategic Energy
Alliance and Greater Toronto
Marketing Alliance.
City Centre Intensification and In 2012, the City initiated the City Centre City Development
Redevelopment Study will provide a Intensification and Redevelopment Study,
framework for intensification, investment and and in July 2013 Council endorsed, in
growth management in Downtown Pickering principle, a Vision for the City Centre and
to 2031 and over the longer term. authorized Staff to initiate an amendmentto
the Official Plan. During the course of the
study, Staff held a variety of workshops,
charettes, community open houses and
prepared a 3-D model of the City Centre, to
.. engage key stakeholders and the broader
general public. To notify the public, staff
provided notice through flyers, electronic
bulletin boards, a dedicated web page,
community page ads and addressed mail.
Amendment 26 to the City of Pickering
Official Plan (City Centre Amendment) is to
be considered for approval by Council on
July 7, 2014."
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 12
(
"" 0
""
r -----------,.~-~ -I ATTACHMENT It d_!Q~®l!t. qJ J(p -( y
2014 AmiuaiUpdate Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action I Progress Update -------~---_ -I LeadDepartmenf-1
Official Plan Amendr:nent No.23: Planning
_Tools for Sustainable Place-making proposes
new and expanded planning tools that assists
the City in achieving improved built form, urban
design; energy efficiency and conservation,
and sustainable development.
__ ,_
Last Revised: June 13, 2014
The Planning Tools for Sustainable Place-
making was presented to the Community at
an Open House on November 25, 2013 and
to the Planning and Development
Committee on December 2, 2013. Staff had
individual meeting sessions during January
and February 2014 with the Building
Industry Liaison Team (BIL T), developers
and residents to discuss the proposed
policies amendments with Staff. On June
15, 2014, Amendment 23 to the City of
Pickering Official Plari was approved by
Council.
' '
City Development
·--
13
N
0 w
ATTACHMENT -tt_J__ ... riJRE_l_;[]~:f~;i~--~C-4 f (p-J 4
"~~ .. --.. -·-·-··"·-·-···-··· "~-----------·---'"--~
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
!Priority -----[Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
Submissiqn of an application for funding to the City staff will prepare a funding request of City Development
Places to Grow Implementation Fund. The the Places to Grow Implementation Fund for
Fund supports projects that promote and help a community engagement program intended
achieve the policies and goals of the Provincial to incorporate the ideas and opinions of
Growth Plan for the Greater Golden ' Pickering residents and businesses in the
Horseshoe, 2006. Successful projects for · review of possible growth and intensification -
2013-14 funding included a summit on urban opportunities in areas outside of the City
desigh, a stakeholder design exercise, a report Centre.
on trends in pedestrian-oriented and transit
supportive retail development, and the
development of sustainable metrics for
assessing new development.
Seaton is a sustainable urban community During the OMB process in 2013 the City, City Development
integrated with a thriving agricultural Landowners and Whitevale District
community and an extensive Natural Heritage Residence Association (WDRA) worked
System together to facilitate the submission of a
draft Whitevale Traffic Impact and
Management Study that was accepted by
the WDRA. Further the Seaton Landowners
agreed to the establishment of a \
public advisory committee to deal with this
matter.
Residential Parking Review tg establish Community consultation with South City Development
minimum required driveway widths and front Pickering residents is scheduled to take
yard landscaping. place during 2015.
Last Revised:-June 13, 2014 14
N
0
~
IETACHMENT ~f:-~, -TO -RE-PORT fF 'Cli-lt(p -ILf . --~----~--...1
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
Promotion of Building Safety Month Building Services continues to promote . City Development
Building Safety Month. This is an annual
initiative to bring awareness to the public on
the Ontario Building Code, the imp.ortance in
obtaining building permits and the role that
building officials play in ensuring the safety
of buildings and their occupants. Staff will
pursue new ways to engage the public in
2015.
\
Opportunities currently identified by the Office of the CAO
Office of the CAO include:
1. Your City _Comes to You-An all-day 1. Your City Comes to You. Staff from
event held at the Pickering Town Centre Fire Services, Engineering & ·Public
on Thursday, October 10, 2013. The Works, Culture & Recreation,
objective of the event is to showcase the Corporate Services, City
broad and diverse selection of City Development, and Office of the
services available to the public and to Mayor, and CAO canie out to
proviae them with an understanding of promote their key services to the
how their municipal government works public. Staff had contest giveaways,
through one-on-one interactions with live entertainment and engaging
staff, and engaging, educational interactive displays, with public
·. displays and resources. feedback opportunities. Following the
. success of 2013, staff will be once
again partnering with PTC for the
Your City Comes to You event on
September 4, 2014. In order to
highlight more City
services/programs, staff will be
introducing a 'Pickering P~os' booth.
Pickering Pros is a Facebook .
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 15
N
0
(.n
[ATTACHMENT# .I .TO REPORT !i. CJ(l/L(? -I Lf
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority j.Action I Progress Update I Lead Department]
initiative that features personal
pictures and messaging from our staff
. experts every month. The booth will
allow staff to include/rotate experts,
while working within the event space.
2. Heart Your City-An education and 2. As ofMay, we have 232 new
awareness campaign for Facebook Pickering residents 'like' our
(April-June) designed to meet the Facebook page, giving us a total
following objectives: audience of 2,033, and 131 people
have made the commitment to "Heart ,,
• Reduce litter and illegardumping "their City" by taking our online
activities pledge.
• Shift behaviours/attitudes regarding
individual and household
consumption/waste
• Encourage active citizen leadership in
helping to identify problem areas
. throughout the community and working·
as a team (with friends, family,
neighbours and City of Pickering Staff)
to resolve the issue.
• Launched at Sustainable Pickering Day
(March 29, 2014) with an online pledge
(for a chance to win an iPad Air) and will
be using the City's Facebook page, paid
Facebook advertising, banners in City
facilities, eNewsletter promotions, etc.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014. 16
"' 0 m /ATTACHMENT#_ t ffiRf~ttp-f'-f
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
·. I Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department j
3. Budgeting Your City-Objective: To 3. Staff promoted 'Budgeting Your City'
encourage community involvement and from January 13 to February 15,
understanding of the 2014 Budget 2014, through a new Website section,
Process online survey tool, media release,
and other communications channels.
Summary: Two survey respondents,
11 public attendees at the February
13, 2014 Budget Meeting (7
registered delegates and 4 registered
-attendees), and 555 page views on
the Budget section of the website, -
which is almost five times_ the number
of views during the same time period
of 2013. We will continue the
'Budgeting Your City' forthe 2015
I budget process.
4. Be Prepared -Emergency 4. Be Prepared messaging is ongoing.
Preparedness: Working with Fire. The website will be reviewed and
. Services to educate the public on· updated with seasonal messaging.
emergency preparedness during We are also implementing a 72 hour
'Emergency Preparedness Week' (May emergency kit giveaway as part of
4-10, 2014) and beyond. Emergency · · our feedback opportunity in the new
Preparedness includes topics such as corporate eNewsletter, Your City.
power outages, flooding, severe storms, Right Now. The-'Be Prepared'
and nuclear emergencies. We will be messaging was reposted by other
introducing a new website section and accounts, such as DRPS West
implementing social media messaging Division. The City also promoted the
with the hashtag #BePrepared -with flashlight emergency preparedness
the hopes of other agencies reposting booklet on its website and social
and sharing our content. media channels, (distributed to
Pickering residents by OPG)
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 17
I'V
0 .......
(ATTACHMENT# , -~~~~~O~J=i~-~~~ l (p -J t-f
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 20.13-2014)
I Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department]
5. Fire Services ·"After the Heat" 5. After the Heat program was
Program launched in May 2014 following a
bedroom fire at 1580 Kingston Road.
Dwellings within a complex or streets
within a neighbourhood where a
significant residential fire has ·
occurred are visited by firefighters
offering fire safety tips and the offer
to check smoke alarms and carbon
monoxide detectors. In some
instanc~s a smoke alarm is provided
to occupants
·-·--······---------------------------·
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 18
N
0
00
ATTACHMENT tt -l-· ro··R-EPDRT_~-C~~ I (0 -I t-f
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
Opportunities currently identified by the Library, Culture &
Library include: Recreation and
City Development
1. Your Pickering: Welcome Home-will 1. Event was held on Saturday, Oct (Economic
be held at Library, City Hall & Rec 19th, 2013. In addition .to our usual Development)
Complex (Saturday, October 19th) .. marketing, target marketing was done
Designed to reach out to our community . in the newest housing areas in
and connect our newest residents Pickering (Duffin Heights, San
Francisco by the Bay a.nd Viva
'
Retirement Residence).
Following this event, a presentation
was made to showcase it at the
Durham Region's "Celebrating Best
Practices: Durham & Diversity"
workshop on January 21, 2014 in
Whitby.
While this program will not be
replicated at this time, target
marketing for new subdivisions can
be done to invite newcomers to the
annual Your Pickering: Comes to You
program as Pickering develops.
2. Library Strategic Plan -opportunity for 2. Overlap has been hired to do Library
resident involvement in planning for the community engagement for the
Library's future. strategic plan. This inv,olves
facilitating stakeholder labs, and
-designing a questionnaire for street
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 19
"" C)
(0
r=~ ~-·-·-..._.,.~'~=·,,, .. ""', ... ~--"''-""''">"<~.:-~~~=~.=-=""'.,.,.,.,"'"''"'" ... -.. "'·;
I ~Tnn''\11ENT # ___ / TD flEPOAT :tl_cgj
1
; I (p-[Lf ~---"-«·-~~--~·--~---·-.
2014·Anm~al Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Acti~---·· -. ------[Progress UpcJate-. -------·· -. --=u.ead Department I
teams (library staff who attend
community venues and events to ask
the community about library services
and their needs. Part of the contract
with Overlap is to teach Library staff
their "design thinking" approach, so
that they can facilitate future
engagement sessions :on their own.
New sigmige for City 1-Jall -Mock up signs March 5, 2014-New signage has been Office of the CAO
will be placed in City Hall for staff and the installed. Positive feedback has been
public to provide their feedback/suggestions. received from numerous City staff.
This will ensure we capture the needs of our
public.
The Good Neighbour Award -A City As of May 28, 2014, we have received 19 Office of the CAO
originated program that encourages residents Good Neighbourhood Award nominations.
to nominate their neighbours for doing good Staff continue to promote on website, social
deeds. We will be further promoting this media, etc.
program via our Social Media channels to not '
only attract more nominations, but to also
showcase the community spirit that exists in
. Pickering.
Social Media-
1. Pickering Pros -Each month a new 1. Pickering Pros is succeeding at staff "expert" will be featured throughout generating conversation with our
·the City ofPickering's.social media Facebook audience. It personalizes platforms, and will provide relevant tips the City of Pickering and allows our
to fans and followers based oti their residents to speak 'directly' to the -.. -
area of expertise. Topics will range from subject matter experts. We started
gardening tips to sustainability, and from
Last Revised: June 13; 2014 20
N .......
r· -~-~~~-=~~-=----~-,·~~~<-·~=·=-'--~--
I t\TTACHMENT f.t_J_ TO liEPOBT ;f:t_ CJd, l(o -IL{ ·---. --=--"~=·-~--~---~·-=·---~---.--.. p,.,,'"<•'"...:::::::,.j C)
2014 Annual Update Report: City ofPickering Community Engagem~nt Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
. I Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
building permits to by-laws. Through with this initiative early 2013 and will
inc·orporating as many departments as continue targeting 9ifferent staff.
-. possible:we·willallow the public to Some, of the topics touched on so far
familiarize th-emselves with the include, building safety, -
departments within City Hall and provide gardening/lawn care, energy
a more humanized, public face of the consumption, responsible pet
city. ownership, human resources.
. -
Opportunities currently identified by the Culture &
Culture & Recreation Department include: Recreation
1. Development of a Sports Council made 1. Pickering sports organizations were
up of Pickering Sports Organizations to invited in 2013 to participate on the
collect feedback and work Council. First meeting was held on
collaboratively and proactively to October 13,2013 with 10 sports
provide safe programming in an efficient organizations in attendance. A
manner second m'eeting took place in
January 23, 2014 with the next one
planned for July 17/14. There will be . '
a summer recess and the final
[Tleeting will be in Nov~mber 2014.
Meetings have been very successful
with discussions and staff
-presentations regarding Fitness, By-
Law, Special Events, arid Program
Subsidy. Upcoming prEfsentations are
scheduled for grants and applications
and budgets. Sports groups have -
shown interest in continuing the
r· ------meetings as way of communications,
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 21
1 ATTACHMENT .f~:=_L~~~To Riroffi=;~=~t~"~ rLp-'4
~--~'-""'"""'='"'""""'-'"'-'"'-"""""'"•~"""'.!-~"''~r-,_,_.,_,.,.,.,L"V"''·"'--""'.="'"=""-''>'">.O. ___ .c.-=.,,...,,U.,_..<<v.="...,.,.,.<J
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
[Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
building relationships and
partnerships within the community. ·
Proper contacts with the
organizations has been established,
and ongoing communication between
meetings is taking place.
Sports Council includes groups such as
Pickering Softball Association, Pickering
Baseball Association, Pickering Hockey
Association, Pickering Soccer Club,.
Pickering Swim Club, Pickering Squash
Club, Pickering Dolphins Club, 3 Tennis
Clubs, Pickering Ringette Association,
Men's Baseball Association. ·
2. Cultural Plan. 2. ·The City of Pickering finalized the
Cultural Strategic Plan (draft) and
provided the community with
opportunities to comm~nt on the draft
plan prior to being presented by staff
to Council. Community Engagement
included Public Open House
presentation and meeting (April
16/14 ), request for residentfeedback
by May 5/14 via eblast; newspaper,
website, media releas~, presentation
to Community Stakeholders
Committee on March 24/14.
.
-----------------------------------------
N _. Last Revised: June 13, 2014 22 _.
N ....... ~~TTACHMENT #:;:I ffiAEPDRT_! .ciJ 1& -/L{
N
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 201-3-2014)
r Priority -I Action ----I Progress Upcfate---I LeadDepartment I
3. Pickering Recreation Complex 3. SuperVisor, Facility Programs has
Stakeholders Group invited members of the Pickering
Recreation Complex td participate in
a Complex Stakeholders Group.
Approximately 10 members attend
quarterly meetings in which staff ask
for their feedback on services,
facilities and other matters that are
important to our membership. First
meeting took place in the fall of 2013.
------------
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 23
N __..
(A)
n-~·---=~~·~~-"""~--~~~~-"~·~=,] .
f ATTACHMENT# _L TO REPORT ttLt.J I {o -I'-/ ~----·--'""·-~'"""--~~
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action~~-·--IPrOgresslfpda~------.-I Lead Department I
Review citizen·
advisory committees
with an aim to widen
partiCipation and
revise their Terms of
Reference
Review of City
Development
Department's ·
statutory obligations
concerning
consultation with a
view to exceeding
minimum
requirements.
The Staff Facilitator Pilot Project started in
January 2013 with 4 of the Citizen Advisory
Committees.
To redesign the on-site Notification Signs for
Development Applications. Staff will produce
three new development sign notices and have
them displayed on the website, with an option
(through iSurvey) for the public to vote for their
favourite. We will also have a field for the
public to submit general comments about what
they like, dislike and would like to see
added/changed about the designs.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014
Project will be completed at the end of this
Term of Council and new initiatives will be
launched with the new term of Council'in
2015.
'·
City Development staff are researching
municipal best practices and will provide
C&R Graphic Design staff ideas, and
required information to mock up 3 different
designs for the public to vote on, and
provide feedback. Draft signage expected to
be ready Fall, 2014. ·
Corporate
Services
Legislative
Services Division
City Development
Department,
Planning & Design
Section
24
N _....
-'="
ATTACHMENT 1t_L~-~=oRiiroR1:f1:-"'"c~~ l[f-1 '-f
~ ..... ___ .,., • .-.~ .. '<><-<'>';...,_,~ ... ., ...... """"'"""'"'Y•O"'•"""" .. """"·=.> ... _,_,~ ~
!
2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action I Progress Update I Lead Department I
Pilot new public
challenges
competitions to
improve service
delivery and create
public value
service frontline
working group to
share information and
coordinate activities
The Development Application sign redesign
explained above, also works toward this
objective. We are asking the public to help
design a more creative, easier to understand,
and engaging development sign.
bringing forward service delivery issues for
group review
-• working collaboratively as a group on
possible solutions
• sharing successes in your area
• determining-
o where are we now
o where are we heading; and,
o where would we like to be?
• being the service delivery champion in
your area; set the example, and pass it on
Meetings are held every two months.
Action summary chart has be~n set up to
track service enhancement items brought
forward by the group.
i -
Action Summary has 15 items, 6 of which
have been completed or closed.
Community
Engagement Staff
Team
Last Revised: June 13, 2014 25
N __.
U1
lATmGH~~ #l_li!iEPoA!!!~e~ t[_p ~ r f
. 2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 201,3-2014)
I PrioritY !Action -· · -·· IProgressUpdate I Lead Department I
Organize a *single
repository for opt-in
contact information
with the goal.of being
able to email 50% of
Pickering households
within two years
Through the City's website provider
(eSolutions), staff are connected to a third
party service provider (Constant Contact) that
allows us to promote an opt-in communications ·
channel in the form of an eNewsletter.
Pickering Family Calendar-created by
Culture and Recreation staff, and focuses
on promoting camps, progra'ms, and events
originating from the Culture and Recreation
Department.
. Pickering Fit-created by Culture &
Recreation staff, and focuses on programs
and services offered at the Pickering
Recreation Complex.
Pickering Museum Village-created by
Culture & Recreation staff and geared
towards audiences with a general interest in
programs, services, and events offered by
the Pickering Museum Village.
Sustainability-created by Sustainability
section staff, and focuses on sustainability,
environmental awareness, and energy
related initiatives.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014
Between June 2012 and June 4, 2014, 66
eNewsletters/eUpdates have been issued to
the community using this tool.
As of June 4, 2014 there were 1 ,498 email
addresses subscribed to a me~iling list.
The eNewsletter signup page·is pro'moted
occasionally on the home page of the
website but this has not led to a significant
increase in subscribers .
Corporate
Communications
26
N .......
m
r·~·~-. ~·~~=-.~----~-~~··~.. '"'''""~·.-·-·· ...... ~n·.-~,~~-~····~"''''""'' '
jATTAGHI1v1ENT tt ____ L_,_ TD HEPDRT lt~Cej f (p-l Lf
--~· --·-<~--.,~-~~---~-L~>·---··"··--·----l
2014 Annual Update Report City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 201;3-2014)
! I Priority [Action ---I Progress Update-----Jiead Department]
View on Business -created by Economic
Development staff, and focuses on the
celebration of local businesses and
business services offered by the City.
I
Your City Right Now-created by New Corporate eNewsletter, tour City.
Communications staff, and focuses on the Right Now is scheduled to belreleased at
main highlights of each online niche the end of June, 2014.
publication as well as key content from . '
other departments not represented such as The new eNewsletter will touc;h·on top
Customer Care, Fire Services, By-law subjects of existing niche pubjications as
Enforcement, Capital Projects & well as general Interest news that will be
Infrastructure, Transportation and Traffic, reviewed seasonally by Corporate
and Planning & Design. This is intended to Communications staff.
be a seasonal publication designed to raise
the profile of municipal affairs and educate
the public in plain language on important
initiatives happening in their community.
Municipal Matters (internal, for staff only)-
An eNewsletter designed to update staff on
internal initiatives and staff opportunities, .
such as volunteering, employee
enhancement opportunities, and employee
events. The newsletter also provides an
opportunity to highlight new Corporate
projects and initiatives.
~-------------------------------~-------
Last Revised: June 13, 2014. 27
N __. _,
ATTACHMENTLl~rQ_flEPORr !!~ 1 & -r 1
"2014 Annual Update Report: City of Pickering Community Engagement Strategy (Priorities for 2013-2014)
I Priority I Action -------p:~rogress Update I Lead Department]
Develop a
comprehensive
annual report to
citizens that provides
·a detailed and ·
informative account
-of city activities
during the past year
Coordinator, Public Affairs, with the assistance
of Durham College interns, plan on researching
this project over the summer months of 2013.
Staff will present all information including cost,
staff resources, etc. to the Mayor and CAO by
the end of the summer before proceeding.
Produce an annual report for both public and
internal customers. Annual report will cov.er
activities undertaken by Fire Services in the
past year highlighting engagement programs
such as the Home Safety and After the Heat
·programs.
Last Revised: June 13, 2014
This. initiative will l~unch with the
introduction of a Corporate seasonal
eNewsletter, scheduled for the end of June
2014.
Annually.
28
N __.
co
rATTACHMENT#_& "~ /i.p-!Lf
Introduction
This report is intended to be the basis for an engagement strategy for the City of Pickering. It a~tempts to answer
two basic questions that are central to the sense of purpose and unity that are important to any community.
How do we do things together? What are we working towards?
F~rst, let's admit it: Engagement has become a buzzword. It's appealing because as a word, the idea of
engagement sounds like a promise. And at a time when the bonds of community are strained, When neighbours can
feel like strangers, and when any of us struggle to make time for family and friends, much less for civic good works
and volunteer causes, engagement sounds like something we very much want-like a one-word solution to fix
everything that doesn't feel right.
Unfortunately, engagement isn't simply something that you do or a set of techniques that you can apply-though
some can help. Instead, it's a culture and an ethos that can only be built with time.
This culture of engagement gets built when we ask ourselves:
When we do things together, are we acting out of respect and appreciation for one another? D<D we try to widen the
circle or restrict access? When we do things together, are we left wanting to do more together, pr do we become
tired and feel worn down?
And, are we working towards the same goals? Do we share similar values? Do we understand one another's
priorities? Are we thinking big picture and long-term?
To!Ju Uwr A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
N
N
0
Whether implicitly or explicitly, when we 'touch the state' by accessing local services, contacting an elected
representative, or even when we board a local bus, read the news, walk through a park or attend a public meeting,
we might ask ourselves any of these questions. Our response tells us whether we should do more, care more and
invest more. In an engaged community, that answer will be yes. '
Of course, these are difficult questions for government. After all, government exists to:get things done.
Government is how a community acts collectively. Governments must carefully steward their resources and weigh
difficult priorities. On top of ensuring that roads get built, and sewers get drained, that fires are put out and
inspections are conducted-and the thousand other practical tasks of local government-concerning oneself with
such 'soft' questions can seem like just another distraction from the real work of running a city. 1
Rather than ask such open-ended questions, it's easier to focus on transactions you can measJre where you can
count how long a person waits on a phone, or evaluate the attitude and manner of city staff. As a back-stop, there's
always the accountability of the electoral system. "Don't like my work? Then you can show me the door at the next
election."
Responsive, excellent customer service. Effective representation. Make no mistake, both are essential elements to
good local government. But the argument of this report is that when it comes to sustaining a positive relationship
between residents and local government these two elements alone don't add up to an engaged, connected
community. Something more is required.
What we need are better answers to the questions How do we do things together? and What are we working
towards? As a matter of principle, an engaged community starts with these questions and keeps asking these
questions. Deciding to ask is what gets you there.
To!)Plher ;lnd Toward:;: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 2
N
N __...
Why focus on engagement?
Engagement isn't a panacea, but by focussing on the culture of engagement within a community, local government can begin to address many of
the root causes of apathy, cynicism, misinformation and disinterest. In their place, a strong culture of engagement provides residents with a
greater sense of agency, purpose, connectedness and responsibility-qualities which are sometimes referred to as 'social capital.' High levels of
social capital are essential for healthy, well-functioning communities.
We focus on engagement in order to:
Build trust ... between Pickering residents and local
government
Build capacity ... to support a vibrant civic economy
Build citizens ... who are engaged, informed and able to
make a constructive contribution to theircity
Build culture ... that is distinctive, welcoming and positive
Tow:tlv:r A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 3
N
N
N
I ATTACHMENT# :) . TO REPORT #_04}. I G -I i
Touching the State
Do encounters with city services, council, planning exercises and city communications
foster more trust, capability and confidence or less? Each resident's impression works to
either build up or wear down civic morale and engagement.
Residents
City Council
City Services
City Planning
City Communications
"The City Experience"
Together and Towilrclc;: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
High trust
High capacity
Engaged citizens
Strong culture
i Low trust
Low capacity
Disengaged citizens
Weak1.culture
4
N
N w
r---~~~~-~-----.
LATTACHMENT # dv TO REPORT# C( I f{_p-I~-
Five Premises
Here are five premises we've employed in drafting this report. Deliberately provocative, they are intended to help question the assumptions we easily
make when we think about public engagement and the role of government Together, they describe a 'paradigm of public engagement' where
government has responsibility and must take the lead to create a local culture where government and residents work together more effectively
towards common goals.
1. Engagement is something that you earn. It's not something that you do.
2. Engagement and learning are flip sides of the same coin. Government has a pedagogic res'ponsibility to
its citizens-to make its decisions, plans and services more intelligible-and create a more informed
public.
3. Local government is a platform for social and civic development. It can become a platform for
engagement and learning as well.
4 .. Effective communication is critical. Currently government lacks sufficient channels to adequately convey
quality information and create a culture of engagement. It also needs to step off the 'message track'.
5. It's not them, it's you. Creating a culture of engag~ment starts with government-from council to
managers to staff. Organizational change is the first step towards community change.
l(,qcthcr ;mel A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 5
N
N ..,::...
[ATTAGHMENT:;;:cz: io R-EPORT# ci:j Ue -t'f
There are three 'i's' in engagement
If Pickering residents are going to work
together towards common goals and a
shared vision for their city, they need three
things: They need to be invited, they need
more information and they need to see the
impact of their involvement.
An invitation needs to be more then a
notice or an ad ~ if needs to be direct and,
to the greatest extent possible, it should be
personal and correspond to'the resident's
interests.
Information needs to be intelligible and
accessible. City government can no longer
rely on local press to carry the message. Nor
can it trust in social media to organically
convey information. Instead, government
needs to create its own direct
communications channels to residents and
become increasingly skilled at
differentiating between advertising,
communicating and informing residents.
Residents have a strong sense of the value
of their time. If they're to become involved
than they need to see tangible results and
understand to what extent their contribution
will make an imp~ct.
lnformatio
~ Receive news concerning city
andcity events
~ Become more knowledgable about
city decisions, procedures and
services
~ Have a strong sense of place
because of strong wayfinding
signage and city iconography
~ Access city information with ease
A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 6
N
N
CJ1
/AnAcFlMENT;Z_TO~ro~~ l{f-IL{
Mixed mindsets
When it comes to the business of satisfying citizens and residents, there are a lot of competing concepts and terms. Customer service, stakeholder
consultation and public engagement are three major models for describing different approaches to government interaction with citizens.
Customer service
The drive across government to provide better
'customer' or 'client' service is in almost all
respects a very welcome thing. A focus on
service excellence has improved public
satisfaction with government services, while in
many instances, also reducing their costs.
Because government must constantly transact
business with citizens, and these transactions
are a touch point between government and
citizens, it's reasonable that these transactions
be as simple and pleasant as possible.
However, taken too far, this model can also
imply that government is merely a service
provider. Like a vending machine that
dispenses goods, it gets kicked and rattled by
users when the product gets stuck.
Treating citizens as customers also tends to
reinforce the idea that residents are self-
interested consumers rather than constructive
and contributing members of the community.
Left unchecked this mindset can lead
government towards a restrictive and
counterproductive view of the public as an
insatiable and often irrational force that is out
for individual gain and therefore must be
managed.
Stakeholder consultation
As government evolves to legislate more
widely and in greater technical detail, it
necessarily relies on the counsel and
perspective of those stakeholders most likely
to be affected by government action.
Stakeholders are useful to government: they
bring expertise and usually advocate for a
clear outcome which government can weigh
against its own understanding of the issue.
What's more, convening stakeholders and
soliciting their views is often much easier for
government than approaching residents with
little background or immediate interest in a
government proposal.
Stakeholders are a convenient source of input
and have become increasingly central to the
policy-making process.
However, relying too heavily on stakeholders
can lead to interest-based negotiations arnong
a professionalized cohort of advocates, and
can lead government towards conclusions that
may not accurately represent the best
interests of their constituents.
A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
Public engagement
Public engagement requires government to
share some degree of planning and decision-
making responsibility with citizens. It assumes
that government will make better, more
informed, and popular decisions when it
enjoys the benefit of greater public
participation and involvement.
Public engagement activities operate on two
levels simultaneously. They are intended to
help revitalize democracy and reinforce
institutional legitimacy, build citizenship and
foster a sense of community. At the same time
and rnore visibly, any engagement activity is
also directed towards a productive task. It is
intended to help government create a plan,
solve a problem or create tangible public
value.
The Public Engagement model assumes
citizens are curious, interested, and
community-minded -even in the face of
contrary evidence. It encourages creative
problem-solving by knitting individuals and
groups into larger and more extensive
networks that support a shared sense of place
and purpose.
7
N
N en
r-~--~~·-··-~~ .. -·~~-n-a ·J
j ATTACHi~EN~-!!_~ TO REPORT tt ~ J{f -I t
Exchanging versus engaging
Goal:
Decision-
making and
problem-
solving
Goal:
Interaction
in service
delivery
Exchanges with Citizens Engagement with Citizens
Inform Consult
Provide the public Receive and
with balanced respond to resident
objective requests and
information to complaints.
assist them in
understanding the Obtain public
problem, feedback on
alternatives, analysis,
opportunities and I alternatives and I
or solutions or decisions -.
Provide Consult
Receive and
Provide servic~s respond to resident
and enforce laws requests and
and regulations complaints.
with courtesy,
attentiveness and Obtain public
responsiveness to feedback on quality
citizens of or satisfaction
with services
* Chart; Connected Communities: Local Governments as a Partner in Citizen
Engagement and Community Building, James Svara and Janet Denhardt eds., Arizona
State University for the Alliance for Innovation.
Tor;ethcr Tm<nrd:;: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
One o\ the first concepts public
engagement practitioners learn is
the IAP2 continuum of engagement
which runs from simple
communication activities to the
outright empowerment of citizens.
James Svara and Janet Denhardt
view it :differently and have adapted
the IAP2 continuum to make a firm
distinction between information
"exchange" and citizen
"engagement".
Svara and Denhardt criticize
exchange activities as 'thin'
consultation, which often fail to meet
the public's expectations for
involvement or create a sense of
shared ownership. Though exchange
activities still have an important role
to play-especially in supporting
more robust engagement activities
-government should avoid
portraying routine 'exchanges' with
citizens as insistences of more
substantial 'engagement'.
8
N
N
-.I
r~~~-, . .,.,.,....,-...,..,..,.."",..,..,.,.,..,... .... ~, . """""':"l • ~
.f ATTACHMENT tt ~. _T~.!lf3l.i!_~ I (f -rL{ _
Defining a culture of engagement
For example:
~ Invest in prominent long-
range planning exercises
Create a 'community
conversation' with a city
lecture series,
neighbourhood dialogues,
and deliberate civic
programming
Create a narrative and
brand for the city's
development
Demonstrate public
accountability and
responsiveness
Look ahead at the
legislative agenda and
identify early on those
opportunities to involve
the public in planning and
decision-making
Invest in the professional
skills and supportive
measures necessary to
facilitate good public
processes
Champion citizen
involvement as a source
of legitimacy and
credibility
Develop new
communication channels
to reach residents .
consistently and directly,
increasing the city's
communications footprint
Develop a communication
strategy that is about
more than 'messaging'
. Actively compensate for
the consequences of
inadequate and declining
local media
A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
Frame public
conversations as problem-
solving rather than
preference-setting
Develop a 'citizen service'
strategy that identifies all
of the ways Pickering
residents can give back
and serve their city
Dismantle over-zealous
liability and health and
safety barriers to
volunteerism and
community initiative
Use government as a
platform for learning as
well as social and
personal development
Promote staff with a
natural facility for
explaining and sharing
what they know
Create a civic curriculum
to formalize opportunities
for residents to become
better informed and active
g
N
N
CD
Our process
Our process began with general research of best practices in citizen engagement by municipalities and one-on-one and small group interviews with Council and senior staff.
Our findings from this first phase were prepared in an interim report and formed the basis for the program taken up in the second phase of workshops with Council, City staff,
Citizen Advisory Committee members and community leaders. Their guidance forms the basis for the recommendations contained in this report.
Research
Feb/Mar
Survey of innovative municipal
engagement strategies and
initiatives.
Interviews
April
24 individual or small-group
interviews with elected
officials and staff representing
the departments/
offices of:
Mayor
5 councillors
Sustain ability
Library
Fire Services
Customer & Admin
Services
Community Services
Corporate Services
Planning & Development
City Clerk
City Solicitor
CAO
Preliminary Report
May
Preliminary findings:
Interview results
Best practices overview
Workshop program
anci f()Wdrds: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
Workshops
May
Consultation sessions with:
Senior staff/Council
City staff
Community leaders
Citizen Advisory
Committee members
Final Report
September
Final report and presentation
including:
Interview results
Workshop results
Framing engagement
Proposed priorities
10
Interviews
Twenty-four members of Council and senior staff lent us their time and experience, and contributed their insights to this process.
They gave us candid assessments of Pickering's internal and external engagement processes, and helped to identify ways that
the engagement strategy will raise the bar in future.
"""lnnm<>n+ of an engagement strategy for i
N w
0
ATTACHMENT It IWREPORT n=._tKJ, 0 _, L{ ,.,.,~ .. ,.,.,..."'"-'~"-.-,"'!'~"'=-·~,.,,'""'""'-.,..·=""~=..,..,.~~,,·,-..:-,-,.,.,~.,-"""".~""''':·.,o-.•r.•. ,."-=·_,~,-,..,."-'>--,....-.~,-••. )
Who we interviewed:
We requested an hour with city councillors and senior staff across all departments. Though we followed a similar list of questions, the conversations varied widely as each
person described their efforts to engage the public, as well as their perceptions of the potential for improving the relationship between residents and local government.
Dave Ryan
Mayor
Peter Rodrigues
Regional Councillor Ward 3
Bill Mclean
Regional Councillor Ward 2
Jennifer O'Connell
Regional Councillor Ward 1
Kevin Ashe
City Councillor Ward 1
David Pickles
City Councillor Ward 3
Everett Buntsma
Director, Community Services
Richard Holborn
Division Head, Engineering Services
Steve Reynolds
Division Head, Culture & Recreation
Bill Douglas
Fire Chief
Gord Ferguson
Deputy Chief, Training & Fire Prevention
Steve Fowlds
Fire Prevention Officer
Thomas Melymuk
Director, Office of Sustainability
Chantal Whitaker
Coordinator, Sustainability
Gil Paterson
Director, Corporate Services
Cathy Grant
CEO, Library
Toqell!er TcHMards: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
Neil Carroll
Director, Planning & Development
Catherine Rose
Manager, Policy
Grant McGregor
Principal Planner, Policy
Deborah Wylie
Senior Planner, Policy
Judy Hodgson
Manager, Customer & Admin. Services
Tony Prevedel
CAO
Debbie Shields
City Clerk
Paul Bigioni
City Solicitor
12
N
(1.) __.
Highlights from what we heard:
"Pickering has to become something
different. We've been mandated to
become something different. We've
got to put our density somewhere -
how are we going to get peopla to
help us decide where it's going to
go?"
"Can we make engagement enjoyable, as
opposed to a threatening adversarial
relationship?"
"If you're going to invite people out to
something, you'd better make it worth their
while."
"Something new needs to take place if we're
going to bring the city together as one."
"Better engagement will, ultimately, be more
successful than simply more engagement."
"People want to be a part of something ... And
they want to bring their kids."
"When it comes to engaging the public, we
have no strategic vision. There's no plan."
"Inadvertently, we've created procedures that
allow for a very antagonistic engagement
process."
"We want to see the balance shift so
public leadership and involvement is
more equal. It's time the public
stepped up, and we need to reach out
and take the ideas of the community."
"We don't have so much ego and pride
invested in these things that public input
pisses us off. That's a strength of ours. And
we get the opportunity to say to people 'we
heard you, and we're responding to what you
had to say."'
"The public can undermine your best
endeavours by simply not showing
up."
"Sure, I want to send out more information to
residents. As I have to do that myself, the
price of a more informed voter is that I'm
now the biggest spender on Council."
A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
"We'd like to see more structure not
complexity, so we can be confident that what
we are doing represents the public will."
"We don't engage early enough."
"Staff is willing to learn. I think there's a
respect for the public, but we've never been
trained. We don't know what to do."
"Council is not getting a balanced
view from the public. A vocal minority
· tends to co-opt the public voice."
"Everybody is living in double-income
households and running around to fifty
sporting events for their children. It's a
lifestyle practically designed to leave people
with no time to think about their community."
"Can we blame them? Unless there's an
issue at the end of their driveway, why would
they decide to go through the city paper to
see what community meetings are coming
up?"
13
N w
N
14?-IL{
What we learned from the interviews
What works well:
Municipal government is closest to the people, and the most
accessible
Council and staff are available and accessible to members of the
public. City representatives are active in the community. Pickering
welcomes inquiries or input from residents through formal and informal
channels.
Structural changes within the corporation are working
Staff enjoy working in cross-disciplinary and multi-departmental teams.
They appreciate greater discretion and responsibility for their work.
They are keen to learn from each other and the public.
Pickering is a respectful and harmonious multicultural
community
Newcomers are welcomed into the community and becorne involved in
civic affairs. The level of anxiety around intercultural relations and
newcomer integration is very low.
The City are keen to employ new technologies and practices
There is a great deal of excitement for new ways of communicating and
interacting with the public. A revamped website, the customer care
centre, telephone town halls, social media, "mayor for a day", and
sustain ability events at the downtown mall were all mentioned as
initiatives the City could expand and build upon.
Community building events are highly popular
When the City bf Pickering throws a party, people turn up. Canada Day
events, Ribfest, recreation and library membership, and Pickering
Blooms enjoy a high degree of participation and support.
What needs work:
Pickering lacks a corporate approach to public engagement
Individual councillors and departments have their own approaches to public
engagement, while some departments, such as Planning, must adhere to
provincial standards for notification and consultation. This leaves the public
with no sure sense of where the City stands and how it will reach out. Equally,
it leaves staff and councillors feeling isolated and unsupported.
We aren't learning enough from our mistakes
Pickering lacks evaluation standards and debriefing practices for its
engagement initiatives. Learning across the corporation is limited, and
the City is not building institutional memory to replicate successes and
correct failu.res.
A vocal minority has an outsized impact
A small group of highly active citizens plays an outsized role in
influencing public policy. Less active residents only come out to a
meeting if they are upset or unhappy with a situation. As a result, broad
and inclusive representation of public opinion is hard to achieve, as only
vocal individuals with a stake in the outcome attend.
The structure of pubiic engagement discourages
participation
Despite best intentions, the structure of current public engagement
exercises exacerbates barriers to participation. The formal rules of
Standing Committees and delegations to Council meetings prevent
some citizens from communicating their views in their own words or
through different avenues. Residents are often asked for their input too
late in the policy process to make a real impact on the outcome.
Pickering does not demonstrate responsiveness to citizen input
The City asks residents for their input, but seldom demonstrates that it is
listening. Perceived lack of responsiveness from the City alienates those who
made the effort to contribute and discourages resident participation.
;, nd A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 14
"' (.1)
(.1)
Priorities from the interviews
1. Develop Pickering's sense of community
Engagement should expand opportunities for residents to contribute to their city's development. The strategy should build a community that gives
people more reason to move to Pickering and stay here. Participation should strengthen the connections between neighbours, and give the
different communities in Pickering more chances to interact and share experiences.
2. Determine a corporate approach to engagement
Staff are keen for more opportunities to learn how to conduct public engagement. Some asked for a dedicated staffer who could liaise
across departments and provide advice and support. Councillors want to see a more informed public and are frustrated that general
information such as newsletters come out of their council budgets and are not part of dedicated City outreach.
3. learn new techniques
There was significant interest in exploring the range of possibilities or different models for engagement. Both councillors and staff were
curious and open to new ideas. They understood that engagement could take place in many forms, as opposed to fitting into just one area of
politics.
4. Evaluate the value of different approaches to engagement
Time, money, and value were all prime considerations for staff and Council. Determining concrete goals and outcomes, including ways to
assess the 'bang for the buck', are necessary to ensure that engagement processes are appropriate, effective, and cost-effective.
5. Work with the public to solve problems together
Both Council and staff are eager for new ways to overcome the antagonistic relationship between government and the public that can arise from
current consultation methods.
A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 15
Workshops
We held six workshops: two for Council and senior staff, two for staff, one for resident members of the Citizen Advisory
Committees, and one for leaders of community organizations. Over one hundred people participated in the voluntary workshops.
The workshops were an opportunity to think about the character and quality of interactions between the City, residents and
community organizations, and to identify where Pickering is doing well and where-and how-we need to raise our game.
N w
(}'I
RTTA' ., . j' ' ·" ~ -'", !r· ~ "'~"'''"' c h,1 I~-I Lf H LHMENT ff '~._ .! l]· HfJ-'1 H-l' l :?:!: . )(j I Lf! -..,_ ~ "-"• tl t.-.. ..J ~,_j~ iJ IJi! ;t
A vision for a more engaged community
Over a series of collaborative activities and discussions, the workshop participants reached a rough consensus concerning their vision for a more engaged community.
An informed community
"People call me and .say their taxes are too high. Once they hear how their tax money is actually spent, they start to think they get a pretty good
deal." -Pickering councillor
Workshop participants, especially Council and City staff, are eager to raise public knowledge of municipal affairs. They want to increase the amount
of accessible public information and see residents better informed, sooner, about issues that concern them. They are very interested in better
equipping residents to contribute to the policy process, and seek to achieve more informed pubic input into City initiatives, particularly around
planning. Community leaders and citizen advisors agreed that more can be done to educate residents, and want to see additional and ongoing
training for councillors. All participants looked forward to a better and more constructive dialogue between the City and residents.
A vibrant community
"We could partner and do things together, but we've never met before today." -Local community .leader
Participants agreed that while many Pickering residents are highly involved in their community, greater interest from more residents is required to
sustain and grow community organizations. They want to ensure all residents-including minorities, newcomers, and people of any age-can
easily tap into and participate in civic life.
An engaged community-and corporation
"We're taxpayers too! We don't like the waste. Ask us how we can do things better." -Frontline city staff
For most workshop participants, especially frontline staff, community leaders and citizen advisors, developing a culture of engagement was essential
for the City's success. Staff are keen for more opportunities to work together across departments and collaborate across the corporation to solve
shared challenges. Staff are eager to play a greater role in reaching out to the public and increasing the City's profile in the community. The majority
of workshop participants want to see meaningful consultation become the norm for Pickering, on issues large and small.
A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 17
N w
en ~frACHMENT it 0 ._T_9_fl~EQ~r~=~~ I & -I if
A vision for a more engaged community
A responsive community
"We should be able to know-and show-that the City is doing what is best for the whole community."-Senior city staff
Participants expressed their desire for council and staff to provide services in complete confidence that they are responding to community priorities.
They want a process that allows the City to consult with residents who are broadly representative of the city's population and collect advice that
goes beyond individual or group interest. They hope to act with even greater legitimacy and publicize how the City has collected and acted on public
input.
A Council committed to a better, more transparent and collaborative way of working
"People come to Council to see a motion passed, and half the time they can't even tell when it's happened" -Pickering councillor
Workshop participants stressed the need for the policy-making process to be 'friendlier' and more accessible for Pickering's residents. More
convivial public meetings and council/committee meetings were a priority. Participants also envisioned an expanded role for the City as a public .
educator. They felt the City could take an active role in helping residents to learn about municipal governance through introductory 'Civics 101'
courses or workshops on how to run for municipal office. They also suggested the City expand or adopt best practices for plain language'
communication, and called for a 'translation' of council and committee procedures to make the policy-making process easier to understand.
Tone!ller \llld li::Hilliltd:c•: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 18
I'V w
-.J
Barriers to a culture of engagement
After they described their aspirations for Pickering, workshop participants identified barriers, real or perceived, to achieving municipal goals.
The City has limited modes of outreach to the public
Residents who do not or cannot access the City's website can only receive information about municipal initiatives through the New Advertiser or sporadic
newsletters from councillors.
Councillors dominate citizen advisory committees and public meetings
Meetings are often overly formal, with councillor dominating the discussion. Committee members tend to defer to city councillors and need greater
autonomy and clarity about their roles.
The City lacks a clear long-term plan for economic and physical development
There is no formal agreement or vision to guide Pickering's development. Without an accepted, integrated plan, each new initiative leads to a clash of
competing visions and unnecessarily divisive decisions.
Voluntary organizations are in decline
An aging volunteer base is not being replenished. Residents are more motivated to advocate for single-issue campaigns, which tend to dissipate once the
issue is no longer pressing. They are less likely to commit to joining standing organizations such as rate-payer associations.
Limited transportation options hinder participation from some groups
Limited or onerous transit options pose barriers for citizens without access to personal vehicles, particularly youth and seniors.
Councillors only hear from a segment of the public
Only a small segment of the population contributes to public meetings or contacts their councillor. Accessing a broad, representative sample of the
population is a challenge.
l;r)).''<~:nrl·;: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 19
N w
00
~'·-·-·~·--·-~~·~~.....,.,..,~==-·~,~.,. ..... ~.,.._.~_,.-,.,.,_,.""', ...... ,... .... ....,..~ I J\TTACHMENT ft Jl_ TO REPORT#: _Ll(_l, I & -I Lf
~ = --~-'
Priorities from the workshops
· 1. Give residents a more productive role in decision-making
Workshop participants want the City to productive and meaningful role for residents to play in the policy process. Working together to reach a more
representative, better informed, more publicly minded dialogue about city issues and involving residents in a meaningful way much earlier in the policy
process were both regular themes at the workshops.
2. Increase quality and usage of public space
Participants suggested that improving the quality, availability and accessibility of public spaces would encourage residents to get out and get to know
each other. Developing long-range neighbourhood and transit plans in collaboration with residents, expanding the practice of mixed-use public
buildings and spaces, as well as working with developers and the region to increase the accessibility of City spaces were all cited as necessary
initiatives.
3. Maximize convening power
Frontline staff and community leaders enjoyed the opportunity the workshops presented to get together and discuss common issues. Many
community leaders met for the first time and, over the course of the conversation, identified opportunities for partnerships and collaboration between
their organizations. They emphasized the tremendous value created for learning and cooperation, and strongly encouraged the City to convene staff
and community groups more often.
4. Improve communication and raise the City's public profile
A common theme among the workshop recommendations was the need for the City to do more community outreach and shore up communications.
Many participants proposed offering introductory classes to help residents learn about municipal affairs. Similarly, they suggested extending
educational opportunities to staff and councillors by creating special courses on select city issues. Frontline staff and citizen advisors were keen to
increase the number and range of Public Information Centres and locate them in high-traffic areas around the city. Many workshop participants also
suggested reviewing the City's Municipal Performance Measures and using them to develop an accessible annual report I report card for residents.
5. Adopt culture of engagement-inside and out
Most workshop participants felt that adopting a culture of engagement would require an organizational change, not simply new tools or techniques.
Many -especially frontline staff and citizen advisors -are keen to lead the change internally by doing more to share information and break down
barriers between departments. They recommended placing a greater emphasis on learning and communications, and developing new ways of working
with each other as well as with the public.
awl Towarcb: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 20
. TO REPORT# CKII lP -''I . -~ ~"'"·········.. ·······••······· ...... _,_..~-·-··· ... ,. .......... ······ , ........... ~ ............... ~ .. ]
Are these residents a risk, an obligation, or a resource?
N
~
C)
-.. .. ·-·
# (1 ,1;c fl () ~~--{J f -'~ ·-=JX.~~~ ~ v~, vi·<; .w f ~coe~"'''•'~·'''·"'""·'"'·''·'··"''"· c .. "·'"'·'•'' '"''"' "·'·'"··••••''·""··'·'"'"~""'"" , .. ,,,~,,.~,.:....==:J
Five areas of focus
We've summarized our findings to describe the current reality and preferred future in five focus areas.
We then lay out four priorities for each focus area 'for achieving this change and building a culture of engagement.
Understanding
Engagement City Planning
City Council
'!<:>geth0r anrl Towcnclc,: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
City Services
City Communications
22
N
~ _.
ol.rl~t:-C'H,-,;"~~.~:~.,; ~:~c~·n---~-~ ; .. ·~--~, -~ I'--I· L/
Ni il. IVid\~~ .;£: . .,_~----HtPLlHI :#j; lO I
Describing cultural change
Understanding Engagement
Current State
The rationale for public engagement is unclear. A strong customer
service ethos supersedes the idea of Pickering residents as
constructive partners, and public engagement as a mechanism for
city-building and social development.
There is no consistent corporate approach to public engagement;
Current efforts are episodic and ad hoc.
City staff are interested in working more effectively with the public
but lack techniques and resources.
The City struggles to reach residents and communicate effectively.
Robust communications are essential for successful and sustained
engagement.
Future State
Investments in public engagement complement and support
perceptions of responsiveness and quality customer service. The
City works with residents in new ways to solve problems, build trust
and create value.
A public engagement strategy guides and unifies City efforts to
respond to, involve and empower residents. The strategy seeks to
strengthen the democratic fitness of residents as well as their
knowledge of City programs, service and plans.
A growing culture of engagement and learning rewards staff
innovation and collaboration.
Enhanced communication channels become a trusted and popular
way for residents to access information and become better
informed.
A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 23
I'.)
~
I'.)
r"'~-~...,..,-,,,,...,.,.,,,.""'-~~.,.,.,.,..__,.,=,="'~"'·=··,~~,,.,,,.,,., .... ..,..,:r~.,..,~.,.=.,.,,..,=.,.."'="""'~<;n.,."""·~·~ ... ·n -
IATTACHMENT#_c2__ TO REPORT# C@ J{p-/Lf
Describing cultural change
City Council
Current State
Councillors have mixed experiences working to engage local
residents. They cite low turnout, the potential for conflict, poorly
informed residents, and over-representation by vocal minorities and
local advocates as dissuasive factors.
The feedback and direction the City receives during consultation
processes are often inconclusive or of marginal value to Council.
There is little public interest in municipal affairs; voter turnout
continues to decline and several wards have gone uncontested.
Citizen Advisory Committees are a valued supplementary
mechanism for soliciting input to Council. More could be done to
recruit new members and strengthen the focus and value of each
committee's work.
Future State
A coordinated corporate strategy to engage residents improves the
experience of residents and councillors alike, leading to higher
overall levels of participation and greater confidence in the
engagement process.
New, more robust engagement processes focussed on the big
picture provide clarity concerning citizen priorities, and help to
create a common agenda for councillors and staff.
Local government makes it a priority to reverse these trends, and
deploys new communication strategies to raise public interest.
The Advisory Committees work with the City to devise new
performance measurements concerning recruitment, turnover and
achieving specific annual goals. Committee members share
responsibility not only for representing but also for engaging the
wider community, and are supported by City staff.
a nci A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 24
N .p.
w
AITACHMENT#"6< m REP0Rr; "Ell 1 (p -1 '-f
-· --~
Describing cultural change
City Planning
Current State
Long-standing issues such as neighbourhood intensification, the
airport lands and Seaton development remain highly divisive.
Development typologies remain predominantly suburban and do
not foster a more convivial, 'downtown experience'.
Development decisions and notices appear sudden and perplexing
to many residents.
Statutory requirements concerning land use and development are
treated as sufficient specifications for public consultation, and
rarely produce useful or constructive input.
Future State
High profile, long-term planning processes are used as a creative
and essential communications, engagement and learning tool to
build public consensus concerning major growth and new
development.
Pickering adopts a long-term strategy to use new growth to knit
together existing communities, creating agreater sense of place
and destination, and begins to reduce car dependency within new
developments.
City growth and development are recast from something that
'happens to you' to something that 'happens with you'. Planning
communications become more intelligible and reinforce a positive
narrative concerning city-building.
Statutory requirements are treated as minimum specifications, as
the department pilots new mechanisms for engaging the public.
. A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 25
N
.,J::o.
.,J::o.
~ .. . ,.,~-·-·m-·~=T•~""''''~·•·=~~=--•~'~"~"'"·~ Lf
ATTACHMENT #_6L_ TO REPORT# C!Ci l{p-/1
Describing cultural change
City Services
Current State
City staff enjoy strong morale and take pride in their work providing
essential services and programs to Pickering residents. They also
recognize ways they could provide services more efficiently or
serve residents more effectively.
City services and programs are extensive but not altogether' well-
known by residents. Similarly, the cost of providing City services
-or of local government as a whole -is not well understood by
residents.
Services and programs have long legacies and are maintained
according to demand.
Future State
City staff routinely collaborate across departments, sharing data,
while identifying new ways to streamline services and create public
value. 'Inside' entrepreneurialism is encouraged, and collaboration
rewarded
Services and programs are well~known and used by residents;
Greater public awareness of city finances encourages a more open
discussion concerning revenue options, and investment, and
greater mindfulness among all city staff to steward resources
carefully
Services and programs are periodically reviewed and redesigned
with residents and users to promote innovation and efficacy;
Learnings are publicized and shared
To9elher and Towards: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 26
N
-'="" CJ1
ATTACHMENT tl -:~~r=~T"-·0·~."-"R"'"j;~~O~o~R,~~~~:-~"R·"i I (p-l ~·
' .. ------..,y ~-g 'IFII..,~}J . ..~......,.~ ... ---~-»
Describing ·cultural change
City Communications
Current State
Pickering lacks a strong civic brand; City iconography is used
inconsistently.
A new Pickering web site increases transparency and access to
city information and services.
A heavy emphasis is placed on the promise of social media to the
exclusion of more substantive, narrative-based communications.
Local media is weak and provides inconsistent coverage of local
news and events to residents.
Future State
A strong civic brand and enhanced graphic standards across city
properties and services provide the basis for a new way-finding
system for the city, creating a stronger sense of place and local
character.
The Pickering website continues to expand and add new features,
becoming a single point-of-access for a majority of city services
and city communications.
In addition to electronic media, new annual print publications mailed
directly to homeowners dramatically increase the flow and quality
of city information available to residents.
Pickering is noted as a leader in civic communications and
becomes increasingly creative in its efforts to communicate with
residents, projecting a confident and inclusive image of a dynamic,
welcoming and growing city.
Together A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering '27
N
..j::o
en
--.. __ ""~"="--~,~,.~~~'""''"'=---.. --~----~-"-1 'L1 ATTACHMENT#._~ TO ..!!EPORT#~ II,; -I I
Twenty recommended engagement priorities
Understanding
Engagement
City Council
City Planning
City Services
City
Communications
Create a new learning and
engagement unit to advise
council and departments
Pass a motion concerning
the city's commitment to
engagement and adopt a
strategy on public
engagement and learning
Develop a 100 year vision for
Pickering to guide planning
and build public consensus
Pilot new public challenges
competitions to improve
service delivery and create
public value
Develop a long-term strategy
for providing information to
residents, compensating for
diminished local media
Develop and offer an annual
introductory civics course to
Pickering residents
Ask all departments to report
on opportunities for resident
engagement and learning
Continue to review statutory
obligations concerning
consultation with a view to
exceeding minimum
requirements
Create an inter-service
frontline working group to
share information and
coordinate activities
Develop a new civic brand
strategy to better distinguish
city geography, facilities,
services and communications
Togc!ller and Tow<Jrds: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering
Develop a one-day public
engagement training
program for staff to improve
skills and understanding
Adopt new, more deliberative
techniques for involving
residents in decision-making
Involve engagement
specialists in the design of
public consultations to
support major city planning
exercises
Create a co-production task
force to review opportunities
to devolve, enhance or share
city services with residents
and local groups
Organize a single repository
for opt-in contact information
with the goal of being able to
email 50% of Pickering
residents within two years
Set clear benchmarks and
measures for increasing
public engagement and
report annually
Review citizen advisory
committees with an aim to
widen participation and revise
their Terms of Reference
Engage citizens to enhance
current design principles
concerning the conviviality of
proposed developments
Work with residents to
periodically review and
redesign city services and
programs
Develop a comprehensive
annual report to citizens that
provides a detailed and
informative account of city
activities during the past year
28
N
~ _,
··~·-. '""·~~-·-·--~~.--.---·---=---~~--~-"-'"·"''-~! J
ATTACHMENT it _J_ T_Q.B_EPORT it _f~j I fo ._ I f
Understanding
Engagement
1. Create a new learning and engagement unit to advise council and departments
Establish a team of two city staff members to receive training and serve as in-house,
part-time experts on public engagement. This 'engagement and learning unit' would
act as internal champions and as resources for all staff and councillors seeking to
consult with the public, while also assuming responsibility for recording and
reporting on the City's efforts to engage the public more effectively. The unit would
not act as facilitators or conduct public meetings, but would instead consult and
provide advice to different city business units. This approach will help the City learn
from its experiences, and increase its internal capacity to undertake engagement
activities.
2. Develop and offer an annual introductory civics course to Pickering residents
Municipalities across North America have developed introductory courses on local
government that are proving to be surprisingly popular with residents. An inter-
departmental staff group would determine the curriculum, and a member of each
department's senior team would be responsible for developing and presenting their
portion of the programs. Participants in the program would meet City staff, learn
about City responsibilities and services, as well as current issues before Council. The
program would have the dual benefit of assisting staff to become more skilled at
presenting technical information in lay terms and knowledge-sharing. Held annually,
the four to six session course would increase residents' knowledge of City issues,
and provide more residents with -an on-ramp to to access City Hall and become more
involved in local government.
3. Develop a one-day public engagement training program for staff to improve skills and understanding
Successful public engagement requires intentional design and skillful execution. With
the assistance of engagement professionals, develop a training program for staff to
better understand the models, methods, and rationale behind public engagement. A
one-day course would orient staff to different techniques for responding to different
community needs, and provide basic principles for creating a more engaged
community. Engagement professionals and City staff should develop the program
jointly, adopting a 'train the trainer' model so staff will subsequently be equipped to
repeat the program periodically and provide refresher courses.
4. Set clear benchmarks and measures for increasing public engagement and report annually
Include clear goals in the engagement strategy to benchmark the uptake of
engagement techniques across City departments. Demonstrate the City's
commitment to involving the public in City affairs by setting goals for quality and
quantity of public enagement practices and publicizing the results. Anticipate-gradual
expansion and improvement over the first few years of implementation. Evaluating
how well the City is living up to its own goals and publicizing progress will signal to
the public that the City is sincere in its efforts and ambitious in its intent, and will set
Pickering apart as a City committed to excellence in public participation.
Touctilcr ;:;nd Towz.:rds: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 29
N
~
00
r-=----· ·-··~· -· ~-'"'~. ··-~=-~~·-.:·~-.0&"1 J [ I_ATTACH~ENT_~ REPORT~-I Lf' -1-r
City Council
5. Pass a· motion concerning the city's commitment to engagement and adopt a strategy on learning and engagement
"Statements of commitment" are routinely used by public bodies to define a common
understanding and demonstrate willingness to uphold a set of values, practices, or a
general code of conduct. As work begins to create a new engagement strategy for
Pickering, develop a corresponding Council motion to publicly express the City's
commitment to effective public engagement and their desire to create a more
engaged community. The commitment should be brief and straight-forward, and
supply an easy rule-of-thumb for Council to use in living up to its commitment.
6. Ask all departments to report on opportunities for resident engagement and learning
Set practical goals for engagement by first consulting within each City department,
working with senior and frontline staff to identify the major challenges they face and
opportunities for public involvement. Identify opportunities for engagement by asking:
what are the upcoming decisions we need to make? What are the greatest sources
of conflict between our department and the public? What are the big projects we
want to take on? What is the need in the community we're not sure how to meet? A
thorough evaluation by each department will help model good internal engagement,
garner staff buy-in for engagement initiatives, and develop a culture of thinking of
the public as an ally in solving shared problems.
7. Adopt new, more deliberative techniques for involving residents in decision-making
Public deliberation entails members of the community coming together to exchange
views and experiences with one another and generating shared recommendations
for use by government. As opposed to a situation where individual and groups
presenftheir opinion directly to government and where government is solely
responsible for reconciling divergent views, deliberation shares this responsibility
with all stakeholders and the public. There are many methods of deliberative public
consultation, and overall the practice has been shown to diminish tensions between
elected officials, increase resident understanding and acceptance of government
decisions, and result in better decisions informed by the community. Make the
expansion of deliberative practice at regular intervals throughout each Council term a
major goal of the engagement strategy, and aim to incorporate some element of
deliberation and problem-solving in every public engagement initiative.
8. Review Citizen Advisory Committees with an aim to widen participation and revise their Terms of Reference
Citizen Advisory Committees have long played a constructive role in assisting Council
and providing the City with expertise and insight from Pickering residents. They are
the principal standing mechanism through with the City receives citizen input. On the
occasion of developing a public engagement strategy for Pickering, it makes sense
to examine the work and membership of these committees more closely. A review
should look to see how recruitment can be strengthened, the interface between
Council and the committees improved, and whether an annual plan for each
committee could be developed that would provide each committee with greater
autonomy and a clearer sense of purpose.
Together and Towards: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 30
N
..j:oo
c:o
~~~~flE~I·~;~~~j~Q~~?.oRT .. !-~~~ Jto -I Lf
City Planning
9. Develop a 100 year vision to guide planning and build public consensus
Establish the vision, principles, and goals for a 100 year vision plan for Pickering.
Involve Council, staff, local groups and residents in a wide-ranging discussion that
examines the implications of growth over a long time horizon, and lifts the
conversation above the immediate political fray. A completed vision would detail the
community's aspirations for their city, affirm shared values, and provide a guideline as
well as priorities for development. This initiative could learn from the recent
experience of Calgary, which developed a 100 year plan in order to create public
consensus on the shape and character of future growth.
10. Continue to review statutory obligations concerning consultation with a view to exceeding minimum requirements
Statutory requirements for pwblic consultation cannot be avoided. However, provincial
regulations are often treated as the maximum that can be done, as opposed to the
minimum specification. Review Pickering's statutory obligations concerning public
consultation with the goal of raising the bar and providing staff with guidelines to go
beyond the statutory minimums in their efforts to consult the public on planning
matters. Treat statutory minimums as a baseline for more creative approaches to
communicating and engaging with residents. City staff have a strong desire for the
review, and have demonstrated strong instincts and aptitudes to build on the
statutory framework.
11. Involve engagement specialists in the design of public consultations to support major city planning exercises
Dedicated budgets for substantive public consultations should be set aside as a
percentage of overall project budgets. This would allow the city to retain engagement
specialists to support major planning exercises, and develop processes that are
comparable in scale and scope to the planning action being reviewed. Upfront
investment in substantive public engagement processes often reduces opposition
leading to costly delays and can lead to better quality development decisions that
enjoy greater public understanding and support.
12. Engage citizens to enhance current design principles concerning the conviviality of proposed developments
Pickering's zoning by-laws include regulations concerning height, setback, density
and many other standards to which developers must adhere. Work with residents to
develop standards for conviviality -regulations concerning physical attributes that
improve the warmth, sociability and liveliness of neighbourhoods and new
developments. The concept of development standards for conviviality stems from
the New Urbanism movement in the United States, and have helped to guide new
development in neighbouring Markham and other mid-sized suburban municipalities.
Establishing principles for conviviality will ensure new developments are consciously
contributing to community-building in Pickering.
A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 31
N
0'1
0
ATTAcHM00";2TO!JE~RT:E-=:&] /Lp -IL{
City Services
13. Pilot new 'public challenges' competitions to improve service delivery and create public value
Each year invite City Council to identify one major challenge they would like public
assistance in solving. Promote this challenge as a competition to schools, businesses
and residents and feature the submissions and proposed solutions. Challenges can
be broad like improving early years literacy, or much narrower, like finding a speedier
way to melt ice on sidewalks and public paths. Invite city staff and members of the
public to suggest their own challenges, and participate in evaluating the submissions.
An effective public challenges program can create a low-cost source of innovation,
and create a greater sense of public participation in meeting the challenges of local
government. Similar competitions are now being piloted throughoutthe UK, and a
new centre for public challenges has recently been created by their government's
National Endowment for Science, Technology and the Arts.
14. Create an inter-service frontline working group to share information and coordinate activities
Create an inter-departmental working group of frontline staff to share information
about their interactions with the public and challenges in providing services. By
meeting six times a year, this group will be able to assess the breadth of city services
to identify high-cost service interactions, inefficient services and 'frequent fliers' -
either individuals or events with high service demands. By comparing experiences
and taking a wider lens, this working group will be able to overcome silos and identify
issues that may otherwise languish just beneath the radar in multiple departments.
The working group will also be tasked with seeking opportunities to integrate
services, increase efficiency and creatively overcome service challenges.
Together and ~owards: A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 32
N
(11 __.
~~~~~gfl~i:-~[~ -io~r;~~~-~~ '(p -1 ~
City Services
15. Create a co-production task force to review opportunities to devolve, enhance or share city services with residents and local groups
Co-production is an approach where government and citizens partner in the delivery
of services. Simply put, it refers to local government accepting the contribution of
volunteers -or even contracting out services. to community non-profits -to deliver
City services. Though it may sound radical, co-production is already practiced in
Pickering in the form of the Eyes on the Street program, where instead of hiring
additional bylaw officers the City looks to residents to assume responsibility for
vigilance in their communities. In a tight fiscal environment, municipalities around the
world are looking at co-production as a means of providing quality services to
residents for less. Facing a shrinking budget and an affordable housing crisis the
town of Jacksonville, Florida, shifted their support from their own supportive housing
and instead funded Habitat for Humanity, who they discovered could house more
people faster and cheaper than their own service.
Create a task force with the mandate to review Pickering city services with an eye to
identify opportunities to improve provision through partnership with residents or local
groups, or to conserve resources or enhance service by devolving the service directly
to the community.
16. Work with residents to periodically review and redesign city services and programs
Establish a schedule and an appropriate methodology for periodically reviewing,
refreshing and redesigning city services and programs by involving residents and
service users. These sessions can be sources for new innovation and also
demonstrate accountability to Pickering residents. They are also useful for creating
greater appreciation for the limits of certain services and programs where innovation
and improvement proves challenging. Similar processes can also be used to evaluate
or gauge demand for new programs or service collaborations between, for instance,
the library system and the local school board, or a retirement home and the
Community Care Access Centre. Resulting documentation and lessons should be
shared with other municipalities to urge broader efforts across the province at
service innovation.
;1 nrl A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 33
N
(J1
N
IATTPJ;Hrv!ENT;.~K·~n··~;~Er·;·oi1··1~~;=~/P1 'Le ~ r L{ ~--=~-----.,.._-~=,_,==-----=-j
City
Communications
17. Develop a long-term strategy for providing information to residents and compensating for diminished local media
The decline of local media has been detrimental to municipal communications.
Without a strong local media presence Pickering must develop alternate means of
raising its profile and communicating with the public. Create a long-term
communication strategy to clarify the City's communication goals, and actions to
achieve them. Determine the hierarchy of City communications methods (Website, in-
person interaction, facebook, newsletters, recreation guide, etc.) and develop
outreach initiatives to drive residents to access each method. Developing the
communications strategy will help staff understand how to best employ the
communications tools at their disposal, and its implementation will help the City be
more deliberate and effective in how it conveys information to residents.
18. Develop a new civic brand strategy to better distinguish city geography, facilities, services and communications
Create a strong civic identity and brand to help staff, Council and residents tell the
Pickering story. Decide what is special about Pickering -what you want to
emphasize to attract people and businesses to the city. Make this idea the core of
the branding. Develop consistent imagery, colours, and typography to reinforce the
City's identity. Consider commissioning an easily identifiable and replicable symbol
for the City of Pickering. Deciding from among the shortlist is a great opportunity to
open the competition to public input. Clear, easily replicable symbols, consistently
applied not only to City documents, but also to City property, delineates public space
and evokes city pride. Rather than a flashy PR exercise, rethinking the City's
branding can initiate a public conversation about what residents and the City want
for their community, and how to put their best foof forward.
19. Organize a single repository for opt-in contact information; Set a goal of being able to email 50% of residents within two years
Online communication is integral to keeping the public informed and involved in City
affairs. Making the City's website appealing and user-friendly is one way to
encourage traffic, but relies on residents to regularly visit the site. Develop an opt-in
repository for resident contact information to increase the City's ability to reach out
directly to residents with important information. Initiate a kind of 'membership drive'
to collect residents' email addresses with the goal of being able to email 50% of
Pickering residents within one year. Consider referral competitions, prizes for the
'enth' person registered in the form of special invitations to City events or access to
City services, such as two hours of free, private ice time on a City rink for the block
who gets every house on their street to sign up with the City.
20. Develop a comprehensive annual report to citizens that provides a detailed and informative account of city activities
Issue an annual report or City report card to residents each year. This can be a plain-
language version of the municipal performance metrics already produced by the City.
Include an evaluation of the City's performance in comparison with the previous year
along with context explaining why this performance measurement is important. Don't
be afraid to include areas where the City is not doing so well. Showcasing any
shortcomings as well as your successes demonstrates transparency and builds trust
among the public. By providing a clear evaluation of how the City is responding in its
areas of authority, the annual report will also help to clarify resident expectations and
inform residents about City responsibilities.
Torwllwr and TowiHTh;; A report to support the development of an engagement strategy for Pickering 34
0) c ~
0::::
L c2
>-. 0) Q) ~ +-' U1
1: Q)
E Q)
~
0) c Q)
§
1: Q)
E D.. 0 Q)
63 -o
Q)
£
t 0 D.. D.. ::::J U1
-8
t 0 D.. [!:!
<(
253
254
From: Marisa Carpino
Director, Culture & Recreation
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: CR 17-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Subject: Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc.
Licence Agreement
File: A-1440-001
Recommendation:
1. That Report CR 17-14 of the Director, Culture & Recreation be received; and
2. That the Mayor and City Clerk be authorized to execute a License Agreement to
which the Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery (Pickering) Inc. will be permitted to
continue to operate a cooperative nursery program at Westshore Community
Centre from September 1, 2014 to June 30, 2019, in the form included as
Attachment 1, subject to such revisions as are acceptable to the Director, Culture
& Recreation and the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor;
Executive Summary: Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc. has
an expired licence agreement to provide a cooperative nursery program at Westshore
Community Centre. The previous licence agreement was for the period September 1,
2010 to June 30, 2012. Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc. has
requested to renew this agreement for a further five years ..
The Culture & Recreation Department recommends that a renewal agreement be
initiated with Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc.
Financial Implications: The revenue to be generated from Gingerbread Co-
operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc. will be $4,350 (including HST) in year one of
the agreement (2014-2015), $4,450 (including HST) in year two of the agreement
(2015-2016), $4,550 in year 3 of the agreement (2016-2017), $4,650 in year four of the
agreement (2017-2018) and $4,750 in year five of the agreement (2018-2019).
The total rental revenue to be collected over the five year term (September 1, 2014 to
June 30, 2019) will be $22,750 (including HST). The rental revenue collected during
the previous ag.reement was $4,160 per year (including HST) which totals $16,640
(including HST) over the past four years (September 1, 2010 to June 30, 2014).
Report CR 17-14
Subject: Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc
-Licence Agreement
July 7, 2014
Page 2
Discussion: At the Council meeting of January 17, 2011, Council enacted
Resolution# 11/11 to authorize the execution of a licence renewal agreement with
Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc. to permit the private
operations of a cooperative nursery program at Westshore Community Centre for the
period of September 1, 2010 to June 30, 2012.
Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc. is a non profit, parent based,
registered charity that has operated at the West Shore Community Centre for over 20
years. Gingerbread is licensed to accept up to 16 children (from 2-5 years of age) who
are supervised by 2 Registered Early Childhood Educators with over thirty-five years of
combined experience.
Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc. is currently seeking to renew
their licence agreement with the City of Pickering to operate their nursery school at the
West Shore Community Centre on Monday, Wednesday and Friday mornings from
September to June annually.
The revenue to be generated from Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School
(Pickering) Inc. will be $4,350 (including HST) in year one of the agreement (2014-
2015), $4,450 (including HST) in year two of the agreement (2015-2016), $4,550 in year
3 of the agreement (2016-2017), $4,650 in year four of the agreement (2017-2018) and
$4,750 in year five of the agreement (2018-2019).
The total rental revenue to be collected over the five year term (September 1, 2014 to
June 30, 2019) will be $22,750 (including HST). The rental revenue collected during
the previous agreement was $4,160 per year (including HST) which totals $16,640
(including HST) over the past four years (September 1, 2010 to June 30, 2014).
The Director, Culture & Recreation recommends that the licence agreement be renewed
with the Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc. for the period of
September 1, 2014 to June 30, 2019.
Attachments:
1. Draft License Agreement for Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering)
Inc. (September 1, 2014 to June 30, 2019)
2. Location Map
255
256
Report CR 17-14
Subject: Gingerbread Co-operative Nursery School (Pickering) Inc
-Licence Agreement
Approved By:
Brian[/JJJ
Manager, Facilities Operations
MC:bd
Recommended for the consideration
Approved/Endorsed By:
Marisa Carpino
Director, Culture
of Pickerin~C:? J1
~ ~ 1.0,Zot4
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
July 7, 2014
Page 3
ATTACHMENT#-~··-,
'tj I q.p 5
THIS LICENCE AGREEMENT is made as of July 18, 2014
BETWEEN:
THE GINGERBREAD CO-OPERATIVE
NURSERY School (PICKERING) INC.
(the "School")
-and-
THE CORPORATION OF
THE CITY OF PICKERING
(the "City")
WHEREAS the City owns the community centre known as the West Shore Community
Centre at 1011 -1015 Bayly Street in the City of Pickering (the "Community Centre");
and
WHEREAS the School wishes to use the Community Centre and associated facilities for
the purpose of operating a co-operative nursery school; and
WHEREAS the City is prepared to grant a licence to the School to permit the School to
use the Community Centre and associated facilities for such purpose;
NOW THEREFORE the City and the School agree as follows:
Licence
1. The City grants to the School a licence to occupy and use the Community Centre
and associated facilities for the purpose of operating a co-operative nursery
school on the terms and conditions set out in this Licence.
2. The School shall also be permitted to use the Community Centre one evening or
weekend day in each year of the term for fundraising efforts. These dates must
be requested in writing and are subject to availability.
Term
3. The term of this Licence shall be Five(S) years commencing September 1, 2014
and ending June 30, 2019 unless terminated earlier in accordance with the
provisions of this Licence.
4. Either the School or the City may terminate this Licence without cause prior to
the expiry of the term by giving 90 days written notice to the other.
257
258
Gingerbread Licence Page 2
Fees
5. During the first year of the term, the School shall pay to the City the fixed sum of
$4,350.00 (including HST) in 10 equal monthly payments of $435.00 (including
HST) payable on the 1st day of every month except July and August. During
each subsequent year of the term, the School shall pay to the City the fixed sums
listed below in 10 equal monthly payments payable on the 1st day of every
month except July and August.
Year Two (September 1, 2015-June 30, 2016)
Year Three (September 1, 2016-June 30, 2017)
Year Four (September 1, 2017-June 30, 2018)
Year Five (September 1, 2018-June 30, 2019)
$4,450.00 (including HST)
$4,550.00 (including HST)
$4,650.00 (including HST)
$4,750.00 (including HST)
6. The School shall provide ten post-dated cheques prior to the start of each school
year, payable to the City, in the amounts set out in Section 5.
Operation
7. The School shall,
(a) comply strictly with all applicable laws, by-laws, rules and regulations
governing the operation of the School;
(b) only operate the school Monday, Wednesday and Friday from 8:30am to
12:30 pm and only during the months of September through June;
(c) ensure that its operations conclude by 12:30 pm Monday, Wednesday and
Friday to facilitate the use of the Community Centre and associated
facilities for other purposes;
(d) provide and pay for all personnel and supplies required for its purposes;
(e) obtain all necessary permits, licenses and approvals that may be required
in connection with the operation of the school; and
(f) maintain the Community Centre in a clean, sanitary and attractive
condition satisfactory to the City throughout the term and, at the end of the
term, repair or replace any damages to the Community Centre save and
except reasonable wear and tear.
8. The City shall provide,
(a) all necessary electrical power, heat and other utilities;
(c) equipment storage cupboards; and
2
Gingerbread Licence Page 3
(d) a kitchenette facility for the purpose of providing light snacks for School
staff and children.
9. The City assumes no responsibility to the School for the temporary or
unavoidable interruption of the supply of electrical power, heat or other utilities
due to any cause whatsoever. The City shall use reasonable diligence to restore
any such services whenever they are interrupted.
Insurance
1 0. The School, at its own expense, shall provide,
(a) comprehensive general public liability insurance, identifying the City
as an additional insured, including coverage for personal injury,
contractual liability, tenant's legal liability, non-owned automobile
liability, death and property damage, on an occurrence basis with
respect to the business carried on at the Community Centre and
the School's use and occupancy of the Community Centre, with
· coverage for any one occurrence or claim of not less than
$5,000,000, which insurance shall protect the City in respect of
claims by the School as if the City was separately insured; and
(b) a certificate of insurance coverage' in a form satisfactory to the City,
which insurance coverage shall be kept in full force and effect
throughout the term.
11. The School shall not do or omit or permit to be done anything that causes any
insurance premium of the City to be increased, and if any insurance premium
shall be so increased, the School shall pay to the City forthwith upon demand the
amount of such increase. If notice of cancellation or lapse shall be given
respecting any insurance policy of the City or if any insurance policy shall be
cancelled or refused to be renewed by an insurer by reason of the use or
occupation of the Community Centre, the School shall forthwith remedy or rectify
such use or occupation upon being requested to do so in writing by the City and
if the School shall fail to do so the City may, at its option, terminate this Licence
forthwith by notice to the School and the School shall immediately vacate the
Community Centre.
Liability and Indemnification
12. The City shall not be liable to the School for any loss of or damage to the
Community Centre or any equipment or inventory in it, whether caused by fire,
theft, burglary or otherwise, unless such loss or damage was caused by the
negligence of the City, its servants, agents or employees.
13. The School shall indemnify the City and each of its servants, employees and
agents from and against all actions, suits, claims and demands which may be
3
259
260
ATTACHf'1EI\JT # I .. -.. ....,_..,_ ..... -._ ;''"'"'•;
Gingerbread Licence Page4
brought against any of them, and from and against all losses, costs, charges,
damages and expenses which may be sustained by any of them as a result of
School's use and occupation of the Community Centre.
Default
14. If at any time the School is in default in the performance of any of the obligations
under this Licence and such default continues for 15 days after ~he receipt by the
School of notice from the City setting out the particulars of such default, the City
shall have the right to terminate this Licence forthwith and thereupon all the rights
of the School under this Licence shall immediately cease and the City shall not
be liable for payment to the School of any moneys whatsoever by reason of such
termination.
General
15. The City shall have the right to enter the Community Centre at any time for any
reason provided all reasonable efforts are made to minimize any disruption to the
School's use of the Community Centre.
16. The School shall not exhibit or allow to be exhibited on the exterior of the
Community Centre any sign, notice, notice board, painting, design or
advertisement without the prior consent of the City.
17. The School shall not alter, add to or vary in any way any part of the Community
Centre without the prior approval of the City.
18. This Licence shall not be assignable by the School without the consent of the
City, which consent may be arbitrarily refused.
19. This Licence shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and
their respective successors and permitted assigns.
20. No amendment to this Licence shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed
by both parties.
(1) Any notice to the City under this Licence shall be in writing and shall be
delivered to the following address:
Pickering Civic Complex
One The Esplanade
Pickering, Ontario
L 1V 6K7
Attention: City Clerk
4
Gingerbread Licence Page 5
(2) Any notice to the School under this Licence shall be in writing and shall be
delivered to the following address:
1 011 Bayly Street
Box 427
Pickering, ON L 1V 2R7
Attention: Ashley Corcoran, President
(3) Notice shall be sufficiently given if delivered in person or sent by
registered mail or sent by facsimile transmission during normal business
hours on a business day.
(4) Each notice sent shall be deemed to have been received on the day it was
delivered or on the third business day after it was mailed.
(5) The parties may change their address for notice by giving notice to the
other in the manner provided in this Section.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the City and the School have signed this Licence.
GINGERBREAD CO-OPERATIVE NURSERY
SCHOOL (PICKERING) INC.
Ashley Corcoran, President
Howard Daniels, Secretary
THE CORPORATION OF THE CITY OF
PICKERING
David Ryan, Mayor
Debbie Shields, City Clerk
5
261
ENGINEERING & PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT
CAPITAL PROJECTS &
INFRASTRUCTURE
SCALE: DATE:
N.T.S June 2/2014
ATTACH11ENT # :2.. : {,
--. • ...._.......__,~.>-• J "<,.v
P5 iof I
SUBJECT
SITE
rRENC'HMAN'S
BAY
ATTACHMENT FOR COMMUNITY
SERVICES REPORT CR 17-14
THE GINGERBREAD CO-OPERATIVE NURSERY
SCHOOL (PICKERING) INC.-LICENCE AGREEMENT
WEST SHORE COMMUNITY CENTRE
J
T
L;\MPandE\Themotic Mopping\Maps\O&ES -Culture. & Recreotion\Attochment for Report\2014-C&R-Report CR 17-14.dwg
L262 _j
From:
Subject:
Richard Holborn
Director, Engineering & Public Works
Additional Costs for Tender No. T-1-2013
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: ENG 13-14
Date: July 7, 2014
-Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City Streets
File: A-1440
Recommendation:
1. That Report ENG 13-14 of the Director of Engineering & Public Works regarding
additional costs for Tender No. T-1-2013 for Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City
Streets be received;
2. · Thatthe additional costs in the approximate amount of $248,416.51 (net of HST
rebate) over the original tender amount for Tender No. T-1-2013 Asphalt
Resurfacing on Various City Streets resulting in a revised tender amount of
$1,355,628.40 (net of HST rebate) be approved;
3. That the revised total net project cost for Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City
Streets be increased by $119,877.00 from $1,244,925.00 to $1 ,364,802.00;
4. That Council authorize the Division Head, Finance and Treasurer to fund the sum
of $119,877.00 from the Federal Gas Tax Reserve Fund; and
5. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take the necessary
actions to give effect hereto.
Executive Summary: As part of the 2013 Roads Capitai.Budget, Asphalt
Resurfacing on Various City Streets were approved as construction projects. Tender
No. T-1-2013 Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City Streets was awarded to the low
bidder D.Crupi & Sons Limited through the approval of Report ENG 03-13 in April2013,
subsequently Purchase Order 230231. Due to underlying granular base conditions and
high ground water table on Ann land Street, Down land Drive, Eyer Drive and Radom
Street, additional costs were incurred during construction in order to complete the
project in a timely and acceptable manner. Asphalt pavement, concrete curb and gutter
and sidewalk removals and replacements on the majority of streets exceeded the tender
estimates.
263
264
Report ENG 13-14
. Subject: Additional Costs for Tender No. T-1-2013
Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City Streets
July 7, 2014
Page 2
Senior staff from Engineering & Public Works administration extensively reviewed the
contractor's invoice and have confirmed that the additional work and corresponding
materials were delivered and used for this project.
In accordance with Section 11.02 of the City's Financial Control Policy, the Chief
Administrative Officer, Department Head and Treasurer may jointly approve changes to
authorized expenditure amounts provided that the total amount of the over expenditure
does not exceed the lesser of 10% of the approved capital expenditure or $100,000.
Council approval is required as this over expenditure exceeds the $100,000 limit.
Financial Implications: The following is a breakdown of the project costs related to
the Asphalt Resurfacing On Various City Streets (Tender No. T-1-2013), as reported in
Report to Council ENG 03-13, as well as actual costs incurred, thereby indicating the
additional funds that are required.
1. A roved Cost er ENG 03-13
Tender No. T-1-2013 -Asphalt Resurfacing
on Various City Streets
Associated Costs
Materials Testing
Miscellaneous Costs
Construction Contingency (1 0%)
Sub Total Costs
HST (13%)
Total Gross Project Costs
HST Rebate (11.24%)
Total Net Project Costs
2. Actual Cost
Tender Amount (including Change Orders &
additional Tender Quantities)
Material Testing & Miscellaneous Costs
Total Project Cost (excl. taxes)
Net HST cost to City (1.76%)
Net Project Cost to City (incl. 1. 76%)
Approved Funds as indicated in ENG 03-13
Additional Funds Required
CORP0227-07/01 revised
$1,088,062.00
25,025.00
1,500.00
108,806.00
1 ,223,393.00
159.041.00
1 ,382,434.00
(137,509.00)
$1.244,925.00
$1,332,182.00
9,015.00
1,341,197.00
23,605.00
1 ,364,802.00
(1 ,244,925.00)
$119.877.00
Report ENG 13-14
Subject: Additional Costs for Tender No. T-1-2013
Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City Streets
July 7, 2014
Page 3
Discussion: Tender No. T -1-2013 was completed in late fall of 2013, but
the final invoicing was not received until April 2014. It took the contractor a substantial
amount of time to provide the necessary documentation to process 13 extra work orders
and the additional tender quantities. Upon staff's review of the final invoicing it was
determined that total net project cost was exceeded by $119,877.00 (net of HST
rebate).
The original total net project cost has been exceeded by $119,877.00 due to the
required change orders to cover actual field quantities for asphalt pavement and
concrete sidewalk and curbs exceeding the original tender estimates for this project. In
several cases, the asphalt pavement went beyond the limits of the tender estimates to
include intersections of adjoining streets to address localized drainage issues. Due to
underlying granular base conditions and high water table on Ann land Street, Down land
Drive, Eyer Drive and Radom Street, to address the unstable subgrade conditions,
additional excavation of the subgrade was required. The placement of 50mm clear
limestone was used to stabilize the subgrade. The high ground water table was
lowered sufficiently by the installation of sub-drains. These additional costs were
incurred during construction in order to complete the project in a timely and acceptable
manner.
Staff is recommending that Council approve additional funding in the amount of
$119,877.00 from Federal Gas Tax Reserve Fund in order to cover the additional
construction costs.
'Attachments:
1. N/A
CORP0227-07/01 revised 265
266
Report ENG 13-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Additional Costs for Tender No. T-1-2013
Asphalt Resurfacing on Various City Streets Page 4
Darrell Selsky, CMM Ill
Manager, Capital Projects & Infrastructure
DS:ds
Recommended for the consideration
of Picker~
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Approved/Endorsed By:
Stan Karwowski, MBA CPA, CMA
Division Head, Finance & Treasurer
From:
Subject:
Richard Holborn
Director, Engineering & Public Works
Tom Melymuk
Director, City Development
Municipal Street Light Design Standards
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: ENG 14-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Use of LED lighting for future street lighting initiatives
File: A 1440
Recommendation:
1. That Report ENG 14-14 ofthe Director, Engineering & Public Works regarding the
use of LED roadway lighting for future street lighting initiatives be accepted;
2. That Council endorse the use of Light Emitting Diode (LED) technology as the City
standard for street lighting in the Seaton Community;
3. That Council endorse the use of LED technology in future street lighting capital
· projects, maintenance programs and other new development projects where
appropriate; and
4. That the appropriate City staff be authorized to take the necessary action to give
effect to these recommendations.
Executive Summary: An increasing number of municipalities are investigating and
adopting alternate technologies to the current use of High Pressure Sodium (HPS) as
the primary source for roadway lighting. With continued manufacturing improvements to
Light Emitting Diode (LED) technology, it has become the technological choice for
roadway lighting, providing numerous benefits including immediate and realistic
reductions of 40 to 60% in energy consumption and operating costs in comparison to
HPS.
The City of Pickering currently owns and operates approximately 7,312 municipal street
lights. However, it will soon experience significant program expansion as a result of the
pending Seaton development. Given the role of sustainable placemaking as a
corporate priority, staff recommends the use of LED technology as the City's street
lighting standard in Seaton as well as for future street lighting capital projects,
maintenance programs and new development projects in south Pickering where
appropriate.
267
268
ReportENG 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Municipal Street Light Design Standards
Use of LED lighting for future street lighting initiatives Page 2
Financial Implications: The use of LED lighting technology for municipal street
lighting is generally directed at the Seaton community and the City's subsequent
assumption of new lighting infrastructure installed through development. The initiative
has no immediate direct cost to the City as future street lighting conversions will likely
be accommodated by capital improvements, where appropriate. While LED lighting and
associated components are slightly more expensive than comparative HPS lighting, the
benefits related to their use (as detailed in the report), as well as continual
manufacturing advances and product improvements, will offset the capital cost
increases. While new development and future capital lighting projects will have low
increased costs, offset reductions in operating and maintenance costs as well as
lighting improvements justify the technological change.
Discussion:
The City currently provides roadway lighting as a public service in compliance to
the Municipal Act
Municipalities are not mandated by legislation to provide roadway lighting. However,
like all Ontario municipalities, the City provides roadway lighting on municipal streets as
a public service and safety initiative for both vehicular and pedestrian use. By providing
roadway lighting, it is required to operate roadway .lighting in compliance to the
Municipal Act and established lighting standards. To-date, the North American street
lighting industry and the judicial system has adopted the American National Standard
Institute (ANSI) document RP-8, prepared by the Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America (IES), as the definitive minimum roadway lighting standard.
While the RP-8 document identifies roadway lighting design criteria and speaks to
factors which affect the selection of lighting sources, it does not promote any specific
technologies. The IES does publish associated documents which serve as industry
guides for the evaluation and selection of the various lighting types.
There is a variety of street lighting technology on the City's roadways
While the City does not have a standard street light design component in its municipal
Development Control Design Standards, the City has generally adopted the use of High
Pressure. Sodium as the current light source technology. However, the City's current
city wide street light infrastructure consists of a variety of light source technologies
presented in a variety of wattages and architectural styles (see Attachment #1).
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Report ENG 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Municipal Street Light Design Standards
Use of LED lighting for future street lighting initiatives Page 3
These technologies consist of:
•
•
•
•
Incandescent,
Mercury Vapour,
High Pressure Sodium,
Light Emitting Diode,
older "bonnet" style lighting in Whitevale (66 lights)
older lighting found throughout Pickering (582 lights)
used throughout the City including in current new
development (6,621 lights)
recently installed on Dixie Road as the City's initial pilot
project test site and on Pickering Parkway (43 lights)
Specific light source and wattage details are as follows (based on Veridian Operational
and billing Information-year 2013):
Wattage Light Source Total Lights
50 High Pressure Sodium 7
70 High Pressure Sodium 64
100 High Pressure Sodium 4,996
150 High Pressure Sodium 374
200 High Pressure Sodium 996
250 High Pressure Sodium 184
200 Incandescent 66
175 Mercury Vapour 24
200 Mercury Vapour 1
250 Mercury Vapour 501
400 Mercury Vapour 56
90 LED 7
250 LED 36
Total Street Lights 7,312
The City's municipal lighting assets noted above are similar to other municipalities with
the exception of a small number of municipalities that have initiated complete
conversions to alternative light sources, predominantly Induction and LED. Some
municipalities that have converted to Induction are experiencing component failure and
replacement part supply problems, and associated high maintenance costs, as well as
difficulties achieving sufficient lighting (compliance to RP-8) due to wide pole spacing
applications. As a result, LED lighting has become the current operational choice and
industry leading standard. Many municipalities have or are in the process of adopting
LED as the future light source technology and are implementing municipal street light
CORP0227-07/01 revised 269
270
Report ENG 14-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Municipal Street Light Design Standards
Use of LED lighting for future street lighting initiatives Page 4
conversion to LED projects via future development and capital projects (Oshawa &
Whitby) or via full infrastructure conversion projects such as Mississauga and Markham.
There are significant benefits to the City by adopting LED Technology as our
future standard for street lighting
Light-emitting diodes (LED's) are semiconductor devices that emit light when an electric
current passes through them. They are designed for low current applications, use less
voltage and produce less heat which results in longer lifespans, lower maintenance
costs and most importantly use substantially less energy. Specific benefits are:
• realistic reduction of energy use of 40-60% in comparison to equivalent HPS
lighting
• reliability due to solid state construction
• longevity as the typical life span of an LED light fixture is 15 to 20 years
• Improved light quality as LED lighting produces better colour rendition
• available in a range of color temperatures providing cold to warm lighting
• reduced light pollution as LED lighting can be highly focused and directional
• reduced maintenance as LED fixtures don't use singular light bulbs
• LED lighting does not contain mercury or lead as found in HPS lighting
• reduced carbon dioxide emissions
To date, the use of LED for street lighting in most Durham municipalities has been
limited to the 2006 Durham Regional Traffic signal "conversion to LED" program, and
various small scale pilot projects. In 2011, the City initiated a pilot project to replace 36,
200W HPS street lights on Dixie Road with 259W LED. This increased wattage was
needed to ensure roadway lighting level compliance with RP-8 requirements (which
previously were not met) while utilizing the newly reconstructed hydro pole spacing.
Overall, the conversion experience was positive. Additionally, the City has recently
installed 7-90W Philips Leonis LED decorative streetlights along Pickering Parkway in
conjunction with the pedestrian bridge over Hwy 401 and relocated Durham Transit
layby.
LED is an emerging technology with continued rapid advances and a large number of
international manufactures, including, Philips, GE, Cooper, Cree and LED Roadway. In
recognition of emerging technology challenges and the need to assist municipalities in
adopting the use of LED technology for street lighting purposes, LightSavers Canada in
conjunction with the Canadian Urban Institute have developed "Model Technical
Specifications for Procurement of LED Luminaries in Canada". This. document draws
on the results of independent test results and input from various Ontario municipal
street light administrators as well as the Toronto Atmoshpheric Fund, an agency created
to promote the municipal selection, monitoring and evaluating LED lighting initiatives.
Staff will be using this document as a reference to establish municipal specifications.
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Report ENG 14-1 4 July 7, 2014
Subject Municipal Street Light Design Standards
Use of LED lighting for future street lighting initiatives Page 5
The design vision for Seaton is to consider sustainability elements in both the public and
private realm. The provision for LED street light technology contributes towards
achieving a sustainable community in Seaton. With the pending development in the
Seaton community and the subsequent 1mpact to the City with regards to street lighting
administration and cost, staff recommend that LED technology be adopted by the City
as the new corporate standard light source. The conversion would see the reduction in
both energy use and maintenance co~ts while providing environmental benefits and
improved color rendering and lighting controls.
Attachments:
1. Existing Street Light Infrastructure
, ET
Coordinator, s & Infrastructure Contracts
Grant McGregor, M.S 1 MCIP, RPP
Manager, Sustainability & Economic
Development
MP:ds
Recommended for the consideration
of Pickering · Council
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Approved/Endorsed By:
271
City of Pickering
Existing Streetlight Infrastructure
Fig. 1, Bonnet-Incandescent Fig. 5, Box, Mercury Vapour
Fig. 2, Rural, Incandescent Fig. 6, Box, HPS
Fig. 3, Cobra Drop, HPS Fig. 7, Cobra Flat, HPS
Fig. 4, Large Coach, HPS Fig. 8, Phillips, LED
272
Attachment 1
l.:N~ flf -llf
I ' •
Fig. 9, Small Box, HPS
Fig. 10, Narrow Coach, HPS
Fig. 11, Coach, HPS
Fig. 12, Cooper, LED
From:
Subject:
Richard W. Holborn
Director, Engineering & Pu~lic Works
Tender for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
-Tender No. T-14-2014
File: A-1440
Recommendation:
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: ENG 15-14
Date: July 7, 2014
1. That Report ENG15-14 of the Director, Engineering & Public Works regarding
Tender No. T-14-2014 for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs be received;
2. That Tender No. T-14-2014 as submitted by GMP Contracting for Asphalt and
Concrete Repairs in the total tender amount of $347,374.43 (HST included) be
accepted;
3. That the total gross project cost of $392,847.00 (HST included), including the
tender amount and other associated costs and the total net project cost of
$353,772.00 (net of HST rebate) be approved;
4. That Council authorize the Division Head, Finance & Treasurer to finance the
project as follows:
a) That the sum of $49,722.00, as provided for in the 2014 approved Current
budget for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs, be funded from property taxes;
b) That the sum of $121,172.00, as provided for in the 2014 approved Current
Budget for Sidewalks-Sidewalk Rehabilitation Program, be funded from
Federal Gas Tax Reserve Fund;
c) That the sum of $32,483.00 as provided for in the 2013 approved Parks
Capital Budget for the Kinsman Park Football Pathway be· funded from
property taxes;
d) That the sum of $11,994.00 as provided for in the 2014 approved Parks
Capital Budget for the Kinsman Park Soccer Pathway be funded from the
Provincial Grant-Investing in Ontario;
e) That the sum of $54,503.00 for the unbudgeted sidewalk projects-Sandstone
Manor and Altona to Fawndale to be funded from Federal Gas Tax Reserve
Fund;
27.3
274
Report ENG 15-14
Subject: Tender for & Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
Tender No. T-14-2014
July 7, 2014
Page 2
f) That the sum of $16,451.00, as provided for in the Current Budget for
Development Control -Road Maintenance Asphalt & concrete Works, be
funded from other revenues collected from fees and charges required and
related to building permits and cash-in-lieu;
g) That the sum of $67,447.00 for the Transit Bus Pads be funded by a recovery
from Durham Region Transit; and
5. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take necessary
action to give effect hereto.
Executive Summary: As part of the2014CurrentBudgetandCapitaiBudget, various
municipal maintenance and construction projects were approved that require the supply
and installation of concrete and asphalt products. Tender No.T-14-2014 was issued on
Tuesday, May 6, 2014 and closed on Wednesday, May 28,2014 with four bidders
responding. The low bid submitted by 2274084 Ontario Ltd. o/a GMP Contracting in the·
amount of $347,374.43 (HST included), and a net project cost of $347,638.00 (net of
HST rebate) is recommended for approval.
Financial Implications:
1. Tender Amount
Tender No. T-14-2014
HST (13%)
Gross Tendered Cost
CORP0227-07/01 revised
$307,411.00
39,963.43
$347.374.43
Report ENG 15-14
Subject: Tender for & Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
Tender No. T-14-2014
2. Estimated Pro·ect Costin Summa
Tender No. T-14-2014 Tender for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
City of Pickering Portion
Durham Region Transit Portion
Associated Costs
Materials Testing
Miscellaneous Costs
Construction Contingency (1 0% of City work)
Total Project Cost (excluding taxes)
HST (13%) .
Total Gross Project Cost
HST Rebate (11.24%)
Total Net Project Cost
3. Source of Fund in -Ca ital and Current Bud
Description Project Code Funding
Source
Operations 2320.2408.0002 Property
Roads Taxes
Asphalt
Concrete
Repair
Program
Operations 2323.5981.0000 Federal
Sidewalk Gas Tax
Repair Reserve
Program Fund
Subtotal
Operations 5780.1332.6181 Property
Parks Taxes
Kinsmen Park
Football
Pathway
Operations . 5780.1424.6129 Invest in
Parks Ontario
Kinsmen Park
Soccer
Pathway
Subtotal
CORP0227-07/01 revised
ets
Available
Budget
$50,000.00
75,000.00
$125,000.00
$35,000.00
50,000.00
$85,000.00
July 7, 2014
Page 3
$247,156.50
60,254.50
$307,411.00
8,000.00
1,500.00
30,741.00
$347,653.00
45,195.00
$392,848.00
39,076.00)
$353.772.00
Required
Budget
$49,722.00
121,172.00
$170,894.00
$32,483.00
11,994.00
$44,477.00
275
276
Report ENG 15-14
Subject: Tender for & Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
Tender No. T-14-2014
Development 2613.2407.0000 Other $25,000.00
Control Revenue
Road (Fees &
Maintenance Charges)
Subtotal $25,000.00
Total Budget Approved Projects S235,000.00
J Net Project Cost (over) under Approved Funds
Description Project Code Funding Available
Source Budget
Unbudgeted Projects
Engineering 5323.1499.6250 · Federal $0.00
Sidewalk Gas Tax
Install Reserve
Sandstone Fund
Manor
Asphalt
Engineering 5323.1499.6250 Federal 0.00
Sidewalk Gas Tax
Install Altona Reserve
to Fawndale Fund
-Concrete
Subtotal Unbudgeted Projects $0.00
Third Party 3290.0001 Region $67,447.00
Recoverable of
Durham Durham
Transit
Transit Bus
Pads
Subtotal $67,447.00
Grand Total Approved, Unbudgeted, & 1302.447 .QQ
Region Projects
Net Project Costs (over) under Approved Funds
CORP0227-07/01 revised
July 7, 2014
Page 4
$16,451.00
$16,451.00
~2311822.00
$3, 11s.oo 1
Required
Budget
$30,057.00
24,446.00
$54,503.00
$67,447.00
$67,447.00
S353, 772.00
(51 ,325.00)
Report ENG 15-14
Subject: Tender for & Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
Tender No. T-14-2014
July 7, 2014
Page 5
Discussion: Annual maintenance programs requiring the supply of
materials and labour for the repair of roads, curbs and sidewalks are included in the
tender for asphalt and concrete repairs. Similar to last year's program, various concrete
and asphalt projects were combined into one tendering document in an effort to achieve
cost efficiencies. Projects included in this tender are walkways adjacent to the existing
soccer and football fields within Kinsmen Park.
Two additional unbudgeted sidewalk projects were also included in this tender to
address resident/children safety concerns. An asphalt sidewalk on Sandstone Manor is
required to provide safe pedestrian access to the southern terminus A concrete
sidewalk for a community connection between Fawndale Road and Altona Road was
also included. This will provide safe pedestrian access to E.B. Ph in Public School and
to St. Monica's Catholic School.
This tender also includes a third party component for the construction of concrete transit
bus pads on municipal boulevards, which is fully recoverable from Durham Region
Transit. Durham Region Tran~it has reviewed their portion of the tender and concurs
with our recommendation for acceptance.
Tender No. T-14 -2014 was issued on day, Tuesday, May 6, 2014 and closed on
Wednesday, May 28, 2014 with four bidders submitting a bid. The low bid was
submitted by 2274084 Ontario Ltd. o/a GMP Contracting. Although GMP Contracting has
not previously worked for the City, references as submitted, which include previous
work for the City of Oshawa, have been checked and found satisfactory by the
Manager, Capital Projects & Infrastructure. The Health & Safety Policy, current WSIB
Council Amendment to Draft #7 (CAD-7), Certificate of Clearance issued byWorkplace
Safety & Insurance Board, copies of Ontario Ministry of Labour, Health and Safety
Awareness Training certificates for every worker and supervisor who will be working on
this project have been reviewed by the Coordinator, Health & Safety and are deemed
acceptable. The Certificate of Insurance has been reviewed by the Division Head,
Finance & Treasurer and is deemed acceptable. In conjunction with staffs review of the
contractor's previous work experience and the bonding available on this project, the
tender is deemed acceptable.
Upon careful examination of all tenders and relevant documents received, the
Engineering & Public Works Department recommends the acceptance. of the low bid
submitted by GMP Contracting for Tender No. T-14-2014 in the amount of $347,374.43
(HST included) and that the total net project cost of $353,772.00 be approved.
Attachments:
1. Supply & Services Memorandum dated May 28, 2014
CORP0227-07/01 revised 277
278
Report ENG 15-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Tender for & Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
Tender No. T-14-2014 -Page 6
Approved/Endorsed By:
/.#-Richard W. Holborn, P. Eng.
"'{) Director, Engineering & Public Works
Darr II Selsky, CET, CMM Ill
Man , er, Capital Projects & In rastructure
Vera A. Felgemacher
CPP.,CPPO, CPPB, CPM,CMM Ill
Manager, Supply & Services
~n~
Senior Manager, Financial Analyst Capital
& Debt Management
MP:ds
Tony Pre edel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
CORP0227-07/01 revised
-~~ .. C3;>
Stan Karwowski, CPA, CMA
Division Head, Finance & Treasurer
,,.,.. Ci~y ~f PiCkering "\; L, 1 u REPORT# Eng1neermg&PublicWorks . L ~f £'1 et0c;., 15-1'-f -~~··-~··'"''~-~~ MAY 2 9 2014
Received Memo
To: Richard Holborn May 28, 2014
Director, Engineering & Public Works
From: Vera A. Felgemacher
Manager, Supply & Services
Copy: Manager, Capital Projects & Infrastructure
Subject: Tender No. T-14-2014
Tender for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
-File: F-5400-00 1
Tenders have been received for the above project. An advertisement was placed in the Daily
Commercial News and on the City's website inviting companies to download the tendering
documents for the above mentioned tender. Four bidders submitted a tender for this project.
A copy of the Record of Tenders Opened and Checked used at the public tender opening is
attached. Tenders shall be irrevocable for 60 days after the official closing date and time. ·
Purchasing Procedure No. PUR 010-001, Item 13.03 (r) provides checking tendered unit
prices and extensions unit prices shall govern and extensions will be corrected accordingly,
which has been done. ,-
All deposits other than the low three bidders may be returned to the applicable bidders as
provided for by Purchasing Procedure No. PUR 010-001, Item 13.03(w). Three (3) bids have
been retained for review at this time.
Copies of the tenders are attached for your review along with the summary of costs.
Summary
Harmonized Sales Tax Included
Bidder Total Tendered Amount After Calculation Check
2274084 Ontario Ltd. o/a GMP $347,374.43 $347,374.43 Contrading
Aloia Bros. Concrete Contractors Ltd. $401,560.55 $401,560.55
Bennington Construction Ltd. $445,893.04 $445,893.04
Pencon Construction Canada Corp. $500,327.16 $500,327.16
Pursuant to Information to Bidders Item 30, the following will be requested of the low bidder for
your review during the evaluation stage of this tender call. Please advise When you wish us to ·
proceed with this task.
(a) A copy of the Health and Safety Policy to be used on this project;
279
·i/1·<: #~J_.L.~.TOREPORT# E:r>JC:'"' 15-1'-+
(b) A copy of the current Wor.kpJa~~·qr:tt~ummary Report issued by Workplace
Safety & Insurance Board (in lieu of the Workplace lnj_ury Summary Report
document, a copy of the current CAD 7, NEER, or MAP reports may be
submitted);
(c) A copy of the current Clearance Certificate issued by Workplace Safety &
Insurance Board;
(d) Copies of Ontario Ministry of Labour, Health and. Safety Awareness Training
certificates for every worker and supervisor who will be working on this·project;
(e) The City's certificate of insurance or approved alternative form shall be
completed by the bidder's agent, broker or insurer;
(f) The City's Accessibility Regulations for Contracted Services form currently
dated and signed;
(g) list of Sub-Contractors in accordance with General Conditions Item 31; and
(h) Waste Management Plan to be used on this project in accordance with
Tendering Specifications Item 18.
Please include the following items in your Report to Council.:
(a) if items (a) through (d) noted above, are acceptable to the Co-ordinator, Health &
Safety; ·
(b) if item (e)-Insurance-is acceptable to the Manager, Budgets & Internal Audit;
(c) if item (g) -list of Sub-Contractors is acceptable;
(d) if Item (h) Waste Management Plan is acceptable;
(e) any past work experience with the low bidder 2274084 Ontario Ltd. o/a GMP
Contracting including work location;
(f) without past work experience, if reference information is acceptable;
(g) the appropriate account number(s) to which this work is to be charged;
(h) the budget amount(s) assigned thereto;
(i) Treasurer's confirmation of funding;
U) related departmental approvals; and
(k) related comments specific to the project.
Please do not disclose any information to enquiries except you can direct them to the City's
website for the unofficial bid results as read out at the public tender opening. Bidders will be
advised of the outcome in due course.
r
If yo~ require further information, please feel free to contact me or a member of Supply &
Services.
\ : \
p\
(_ .. -// -~
VAF/jg · ,
Attachments
May 28, 2014
Tender No. T-14-2014
2aoTender for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
Page 2
N
(X) ......
City of Pickering
Record of Tenders Opened and Checked
Tender Description: Tender for Asphalt and Concrete Repairs
Tender No.: T-14-2014
Date: Wednesday, May 28, 2014
Time: Approx. 2:15pm Local Time
r
---.....
Bidder Name -Bid Deposit
Pencon Construction /()% 13.15. Canada Corp.
Bennington Construction . j()fYo 8.3. Ltd.
Aloia Bros. Concrete ;o%£3./J. Contractors Ltd.
002274084 Ontario Ltd. /0%/3-g. ala GMP Contracting
Total Tendered Agreement to
Bond Amount Bidder's Sign In
/ $ )fJo ,32?:16
/ $ tj'/F JJ93. O'j -
/ $ ~Ill/' 6b(}. C5
J $ 3Lf7 ,:571. q;J
-----------------
City Sta!f Preseny / ~~ Other ~ /;;;;~A --=----::-~-----'--,---'-~--"--------
Comments
-
/ !tlML-Q(-4/1f-/l(.(().fJ;gJ{_L'
e tnrormatJon IS strictly preliminary, pending review and verification of conformance to terms, conditions and spectncatlons.
! -1,:~
I ' ' I \nJ 1 )T" 1--:~., 1
ll ~j i ;;o rn . \J
0 ;o -1 =It_ ~
'(_/z;_,
I -.:t
282
From:
Subject:
Richard Holborn
Director, Engineering & Public Works
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: ENG 16-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Municipal Bridge Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight Restrictions
By-law to establish a load limit for certain bridges under the jurisdiction
of the City of Pickering
File: A -1440
Recommendation:
1. That Report ENG 16-14 of the Director, Engineering & Public Works regarding the
establishment of safe load limits on municipal bridges be received; and
2. That the attached Draft By-law limiting the gross vehicle weight of any vehicle or
any class thereof, passing over certain bridges, under the jurisdiction of the
Corporation of the City of Pickering be enacted.
Executive Summary: The Highway Traffic Act and Ontario Regulation 104197
Standards for Bridges require that every bridge and/or structure be kept safe and in
good repair through periodic inspections under the direction of a Professional Engineer
and in accordance with the provisions of the Ontario Structure Inspection Manual, or
equivalent. Further, The Highway Traffic Act establishes that municipalities "having
jurisdiction over a bridge may by by-law limit the gross vehicle weight of any vehicle or
any class thereof passing over the bridge".
The City of Pickering retains a qualified bridge inspection firm to perform regular bridge
inspections every two years. In 201 0, the City of Pickering retained Keystone Bridge
Management Corporation to perform the required inspection on the City's 61 br-idges
and culverts with a span of 3.0 metres or over. As a result of the inspections, four bridge
structures were subjected to gross vehicle weight limits at that time and two additional
bridge structures required a new load limit by-law (By-law 7122/11).
In 2012, the City retained Keystone Bridge Management Corporation for the review and
reconfirmation of load limits for the bridge structures included in the parent by-law.
Based on the review, it was concluded that the existing load limits for all the structures
were still adequate for the next 24 months period.
Report ENG 16-14 July 07, 2014
Subject: Municipal Bridge Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight Restrictions
By-law to establish a load limit for certain bridges under the
jurisdiction of the City of Pickering Page 2
In 2014, the City of Pickering retained Keystone Bridge Management Corporation once
again to inspect and validate the gross vehicle weight limit for the bridge structures
included in the parent by-law, with the exception of the bridge structure on Whitevale
Road (Bridge# 5001), which is currently closed to vehicular access and is under
construction for replacement.
Subject to the above, staff hereby present a proposed by-law which identifies the new
established maximum weight load limits on certain bridges unper the jurisdiction of the
City and which repeals the previously established associated by-law.
Financial Implications: The cost for Keystone Bridge Management Corporation to
inspect and re-affirm proposed load limits at the five bridge locations and to certify the
by-law is $2,500 plus HST. This additional cost will be charged to 2320.2392.0000
Roads current account. In order to remove the bridge load limits, future expenditures
will be required to rectify structural deficiencies and to bring the bridges up to current
code requirements.
Discussion: In April of 2011, staff presented report CS 10-11 to the Executive
Committee. The report, as adopted by the Committee and approved by Council:
• identified the maximum vehicle load limits established on six bridges as a result
of the inspections on all bridges currently under the jurisdiction of the City of
Pickering
• presented for Council endorsement, the draft by-law necessary for bridge load
designations
• established the necessary schedules for signature by two Professional Engineers
certifying the safe load limits and the duration for which the limits apply
As a result of the recent inspection of the Pickering/Uxbridge Town line bridge, there is a
need to reduce the maximum vehicular weight limit restriction of the structure from 15
tonnes to 11 tonnes and amend the municipal bridge load By-law 7122/11. The
maximum vehicular weight limit restriction for the remaining four bridges remains the
same as per the current by-law (By-law 7122/11 ).
A copy of bridge site location maps, the draft amending by-law and revised Schedule
"A", which identifies all structures to which the by-law applies, are attached.
If passed by Council, a completed applicable Schedule "B" will be signed and sealed by
two professional engineers from Keystone Bridge Management Corporation and will
form part of the new by-law.
CORP0227-07/01 revised 283
Report ENG 16-14
Subject: Municipal Bridge Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight Restrictions
By-law to establish a load limit for certain bridges under the
jurisdiction of the City of Pickering
Attachments:
1. Location Maps (4)
2. Draft By-law and Schedules "A" & "B"
Prepared By:
Dhaval Pandya, M.Eng., P.Eng., PTOE
Coordinator, Transportation Engineering
DP:dp
Recommended for the consideration
of Pickering City Council
Approved/Endorsed By:
(J)bJJ k Z!J, ZDI4-
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
2 8 4 CORP0227-07/01 revised
July 07, 2014
Page 3
L
0 ~ a::
(()
N
w z
:J w 0
iii
J
T
I f-a:: 0 ~~==========~z~~~==============~~===
r
w z
:J w
0 iii
ENGINEERING & PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT
SCALE: DATE:
1:10 000 .JUNE 11/2014
0 < 0 a::
I f-a::
0 z
Bridge No. 6003
MAXIMUM GROSS
VEHICLE WEIGHT = 15 TONNES
BRIDGE LOAD LIMITS
ATTACHMENT FOR REPORT NUMBER ENG 16-14
STRUCTURE ID #6003 (WILSON BRIDGE)
(()
N
w z :J w
0
(/)
285_j
::{
0::::
0 >-
w z
:J
q,
~
---1-PPI
2 <(
I
0::::
=:l
0
ENGINEERING & PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT
SCALE: OA TE: 1:10 000 JUNE 11/2014
L)86
..,.
I")
w z :J w 0
1ii Bridge No. 8001
MAXIMUM GROSS
VEHICLE WEIGHT = 15TONNES
:J w
0 1ii
EIGHTH
Bridge No. 7004
MAXIMUM GROSS
VEHICLE WEIGHT = 10TONNES
N I")
w z
:J w
0
1ii
CONCESSION
BRIDGE LOAD LIMITS
ATTACHMENT FOR REPORT NUMBER ENG 16-14.
STRUCTURE ID #7004 (HOOVER BRIDGE)
STRUCTURE ID #8001 LEHMAN #2 BRIDGE
J
T
ROAD
/
_j
L
iAM
ENGINEERING & PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT
SCALE: DATE:
1:10 000 JUNE 11 /2014
)\
w z
:J w Cl
Ui
Bridge No~
MAXIMUM GROSS
VEHICLE WEIGHT
= 10 TONNES
ROAD
p
BRIDGE LOAD LIMITS
ATTACHMENT FOR REPORT NUMBER ENG 16-14
STRUCTURE ID #9006 (Lot 4/5, Cone 9 BRIDGE)
J
T
NO. 5
287_j
ATTAC:Ht"'EI''>!T# ___ L_ TO REPORT# EN(h, I (p-IL{
_t-L,. o! .:d.
TOWNLINE u#f,J.f'o'f:iJTE Bridge No. 10002
MAXIMUM GROSS
VEHICLE WEIGHT
=11TONNES
PICKERING/UXBRIDGE CHURCH
!0. 5
5
ENGINEER.JNG & PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT
DATE:
JUNE 11 /2014
0 I')
w Z_
:J w 0
Vi
REGIONAL
(~
BRIDGE LOAD LIMITS
ATTACHMENT FOR REPORT NUMBER ENG 16-14
STRUCTURE ID #1 0002 (ALTONA BRIDGE)
pHIP OF
J • (
ROAD
/1 -Nr ATTACHt-1Ei'lT#~ TO REPORT#..;.;C~V'>;;;..
_ ___,1_ of ~3:;.,.._,_
The Corporation of the City Of Pickering
By-law No.
Being a by-law to limit the gross vehicle weight of
any vehicle or class thereof passing over a bridge
under the jurisdiction of the Corporation of the
City of Pickering pursuant to the Highway Traffic
Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.H.B, as amended.
Whereas, pursuant to Section 123 (2) of the Highway Traffic Act R.S.O. 1990 c.H.B, as
amended, the municipal corporation or other authority having jurisdiction over a bridge may by
by-law, limit the gross vehisle weight of any vehicle or class thereof passing over the bridge.
Now therefore the Council of The Corporation of the City of Pickering hereby enacts as
follows:
1. In this by-law "gross vehicle weight" means the total weight in tonnes transmitted to the
highway by a vehicle or combination of vehicles and load.
2. No vehicle or combination of vehicles or any class thereof, whether empty or loaded, shall
be operated over those bridges as set out in Column 1 and Column 2 of Schedule A to this
by-law where the gross weight exceeds that set out in Column 3 of Schedule A to this by-
law.
3. This by-law shall not become effective until a notice of the maximum limit of gross vehicle
weight permitted, legibly printed, has been posted in a conspicuous place at each end of the
bridge.
4. Any person violating the provisions of this by-law is guilty of an offence and on conviction is
liable to a fine as provided in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. H.B, as amended
from time to time.
5. That the engineers statement verifying the gross vehicle weight limit specified in Section 2
of this by-law are set out in Schedule B, attached and forms part of this by-law.
6. By-law Number 7122/11 is repealed.
By-law passed this 14th day of July 2014.
David Ryan, Mayor
Debbie Shields, City Clerk
289
By-law No.
Column 1
Bridge No.
6003
7004
8001
9006
10002
290
ATTACI-fl'iENT#~-~ TO REPORT# fZNfh IL.-1 f
-.-Z-_ of_ . ..2_ Page 2
Column 2
Schedule A
Bridge Load Limits
Bridge Location
North Road
0.4km south of Seventh Concession
Road
Sideline 34
0.2km South of Eighth Concession
Road
Eighth Concession Road
0.1 Okm west of Sideline 34
Sideline 4
1.4km north of Regional Road #5
Pickering/Uxbridge Townline
0.1 Okm east of Sideline 30
Column 3
Maximum Gross Vehicle
Weight
15 tonnes
10 tonnes
15 tonnes
10 tonnes
11 tonnes
Schedule B
By-law /14
and ----------------------------------------------------
professional engineers of the consulting firm Keystone Bridge Management
Corporation, have reviewed the restriction of the gross vehicle weight passing over the
bridges as identified in the above noted by-law.
Effective as of the date of approval of the bylaw, I agree with the recommended gross
vehicle weight limit as set out in By-law /14 for a period of twenty four (24)months.
Signed Signed
Dated
291
292
From:
Subject:
Richard Holborn
Director, Engineering & Public Works
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: PW 01-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing -Various Parks
-Tender No. T-10-2014
File: A-1440
Recommendation:
1. That Report PW 01-14 of the Director, Engineering & Public Works regarding
Tender No. T-1 0-2014 for Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing-Various
Parks be received;
2. That Tender No. T-10-2014 submitted by Lakeridge Contracting Ltd. for
Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing -Various Parks in the amount of
$165,546.81 (HST included) be accepted;
3. That the total gross project cost of $189,388.00 (HST included) including the
tender amount and other associated costs and the total net project cost of
$170,550.00 (net of HST rebate) be approved.
4. That Council authorize the Division Head, Finance & Treasurer to finance the
project as follows:
a) the sum of$48,952.00 as provided for in the 2012 Parks Capital Budget to be
funded from the Rate Stabilization Reserve;
b) the sum of $14,787.00 as provided for in the 2013 Parks Capital Budget to be
funded from the Parkland Reserve Fund;
c) the sum of $50,000.00 as provided for in the 2014 Current Budget to be funded
from property taxes;
d) the additional sum of $56,811.00 to be funded from property taxes by
transferring funds from the 2013 Property Maintenance Capital Budget-
Property Line Fencing project; and
5. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take necessary
action in order to give effect thereto;
Report PW 01-14
Subject: Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing-Various Parks
Tender No. T-10-2014
Executive Summary:
July 7, 2014
Page 2
As part of the 2014 Parks Current Budget, the replacement of playground safety
surfacing at various parks involving the removal of existing pea-stone surfacing and
replacement with manufactured wood product safety surfacing and the addition of
drainage pipe where required was approved. Funds from this 2014 project are being
combined with prior years' unspent funds for the Replacement of Playground Safety
Surfacing for various parks under Tender No. T-1 0-2014. Tender No. T-1 0-2014 was
issued as on April29, 2014 and closed on Wednesday, May 21, 2014 with five
companies submitting bids. The low bid submitted by Lakeridge Contracting Ltd. is
recommended for approval. The total gross project cost is estimated to be
$189,388.00 (HST included) and the total net project cost is estimated to be
$170,550.00 (net of HST rebate).
Financial Implications:
1. Tender Amount
Tender No. T-1 0-2014
HST (13%)
Total
2. Estimated Project Costing Summary
Tender No. T-10-2014 -Tender for Replacement of
Playground Safety Surfacing-Various Parks
Associated Costs
Miscellaneous Costs (Advertising)
Project Contingency
Total
HST (13%)
Total Gross Project Cost
HST Rebate (11.24%)
Total Net Project Cost
CORP0227-07/01 revised
$146,501.60
19,045.21
$165.546.81
$146,502.00
1,098.00
20,000.00
167,600.00
21,788.00
189,388.00
(18,838.00
$170.550.00
293
294
Report PW 01-14
Subject: Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing -Various Parks
Tender No. T-10-2014
3.A roved Source of Funds-Parks Ca ital and Current Bud ets
Account Source of Budget
Funds Available
5780.1216.6181 Rate $48;952.00
Stabilization
Reserve
5780.1314.6181 Parkland 14,787.00
Reserve
718.2482.0000 Property 50,000.00
Taxes
$113,739.00
dditional Funds
Required from other
Project
5311.1304.6181 Property 0
Property Fence Line Taxes
otal i113l39.00
Page 3
Required
$48,952.00
14,787.00
50,000.00
$113,739.00
56,811.00
i170,55Q.OO
I Net Project Costs (over) under Approved Funds ($56,811.00)
Discussion: The contamination and compaction of the current playground pea-stone
safety surfacing has been deemed a hazard and requires the removal and replacement
with a manufactured wood product surfacing which is also considered an accessible
product. ·
In the 2012 Parks Capital Budget the Playground Surfacing Program was approved for
the removal of existing pea-stone surfacing, replacement with manufactured wood
product surfacing and adding of drainage pipe where required at various locations.
Quotation Q 61-2012 was issued and only one submission was received. The
submission exceeded the approved budget so the quotationwas"'not awarded and the
funds were carried over to 2013. In the 2013 Parks Capital bud~~t the Playground
Surfacing Program was approved in the amount of $50,000 and Tender No. T-20-2013
was issued for the reconstruction of Bayshore Tot Lot playground. This work included
the removal of the existing pea-stone surfacing, building up of the playground base,
adding drainage piping, curbing and the installation of manufactured wood product
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Report PW 01-14
Subject: Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing -Various Parks
Tender No. T-1 0-2014
July 7, 2014
Page 4
safety surfacing. This project was completed under budget and the remaining funds in
the amount of $14,787.00 were carried over to 2014.
In the 2014 Parks Current budget the Playground Surfacing Program was approved in
the amount of $50,000.00. With the consideration of previous year's funds being
available, Tender No. T-10-2014 was issued, and with this tender the City is able to
replace all remaining pea-stone surfacing playgrounds with manufactured wood
product, which will bring the City parks to a higher safety and accessibility standard. In
order to complete the project, an additional amount of $56,811.00 is required. It is
recommended that funds available under the 2013 Property Maintenance Capital
Budget -Property Fence Line project be used for the shortfall. The Property Fence Line
work can be scaled back in 2014, as staff will be proposing a policy for Council's review
and approval in regard to the scope of fence replacement level of service.
The Health and Safety Policy, a current Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB)
Workplace Injury Summary Report and a Clearance Certificate issued by WSIB, copies
of Ontario Ministry of Labour, Health Awareness Training certificates for every worker
and supervisor who will be working on this project, as submitted by Lakeridge
Contracting Ltd. has been reviewed by the Coordinator, Health & Safety and deemed
acceptable. The Certificate of Insurance is deemed acceptable to Manager, Budgets &
Internal Audit. In conjunction with staff's review of the contractor's previous work
experience on other projects of this nature and bonding available on this project, the
tender is deemed acceptable.
Upon careful examination of the tender and relevant documents received, the
Engineering & Public Works Department recommends acceptance of the bid submitted
by Lakeridge Contracting Ltd. for Tender No. T-10-2014 in the total tendered amount of
$165,546.81 (HST included) and that the total net project cost of $170,550.00 be
approved. ·
Attachments:
1. Memo from Supply & Services dated May 22, 2014
CORP0227-07/01 revised 295
Report PW 01-14
Subject: Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing -Various Parks
Tender No. T-10-2014
Prepared By: · Approved/Endorsed By:
July 7, 2014
Page 5
fRob qagen
Supefvisor, Parks Operations
296
\
] \ cJ··· .. ~
Vera A Felgemacher
CSCMP, CPPO, CPPB, CPM, CMM Ill
Manager, Supply & Services
RG:nw
Recommended for the consideration
of Pickering · ity Council
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
CORP0227-07/01 revised
Stan Karwowski, MBA CPA, CMA
Division Head, Finance & Treasurer
mo
To: Richard Holborn City of p· k Engineering&~bliecwrlng orks
May 22, 2014
From:
Copy:
Director, Engineering & Public Works
Vera A. Felgemacher
Manager, Supply & Services
Supervisor, Parks Operations
MAY 22 2014
Received
Subject: Tender No. T-10-2014
Tender for Replacement of Playground Safety Surfacing-Various Parks
-File: F-5400-001
Tenders have been received for the above project. An advertisement was placed in the Daily
Commercial News and on the City's website inviting companies to download the tendering
documents for the above mentioned tender. Two addenda were issued. Five bidders submitted
a tender for this project.
A copy of the Record of Tenders Opened and Checked used at the public tender opening is
attached. Tenders shall be irrevocable for 60 days after the official closing date and time.
Purchasing Procedure No. PUR 010-001, Item 13.03 (r) provides checking tendered unit
prices and extensions unit prices shall govern and extensions will be corrected accordingly,
which has been done.
All deposits other than the low three bidders may be returned to the applicable bidders as
provided for by Purchasing Procedure No. PUR 010-001, Item 13.03(w). Three (3) bids have
been retained for review at this time.
Copies of the tenders are attached for your review along with the summary of costs.
Summary
Harmonized Sales Tax Included
Bidder Total Tendered Arnount After Calculation Check
Lakeridge Contracting Ltd. $165,546.81 $165,546.81
Hawkins Contracting Services Ltd. $172,468.71 $172,468.71
Grower's Choice Landscape Products $201 ,394.82 $201,394.82 Inc.
Automatic rejection -A tendering deposit and an
agreement to bond not provided with tender
Ferriss Contracting submission. Reference: Purchasing Policy No. PUR
010, Procedure 23.02, Item 10 (c); Information to
Bidders-Item 9, 11, 12, 25, 26, and 27 and 48,
Tendering Specifications-Item 1 and 7.
297
Royalcrest Paving
Automatic rejection -Addendum No. 1 not
acknowledged. Reference: Purchasing Policy No.
PUR 010, Item 23.02 (11 ), IB Item 9, 13, 23, 25, 26,
27, 40, 41, 42 and 48; and Addendum No. 1.
Pursuant to Information to Bidders Item 28, the following will be requested of the low bidder for
your-review during the evaluation stage of this tender call. Please advise when you wish us to
proceed with this task.
(a) A copy of the. Health and Safety Policy to be used on this project; ·
(b) A copy of the current Workplace Injury Summary Report issued by Workplace
Safety & Insurance Board (in lieu of the Workplace Injury Summary Report
document, a copy of the current CAD 7, NEER, or MAP reports may be
submitted);
(c) A copy of the current Clearance Certificate issued by Workplace Safety &
Insurance Board;
(d) Copies of Ontario Ministry of Labour, Health and Safety Awareness Training
certificates for every worker and supervisor who will be working on this project;
(e) The City's certificate of insurance or approved alternative form shall be
completed by the bidder's agent, broker or insurer;
(f) The City's Accessibility Regulations for Contracted Services form currently
dated and signed;
(g) list of Sub-Contractors in accordance with General Conditions Item 31; and
(h) Waste Management Plan to be used on this project in accordance with
Tendering Specifications Item 18.
Please include the following items in your Report to Council:
(a) if items (a) through (d) noted above, are acceptable to the Co-ordinator, Health &
Safety;
(b) if item (e)-Insurance-is acceptable to the Manager, Budgets & Internal Audit;
(c) if item (g)-list of Sub-Contractors is acceptable;
(d) if Item (h) Waste Management Plan is acceptable;
(e) any past work experience with the low bidder Lakeridge Contracting Ltd. including
work location;
(f) without past work experience, if reference information is acceptable;
(g) the appropriate account number(s) to which this work is to be charged;
(h) the budget amount(s) assigned thereto;
(i) Treasurer's confirmation of funding;
U) related departmental approvals; and
(k) related comments specific to the project.
Please do not disclose any information to enquiries except you can direct them to the City's
website for the unofficial bid results as read out at the public tender opening. Bidders will be
advised of the outcome in due course.
lf{~ou ,require further information, please feel free to contact me or a member of Supply &
4~s .
Attachments
May 22,2014
Tender No. T-10-2014
2 gifender for Replacement of Playground Safety
~urfacing -Various Parks
Page 2
City of Pickering
Record of Tenders Opened and Checked
Tender Description: Tender for Replacement of Playgro~nd Safety Surfacing-Various Parks
Tender No.: T-10-2014
. Date: Wednesday, May 21, 2014
Time: Approx. 2:15pm Local Time
Addendum No.
Bidder Name · 1&2 Bid Dep-osit
Acknowledged
Grower's Choice / /tJ% O,fj. Landscape Products
Inc. '
Ferriss Contracting y
Lakeridge ~ !tJJ't;A. B Contracting Ltd.
Royal crest Paving· y /0~ &,/],_
Hawkins Contracting _/ /o% 8.8 Services Ltd.
Agreement to Total Tendered
Bond Amount Bidder's Sign In
./ $ 20/1 t371f6 ~~
-
)C $ -~
/ $ 165; ~?/ .st /ffJ;j
/ $ _,----:-----~ ~·
/ $ I J2.j ¥'be_. 71
v
Other Cfoff21/ /\ . ~~
--'------'"r~-·-·=-·x.-'-'-:-r ~ L)fJV~ .
..
Comments
~t.&eA · f5 ~.?1 l5rJ7vf M r
1&-P.!/!
A;&;-ik/ IS+ t?..cd.A.iJ." .
The i~formation is strict{preliminary, pending review and verification of conformance to terms, ~onditions and specifications.
CD
CD
N
{uh;...Jf
l.b((fe_c;f
300
From:
Subject:
Paul Bigioni
Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: FIN 15-14
Date: July 7, 2014
2013 Municipal Performance Measurement Program-Provincially
Mandated Public Reporting of Performance Measures·
Recommendation: That Report FIN 15-14 from the Director, Corporate Services &
City Solicitor be received for information.
Executive Summary: The City is mandated by the Province of Ontario to report
yearly Performance Measures on specific key service areas provided to the public. This
reporting system supports local government transparency and provides the City with
useful data to make informed service level decisions while optimizing resources . The
collection and reporting of these efficiency and effectiveness measures is derived from
the Financial Information Return filed by the City with the Ministry of Municipal Affairs
and Housing of Ontario. These measures are being submitted and reported by the City
Treasurer under the direction of Provincial authority.
Each year, measures for reporting are refined, altered and added onto, making year
over year comparison complicated. Over the years, the number of measures to be
reported from different service areas has increased significantly. For 2013, six new
measures were added onto the list and three measures were revised for reporting
purposes. Overall, this brings the total measure for reporting to 129. As in prior years,
not all measures are applicable to the City and some are for optional reporting only. For
measures whose parameters were revised in 2013, results are not comparable with
prior years' calculations.
The attached Municipal Performance Measurement Program (MPMP) results for 2013
and a supplemental information package will be made available to the public on the
City's website. The package includes a comparison of the 2013 measures against 2012,
if applicable, and a copy of the Public Notice that will appear in the News Advertiser
anytime before September 30, 2014.
Financial Implications: This report does not contain any financial implications.
Discussion: Attachment 1 is the 2013 information mandated by the Province to be
reported to the public by September 30, 2014. Note that all measures are from service
areas that the City provides to the public. Other service areas not provided by the City
Report: FIN 15-14 Date: July 7, 2014
Subject: 2013 Municipal Performance Measurement Program Page 2
like police services, transit, waste water, drinking water and solid waste are not included
in the report.
The set of measures required for public reporting changes every year as identified by
the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing. Comments pertaining to the compilation
and interpretation of City data have been included to aid in the explanation and
understanding of what is being reported.
Every year, these measures continue to evolve as existing ones are revised and new
ones added as feedback from municipalities are received and taken into consideration
by the Province. In addition, there are continuous refinements to the way measures are
defined and calculated especially in the areas of Roadways, Parks, Recreation and
lately, on Building Services, where new and modified measures are being reported.
Municipalities also continue to improve on their data collection methods in an effort to
ensure consistency and accuracy in year-over-year reporting. This leads to improving
the measures to better serve the interests of the public and support municipal needs for
evaluating the efficiency and effectiveness of services provided to the municipality.
However, caution must still be taken against municipality-to"'"municipality comparisons
due to the fact that no two municipalities are identical in their geography, rural vs. urban
mix, the level of service provided and treatment of information for data collection. It is
only through continuous efforts, ongoing experience, further clarifications from the
Province and consistent reporting formulas that year-to-year comparisons within the
municipality and possibly across municipalities will become meaningful.
The 2013 measures will be posted on the City's website for public access on or before
September 30, 2014 as mandated by the Province. A_notice to this effect, per
Attachment 3, will be included in the "Community Page" of the local newspaper. The
information will also be available to anyone wishing to pick up a copy at City Hall.
Attachments:
1. 2013 Municipal Performance Measurement Program-Public Reporting
2. Comparison of 2013 and 2012 Performance Measures
3. Public Notice to be included in the Community Page of the News Advertiser
Prepared By:
)_ , "&r ::;.L!Gt 7Y'v'h . (,-
Dennis P. Arboleda, CPA, CMA
Supervisor, Accounting Services
Approved/Endorsed By:
Stan Karwowski
Division Head, Finance & Treasurer
301
302
Report: FIN 15-14
Subject: 2013 Municipal Performance Measurement Program
Recommended for the consideration
ofPickerinLD k
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
Date: July 7, 2014
Page 3
Services & City Solicitor
ATTACHMENT#~ TO REPORT#&JJ5-J~
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Overview
All municipal decision makers want an efficient and effective delivery of local services.
Regardless of the current economic condition, taxpayers need to know how their tax
dollars are spent and how services compare both year-over-year and in reference to
other municipalities.
To convey this information to the public, governments choose performance
measurement to assess how well an organization performs when providing goods and
services. By setting clear and measurable targets, performance measurement
strengthens accountability, helps improve performance, stimulates productivity and
creativity and improves the budget process.
Starting in year 2000, municipalities across Ontario have participated in the Municipal
Performance Measurement Program (MPMP). Every year, the Minister of Municipal
Affairs and Housing sends out a list of measures that requires municipalities to collect
effectiveness and efficiency data on key service areas and report these measures to the
province and the public. This initiative is designed to provide stakeholders with useful
information on service delivery and provide municipalities with a tool to improve on
those services over time. As municipalities evolve, existing performance measures are
continuously refined and new measures are introduced depending on the value and
importance for public information.
In reporting the results to the public, each measure is accompanied by comments
regarding aspects of the calculation. The comments are an integral part in the
interpretation of the results. These results should not be compared across
municipalities without consideration of the comments that impact the calculation of each
measure. Also, influencing factors in the collection of data or refinements while the
measures are still evolving could affect the current year's results and the year over year
comparability.
In the last few years, the number of performance measures required for reporting has
drastically increased to reflect the need for information. For the 2013 reporting year, six
new measures were added on to the list including one classified as optional for
reporting. In addition, calculation parameters on three previously existing measures
were revised making them non-comparable to prior years' results.
For the calculation of measures pertaining to a per person or per 1,000 persons bases,
the City population in 2013 was estimated at 94,883. An increase ofabout 0.9% from
94,022 in 2012.
Below are the measures required for reporting from service areas provided by the City
grouped by categories.
303
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
General Government
1.1a Operating Costs for Governance and Corporate Management
2013 2012
7.00% 6.60%
Efficiency Measure '
Operating costs for governance and corporate managel!lent as a percentage of total
municipal operating costs.
Objective
To determine the efficiency of municipal management.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above result:
• One-off significant/large legal or corporate matters that may arise year over year .
• The extent that cost centers directly relate to the functions included under the
governance and corporate management categories.
Detailed Comments
Calculation of this measure includes the total of the operating costs from related
categories for governance, corporate management and allocation of program
support expenditures net of tax write-offs and revenue from other municipalities over
total municipal operating costs.
The increase in the resulting measure over prior year is attributable to an increase in
corporate related professional fees with regard to Seaton development. Part of these
costs were funded by development charges.
304
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
General Government
1.1 b Total Cost for Governance and Corporate Management
2013 2012
6.10% 5.60%
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for governance and corporate management as a percentage of total
municipal costs.
Objective
To determine the efficiency of municipal management.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• One-off significant/large legal or corporate matters that may arise year over year.
• The extent that cost centers within municipalities directly relate to the functions
included under the governance and corporate management categories.
Detailed Comments
Calculation of this measure includes the total operating costs for governance and
corporate management, related interest on long term debt and amortization net of
revenue received from other municipalities on tangible capital assets over total
municipal cost.
There are no interest on long term debt and amortization amounts allocated to
corporate management in 2013, same as in prior years. The increase in the resulting
measure was from the increase in total operating cost as calculated in 1.1 a above.
305
306
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Fire Services
2.1a Operating Costs for Fire Services
2o13 I 2012
$1.4o I $1.36
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for fire services per $1,000 of property assessment.
Objective
Provide efficient municipal fire services.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above result across municipalities:
• Emergency response times
• Number and location of fire halls
• Urban/rural mix of properties as well as density of buildings
• Geographic size of municipality
Detailed Comments
Assessment value does not necessarily correlate to the operating costs for fire
services. Given the same operating costs on a year-over-year comparison, the
resulting measures will still vary. The higher the assessment value, the lower the
operating costs for fire per $1,000 of assessment and vice versa.
The factors that determine the need for fire services which directly affect operating
costs include the frequency of emergency responses, the urban and rural mix of the
municipality, the number and geographic location of fire halls in relation to the size of
the municipality.
The slight increase in the resulting measure in 2013 was a net result of the increase
in both total operating cost (numerator) and property assessment (denominator).
Increase in operating cost in 2013 were mostly from staff's salaries and materials
usage.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Fire Services
2.1 b Total Cost for Fire Services
2013 I 2012
$1.45 I $1.43
Efficiency Measure
Total cost for fire services per $1,000 of property assessment.
Objective
Provide efficient municipal fire services.
General Comments
The following factors can influ~nce the above measure across municipalities:
• Emergency response times
• Number and location of fire halls
• Urban/rural mix of properties as well as density of buildings
• Geographic size of municipality
• Capital costs and interest on long term debt
•
Detailed Comments
The numerator in the calculation of this measure adds interest on long term debt and
amortization to the total operating costs for Fire Services. Like in the previous
measure, the assessment value which is the denominator does not necessarily
correlate to the total cost for fire services. The higher the assessment value, the
lower the cost per $1,000 of assessment
Interest on long term debt and amortization actually decreased in 2013 as compared
to 2012. The increase in the resulting measure was mainly due to the increase in
operating costs as calculated from 2.1 a.
307
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Fire Services
2.2 Residential Fire Related Civilian Injuries
2013 I 2012
0.074 I 0.021
Effectiveness Measure
Number of residential fire related civilian injuries per 1,000 persons.
Objective
Minimize the number of civilian injuries in residential fires.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Number of residential fires
• Emergency response times
• Number and location of fire halls
• Geographic size of municipality
Detailed Comments
This measure calculates the total number of residential fire related civilian injuries as
reported by the fire department to the Office of the Fire Marshal (OFM) in the OFM
Standard Incident Report per 1,000 persons. The result measures the effectiveness
of fire protection services provided to the public.
In 2013, there were seven residential fire related civilian injuries reported to the OFM
over a population of 94,883 compared to two in 2012 over a population of 94,022.
308
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Fire Services
2.3 Residential Fire Related Civilian Injuries-5 Year Average
2o13 I 2012
o.o21 I o.o11
Effectiveness Measure
Total number of residential fire related civilian injuries averaged over 5 years from
2009 to 2013 per 1,000 persons.
Objective
Minimize the number of civilian injuries in residential fires.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Number of residential fires
• Emergency response times
• Number and location of fire halls
• Geographic size of municipality ,
Detailed Comments
This measure presents the number of residential fire related civilian injuries as
reported by the fire department to the Office of the Fire Marshal (OFM) in the OFM
Standard Incident Report from 2009 to 2013 averaged over 5 years per 1,000
persons.
The fire department reported an average of two residential fire related civilian injuries
to the OFM per year from 2009 to 2013 on a population of 94,883 as compared to an
average of one injury per year from 2008 to 2012 on a population of 94,022.
309
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Fire Services
2.4 Residential Fire Related Civilian Fatalities
2013 2012
0.000 0.000
Effectiveness Measure
Number of residential fire related civilian fatalities per 1,000 persons.
Objective
Minimize the number of civilian fatalities in residential fires.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Number of residential fires
• Emergency response times
• Number and location of fire halls
• Geographic size of municipality
Detailed Comments
This measure presents the number of residential fire related civilian fatalities during
the reporting year as determined by the Office of the Fire Marshal (OFM) per 1,000
persons.
In 2013, no residential fire related civilian fatality was reported to the OFM. The same
as in 2012.
310
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Fire Services
2.5 Residential Fire Related Civilian Fatalities-5 Year Average
2013 I 2012
0.000 l 0.000
Effectiveness Measure
Number of residential fire related civilian fatalities averaged over 5 years per 1,000
persons.
Objective
Minimize the number of civilian fatalities in residential fires.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Number of residential fires
• Emergency response times
• Number and location of fire halls
• Geographic size of municipality
Detailed Comments
This measure presents the total number of residential fire related civilian fatalities as
determined by the Office of the Fire Marshal (OFM) averaged over 5 years from 2008
to 2012 per 1,000 persons.
The average residential fire related civilian fatality per year for 5 years from 2009 to
2013 is rounded to a nil. Fatalities per year for the period are as follows: 2009-1,
2010-0, 2011-0, 2012-0, 2013-0.
311
312
. City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Fire Services
2.6 Number of Residential Structural Fires
2o13 I 2012
0.391 J 0.864
Effectiveness Measure
Number of residential structural fires per 1 ,000 households.
Objective
Minimize the number of residential structural fires.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across mur)icipalities:
• Number of residential fires
• Emergency response times
. • Number and location of fire halls
• Geographic size of municipality
Detailed Comments
This measure presents the total number of residential structural fires and explosions
reported by the fire department to the Office of the Fire Marshal (OFM) in the OFM
Standard Incident Report per 1,000 households.
In 2013, there were 12 residential structural fires reported on a total household of
30,681 compared to prior year's 26 on a total household of 30,099. For both years,
the City experienced less than one residential fire incident for every 1 ,000 homes.
The effectiveness of fire prevention and safety programs by the fire department
indirectly affects the result of this measure. Note however, that conditions
surrounding each fire situation are always different.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Building Servtces
4.1 a Operating Costs for Building Permits and Inspection Services {Revised)
2013
$5.44
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for building permits and inspection services per $1,000 of
construction activity (based on permits issued during the reporting year).
Objective
Provide efficient building permit review and inspection services.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• Staff training
• Number and type of permit applications
• Compliance to Ontario building code and other applicable laws
• General economic activity
Detailed Commen.ts
The calculation of this measure was revised for 2013 reporting making it not
comparable to prior years' measure. For 2013, the construction value (denominator)
is averaged over three years instead of using the actual value for the reporting year.
The three year moving average is used to smooth out fluctuations that may occur
from year to year.
The costs for building permit and inspection services include activities undertaken by
the Building Services Division that relate to the issuance of permits for the
construction, renovation or demolition of buildings under Subsection 8(1) of the
Building Code Act, 1992. These services include: administration, assessment of
applicable law compliance, plans review, site inspections, building code enforcement
activities including issuing orders, processing/screening of permit applications and
issuing permits, prosecutions, record keeping and reporting obligations, staff training,
other building permits a~d inspection services.
The schedule used by the City to determine total construction value was the Toronto
Area Chief Building Officials Committee (TACBOC) Construction Value Standard.
313
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Building Services
4.1b Total Costs for Building Permits and Inspection Services (Revised)
2013
$5.44
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for building permits and inspection services per $1,000 of construction
activity (based on permits issued)
Objective
Provide efficient process to undertake building permit review and inspection services.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• Staff training
• Number and type of permit applications
• Compliance to Ontario building code and other applicable laws
• General economic activity
Detailed Comments
Total cost is calculated by adding the total operating costs, interest on long term debt
and amortization less revenue from other municipalities for tangible capital assets.
Since there were no related interest on long term debt and amortization in 2013, the
resulting measure is the same with that of 4.1 a above ..
314
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Building Services
4.2 Review of Compl'ete Permit Applications
Effectiveness Measure
Median number of working days to review a complete building permit application and
issue a permit or not issue a permit, and provide all reasons for refusal.
Objective
To process complete building permit applications quickly and accurately.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• Building category where the application falls under
• Scope of proposed construction work/extent of plans review necessary
• Number and type of permit applications
• Compliance to Ontario building codes and other applicable laws
• Completeness of application
• General economic activity
To be considered a complete application, a permit application must be made by the
owner or authorized agent on a form approved by the Minister of Municipal Affairs
and Housing. All applicable fields and schedules must be completed on the
application and fees must be paid in reference to the applicable municipal by-law,
resolution or regulation made under clause 7(1)(c) of the Building Code Act.
4.2a Category 1: Houses
2013 2012
Median number of days achieved:
11 days
Median number of days achieved:
9 days
Detailed Comments
Includes residential buildings not exceeding three storeys or 600 square meters such
as:
A detached house, semi-detached house, townhouse, or row house where no
dwelling unit is located above another dwelling unit.
A detached structure that serves a building listed above, that does not exceed
55 square meters in building area.
A tent to which section 3.14 of Division B of the Building Code applies.
A sign to which section 3.15 of Division B of the Building Code applies.
The provincial standard period for a building permit to be issued or refused is 10
working days.
Median number of days reported for 2013 was higher than normal due to the
significant volume of permit applications received for subdivisions while undergoing
staffing changes.
315
1City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
4.2b Category 2: Small Buildings
2013 2012
Median number of days achieved: Median number of days achieved:
16 days 11 days
Detailed Comments
Include buildings with three or fewer storeys in height, not exceeding 600 square
meters in area and used for major occupancies, such as:
-Group C, residential occupancies
-Group D, business and personal services occupancies
-GroupE, mercantile occupancies
-Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium and low hazard industrial occupancies.
The provincial standard period for a building permit to be issued or refused in this
category is 15 working days .
. In 2013, the median number of days to review permits took longer basically due to
the higher than normal volume of applications received while undergoing staff
changes.
' I
316
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
4.2c Category 3: Large Buildings
2013 2012
Median number of days achieved:
15 days
Median number of days achieved:
13 days
Detailed Comments
Include large residential, commercial, industrial and institutional buildings used for
major occupancies classified as:
-Group A, assembly occupancies
-Group 8, care or detention occupancies, or
-Group F, Division 1, high hazard industrial occupancies.
Buildings exceeding 600 square meters in building area or exceeding three storeys in
height and used for major occupancies such as:
-Group C, residential occupancies
-Group D, business and personal services occupancies
-Group E, mercantile occupancies
-Group F, Divisions 2 and 3
Also include farm buildings that exceed 600 square meters in building area.
The provincial standard period for a building permit to be issued or refused in this
category is 15 working days.
In 2013, the provincial standard period for review was met. However, processing still
took longer compared to previous year due to the higher than normal volume of
applications received while undergoing staff changes.
317
318
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
4.2d Category 4: Complex Buildings
2013 2012
Median number of days achieved:
35 days
Detailed Comments
Complex buildings include:
Median number of days achieved:
10 days
1) Post disaster buildings such as hospitals, emergency treatment facilities, blood
banks, telephone exchanges, power generating stations, electrical
substations, control centres for land transportation, public water treatment and
storage facilities, water and sewage pumping stations, emergency response
facilities, fire, rescue and police stations, storage facilities for vehicles or boats
(used for fire, rescue and police purposes) and communication facilities
including radio and television stations;
2) High buildings to which provisions of subsection 3.2.6 of Division B of the
Building Code apply; and
3) Complex buildings with mezzanines to which provisions of Articles 3.2.8.3 to
3.2.8.11 of Division B of the Building Code apply.
The provincial standard period for a building permit to be issued or refused in this
category is 30 working days.
For this reporting year, staff took more time to review applications due to the
complexity of submissions received in 2013.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Building Serv1ces
4.3 Monitoring the number and percentage of permit applications (New)
Effectiveness Measure
a) The number and percentage of building permit applications submitted and
accepted by the municipality as both complete and incomplete applications, by
category, and
b) the subtotal for the number of complete and incomplete building permit
applications, by category.
Objective
To monitor the number and percentage of building permit applications which are
submitted and accepted by the municipality, by category.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• Building category where the application falls under
• Scope of proposed construction work/extent of plans review necessary
• Number and type of permit applications
• Compliance to Ontario building codes and other applicable laws
• Completeness of application
• General economic activity
To be considered complete, a permit application must be made by the owner or
authorized agent on a form approved by the Minister of Municipal Affairs and
Housing. All applicable fields and schedules must be completed on the application.
All fees must be paid in reference to the applicable municipal by-law, resolution or
regulation made under clause 7(1 )(c) of the Building Code Act.
Below are the numbers and percentages of permit applications reviewed in 2013
grouped in four categories.
319
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report.
4.3 Category 1: Houses
Number Percentage
Complete Applications 397 67.0%
Incomplete Applications 196 33.0%
Total Applications 593 100.0%
Category 1: houses not exceeding 3-storeys I 600 square meters.
4.3 Category 2: Small Buildings
Number Percentage
Complete Applications 15 62.5%
Incomplete Applications 9 37.5%
Total Applications 24 100.0%
Category 2: small commercial/industrial not exceeding 3-storeys I 600 square
meters.
4.3 Category 3: Large Buildings
Number Percentage
Complete Applications 75 62.0%
Incomplete Applications 46 38.0%
Total Applications 121 100.0%
Category 3: large residential I commercial I industrial I institutional.
4.3 Category 4: Complex Buildings
Number Percentage
Complete Applications 5 83.3%
Incomplete Applications 1 16.7%
Total Applications 6 100.0%
Category 4: post disaster buildings, including hospitals, power/water, fire/police/EMS,
communications
320
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
B "ld" S Ul mg_ erv1ces
4.4 Total number of building permit applications for all categories
Complete and Incomplete 2013 (New)
Number Percentage
Complete Applications 492 66.1%
Incomplete Applications 252 33.9%
Total Applications 744 100.0%
Effectiveness Measure
The total number and percentage of building permit applications accepted by th~
municipality.
Objective
To monitor the number of building permit applications accepted by the municipality.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• Number and type of permit applications
• Completeness of each permit application
• General economic activity
To be considered a complete .application, a permit application must be made by the
owner or authorized agent on a form approved by the Minister of Municipal Affairs
and Housing. All applicable fields and schedules must be completed on the
application. All fees must be paid in reference to the applicable municipal by-law,
resolution or regulation made under clause 7(1 )(c) of the Building Code Act.
Detailed Comments
The total number of building permit applications provides a measure of
volume for the processing of building permit applications. Municipalities
interested in comparing their results may wish to consider the volume
and application status (complete/incomplete) of building permit
applications in selecting comparators.
321
322
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.1 a Operating Costs for Paved Roads
2013 2012
$1 '738.26 $1,479.03
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for paved (hard top) roads per lane kilometer.
Objective
Provide efficient maintenance services on paved roads.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Use of roads by heavy equipment.
• The municipality's standard for road conditions in comparison with comparable
municipalities.
• Kilometers of paved roads in the municipality.
• The method of allocating overhead costs (such as office supplies, telephone,
. advertising, subscriptions, insurance, general repairs and maintenance, other
indirect costs) used in the determination of the numerator when there is not a
separate cost centre.
Detailed Comments
Paved (hard top) roads include roads with asphalt surface, concrete surface,
composite pavement, Portland cement or surface treatment.
Maintenance include frost heave/base/utility cut repair, cold and hot mix patching,
shoulder and surface maintenance, surface sweeping and flushing.
The City maintains separate accounts to track material costs related to roads. The
costs of administration and other indirect costs have been allocated to paved roads
based on management's best estimate on the proportion of responsibility dedicated
to the road functions.
In 2013, the City maintained 734 lane' kilometers of paved road compared to 723 lane
kilometers in 2012 and undertook more repairs in 2013 than 2012. As a result,
related operating costs on salaries and wages, materials and contracted services
increased.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.1 b Total Costs for Paved Roads
2013 2012
$5,580.19 $5,292.98
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for paved (hard top) roads per lane kilometer.
Objective
Provide efficient maintenance of paved roads.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Use of roads by heavy equipment.
• The municipality's standard for road conditions in comparison with comparable
municipalities.
• Kilometers of paved roads in the municipality.
• The method of allocating overhead costs (such as office supplies, telephone,
advertising, subscriptions, insurance, general repairs and maintenance, other
indirect costs) used in the determination of the numerator when there is not a
separate cost centre.
• Interest on long term debt and amortization of capital costs.
• Revenue received from other municipalities related to tangible capital assets.
Detailed Comments
The total cost is calculated by adding the operating costs, interest on long term debt
and amortization net of revenue received from other municipalities related to tangible
capital assets. Note that no related revenue was received in 2013.
The increase in the resulting measure from 2012 to 2013 was largely due to the
increase in operating costs maintaining all of the paved roads.
The City maintained 734 lane kilometers of paved road in 2013 compared to 723 lane
kilometers in 2012.
323
324
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.2a Operating Costs for Unpaved Roads
2013 2012
$5,928.37 $6,991.76
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for unpaved (loose top) roads per lane kilometer.
Objective
Provide efficient maintenance of unpaved roads.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Use of roads by heavy equipment.
• The municipality's standard for road conditions in comparison with comparable
municipalities.
• The kilometers of unpaved roads in the municipality in comparison with
comparable municipalities. ·
• Locations of the unpaved roads.
• The method of allocating overhead costs (that includes office supplies, telephone,
advertising, subscriptions, insurance, general repairs and maintenance, other
indirect costs) used in the determination of the numerator when there is not a
separate cost centre.
Detailed Comments
Unpaved (loose top) roads include roads with a gravel, stone or other loose surface.
The operating costs of maintaining the City's unpaved roads include employee wages
& benefits, amount of granular materials used, administering dust suppressants,
program support, contracted services, rental of heavy equipment, grading, repairs,
road patrol and surface inspections.
The City maintained 213 kilometers of unpaved roads in 2013. The same distance in
2012.
The decrease in the resulting measure in 2013 was due to a drier summer which
resulted in a lesser requirement for maintenance activities and materials usage.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.2b Total Costs for Unpaved Roads
2013 2012
$5,987.73 $7,048.82
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for unpaved (loose top) roads per lane kilometre.
Objective
Provide efficient maintenance of unpaved roads.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Use of the roads by heavy equipment.
• The municipality's standard for road conditions in comparison with comparable
municipalities.
• The kilometers of unpaved roads in the municipality in comparison with
comparable municipalities.
• Locations of the unpaved lanes.
• The method of allocating overhead costs (that includes office supplies, telephone,
advertising, subscriptions, insurance, general repairs and maintenance, other
indirect costs) used in the determination of the numerator when there is not a
separate cost centre.
• Interest on long term debt and amortization on capital costs.
Detailed Comments
Calculation of total costs include the sum of the total operating cost, interest on long
term debt and amortization on capital costs net of revenue received from other
municipalities related to tangible capital assets.
The decrease in 2013 from 2012 is reflective of the decrease in the operating cost
calculated from 5.2a. Interest on long term debt and amortization in 2013 were
relatively the same as in 2012.
325
326
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.3a Operating Costs for Bridges and Culverts
2013 2012
$0.00 $0.00
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for bridges and culverts per square metre of surface area.
Objective
Provide efficient maintenance of bridges and culverts.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Use of bridges and causeways.
• Location and age of bridges and culverts.
• The method of allocating overhead costs (that includes office supplies, telephone,
advertising, subscriptions, insurance, general repairs and maintenance, other
indirect costs) used in the determination of the numerator when there is not a
separate cost centre.
Detailed Comments
The operating costs of maintaining the City's bridges and culverts include employees'
wages and benefits, materials used for repairs & maintenance, contracted services,
rental of equipment, program support less revenue from other municipalities.
In 2013, the City has no reported operating costs related to the repairs and
maintenance of the primary components of bridges and culverts as in 2012.
The 9,763 square meters total surface area of bridges and culverts maintained in
2013 was the same in 2012.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.3b Total Costs for Bridges and Culverts
2013 2012
$19.56 $19.56
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for bridges and culverts per square metre of surface area.
Objective
Provide efficient maintenance of bridges and culverts.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results. across municipalities:
• Use of bridges and causeways .
• Locations and age of bridges and culverts .
• The method of allocating overhead costs (that includes office supplies, telephone,
advertising, subscriptions, insurance, general repairs and maintenance, other
indirect costs) used in the determination of the numerator when there is not a
separate cost centre.
Detailed Comments
The total costs of maintaining the City's bridges and culverts is the sum of the total
operating cost, interest on long term debt and amortization less revenue from other
municipalities.
The only cost included in the 2013 calculation was the amortization on capital assets.
The amount was relatively the same as in 2012.
327
328
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.4a Operating Costs for Winter Maintenance of Roads
2013 2012
$2,076.58 $1,154.70
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for winter maintenance of roadways per lane kilometre.
Objective
Provide efficient winter maintenance of roadways.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• The municipality's standard service levels for road conditions.
• The kilometers of paved and unpaved roads in the municipality in comparison with
comparable municipalities.
• The method of allocating overhead costs (that includes office supplies, travel,
telephone, advertising, subscriptions, insurance, general repairs and maintenance, ,
other indirect costs) used in the determination of the numerator when there is not a
separate cost centre.
Detailed Comments
Since 2004 the City of Pickering has maintained a separate account to track material
costs that are directly related to winter control of roadways. The costs of
administration and other indirect costs however have been allocated based on
management's best estimate on the proportion of responsibility dedicated to the road
function for winter control.
The total operating cost of the City's winter control maintenance includes related
employee wages & benefits, salt, sand & other materials, program support, equipment
rental and culvert thawing. This amount is directly related to the winter condition during
the reporting year.
The increase in the resulting measure in 2013 from 2012 wasdue to an increase in
winter control activities during the latter half of 2013 resulting to an increase in
materials usage, contracted services and salaries & wages. The increase in total lane
kilometres of roads maintained in 2013 from 2012 also contributed to the increase in·
operating costs. The City maintained 948 lane kilometres of total road types in 2013
compared to 936 in 2012.
The measure is directly related to weather severity and duration (see 5.7 for total
winter events) during the reporting year.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.4b Total Costs for Winter Maintenance of Roads
2013 2012
$2,076.58 $1,154.70
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for winter maintenance of roadways per lane kilometre maintained in
winter.
Objective
Provide efficient winter control operation.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• The municipality's standard service levels for road conditions.
• The kilometers of paved and unpaved roads in the municipality in comparison with
comparable municipalities.
• The method of allocating overhead costs (that includes office supplies, travel,
telephone, advertising, subscriptions, insurance, general repairs and maintenance,
other indirect costs) used in the determination of the numerator when there is not~
separate cost centre.
Detailed Comments·
The total cost for winter maintenance of roads is calculated as the sum of the total
operating cost, interest on long term debt and amortization on related assets net of
revenue from other municipalities related to tangible capital assets.
In 2013, no interest and amortization costs were allocated to equipment used for winter
maintenance of roadways, as was in 2012. Therefore, the resulting measure is the
same as the calculated result showing on 5.4a.
329
330
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.5 Adequacy of Roads
2013 2012
87.7% 87.1%
Effectiveness Measure
Percentage of paved lane kilometres where the condition is rated as good to very good.
Objective
Provide a paved road system that has a pavement condition that meets municipal
standards.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the abo~e results:
• The municipality's standard service levels for road conditions.
• The kilometres of paved road·s in the municipality in comparison with comparable
municipalities.
• Volume of traffic.
Detailed Comments
City staff uses their best estimates to establish the percentage of roads that are rated as
good to very good. The City's road patrols, the public, employees and the Roads Needs
Study are other sources providing feedback on road conditions. As new roads are
added and existing roads are reconstructed, repaired and rehabilitated, the rating
steadily improves to a higher level year after year.
In 2013, 644 out of 734 kilometers (87.7%) of paved lane was rated to be in good to
very good condition as compared to 630 out of 723 kilometers (87.1%) in 2012.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.6 Adequacy of Bridges and Culverts
2013 2012
54.1% 54.1%
Effectiveness Measure
Percentage of bridges and culverts where the condition is rated as good to very good.
Objective
Maintain safe bridges and culverts.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results across municipalities:
• Use of bridges and causeways .
• Maintenance of bridges and causeways as required to meet standards .
• Locations of bridges and culverts . '
Detailed Comments
The condition of a bridge or culvert in this performance measure means the condition of
only the primary components which are the main load carrying components of the
structure. This includes: decks, beams, girders, abutments, foundations, etc. Any other
components used to distribute loads such as sidewalks, curbs, sway braces and wing
walls are excluded.
In 2013, a total of 33 bridges and culverts were rated as good to very good out of 61
(54.1%). The same rating result in 2012.
331
332
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Road Services
5.7 Winter Event Response
2013 2012
100% 100%
Effectiveness Measure
Percentage of winter events where the response met or exceeded locally determined
road municipal service levels for road maintenance.
Objective
Provide an appropriate response to winter storm events.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the above results:
• The municipality's standard service levels for road conditions.
• The frequency and severity of the winter weather.
• The kilometers of paved and unpaved roads in the municipality in comparison with
comparable municipalities.
• Hours of Service regulations under the Highway Traffic Act.
Detailed Comments
Roads are cleaned and cleared usually within 24 hours after the end of a snowfall when
adequate resources are available in accordance with hours of service regulations. In
2013, as was in prior years, the City did not experience a winter event where staff was
not able to meet or exceed road maintenance standards including the December 22nct
ice storm.
The City defines an event as 2-3 em of snowfall or ice-covered roads caused by freezing
rains. Once the crews are mobilized, they work (within regulations) until the snow event
is controlled. This duration is variable depending on weather severity.
The City responded to 43 winter storm events in 2013 compared to 28 in 2012. All
responses met or exceeded the municipal standard winter control maintenance levels.
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Storm Water Management
8.1a Operating Costs·for Urban Storm Water Management
2013 2012
$1,442.22 $1,166.19
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for urban storm water management (collection, treatment, and
disposal) per kilometer of drainage system.
Objective
Provide efficient storm water management.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the efficiency rate of urban storm water
management:
• Geography of the City
• Extent and age of the drainage system
• Inventory of pipes in the Municipality
Detailed Comments
Storm-water management has become increasingly important in the urban area as the
City continues to develop and intensify. Impacts such as flooding, erosion and poor
water quality are being addressed through watershed wide controls thus reducing the
pressures that are put on watercourses and Frenchman's Bay.
An urban storm water system consists primarily of closed drains but may include
ditches, especially where the urban area has grown up around a rural area.
This performance measure identifies direct costs related to the efficient collection,
treatment and conveyance of stormwater from urban areas against total kilometers of
urban drainage systems. Direct costs include salaries/wages/benefits, contracted
services and materials, storm pipe cleaning, flushing, video inspection, catch
basin/manhole repairs, storm pipe repairs, cleaning of specialized oil and grit
separators.
The 23.67% increase in the resulting measure from 2012 to 2013 was a result of an
increase in the use of contracted services (consulting services) to develop a
comprehensive urban storm water management plan. Slight increase in both salaries &
wages and cost of materials used were also contributory factors to the increase in the
calculated measure.
The City maintained 306 kilometers of urban drainage system in 2013 compared to
301 in 2012.
333
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Storm Water Management
8.1 b Total Cost for Urban Storm Water Management
2013 I 2012
$8,351.21 I $7,992.36
Effectiveness Measure
Total costs for urban storm water management (collection, treatment, and disposal) per
kilometre of drainage system.
Objective
Provide efficient storm water management.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the efficiency rate of urban storm water
management:
• The geography of the City
• The extent and age of the drainage system
• The inventory of pipes in the Municipality
Detailed Comments
The total cost for urban storm water management is calculated as the sum of the total
operating cost, interest on long term debt and amortization on related assets net of
revenue from other municipalities related to tangible capital assets.
In 2013, interest and amortization costs on related assets was not that much different
from 2012. The increase in the resulting measure was largely due to the increase in the
total operating costs (see 8.1 a).
334
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Storm Water Management
8.2a Operating Costs for Rural Storm Water Management
2013 2012
$2,737.40 $3,787.85
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for rural storm water management (collection, treatment, and disposal)
per kilometer of drainage system.
Objective
Provide efficient rural storm water management.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the efficiency rate of rural storm water
management:
• The geography, size and nature of the rural area.
• Land erosion control.
• The frequency and time devoted to the maintenance of the rural drainage system.
Detailed Comments
A rural stormwater system is one where storm water is conveyed primarily along the
side of roadways normally with open ditches located in areas defined on rural
Pickering's Official Plan. A rural system may also include storm sewers and catch
basins.
The total operating cost sums up all related salaries/wages/benefits, contracted
services, materials, other direct costs such as culvert repairs and maintenance,
ditching, bank repair and other day-to-day maintenance activities, rentals,
interfunctional adjustments and program support over a total kilometers of drainage
system.
The decrease in the resulting measure in 2013 was largely due to the longer dry
season experienced during the year. This projected to a lower than expected materials
usage and rental costs. The City maintained 351 kilometers of rural storm water
drainage network in 2013. The same distance maintained in prior years.
335
336
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Storm Water Management
8.2b Total Costs for Rural Storm Water Management
2013 2012
$2,790.76 $3,847.99
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for rural storm water management (collection, treatment, and disposal) per
kilometer of drainage system.-
Objective
Provide efficient rural storm water management.
General Comments
The following factors can influence the efficiency rate of rural storm water
management:
• The geography, size and nature of the rural area.
• Land erosion control.
• The frequency and time devoted to the maintenance of the rural drainage system.
• Interest on long term debt and amortization.
Detailed Comments
This measure calculates the sum of operating costs, interest on long term debt and
related amortization for rural storm water management over total kilometers of rural
drainage system plus 0.005 kilometers times the number of catch basins. It provides a
picture of the cost spent in maintaining a rural drainage system on a per kilometer
basis.
Amortization in 2013 was relatively the same compared to prior year and no interest on
long term debt was recorded in 2013 and 2012. The difference in the resulting
measure was from the decrease in operating costs as calculated in the previous
measure (8.2a).
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.1a Operating Cost for Parks per Person
2013 2012
$46.22 $47.59
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for maintaining the parks per person.
Objective
Provide efficient operation of parks.
General Comments
Operating costs in maintaining outdoor open spaces including parks, parkettes, flower
gardens, natural areas, playgrounds, public squares, skateboard parks, outdoor skating
rinks, sports fields, splash pads, trails and similar spaces are included in the determ'ination
of this measure. To calculate this measure, the total operating cost is divided by the total
City population.
Detailed Comments
The City maintains the parks on a daily basis during summer. The scheduled grass cutting
cycle of 5 to 10 days is maintained to control growth and keep all parks available and safe
for public use at all times during the summer months. However, the amount of precipitation
received during this time directly affects the grass cutting cycle.
The slight decrease in the resulting measure from 2012 to 2013 was due to the decrease in
wages required to maintain all parks and a slight increase in reported population.
337
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.1b Total Cost for Parks per Person
2013 2012
$55.27 $56.86
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for maintaining the parks per person.
Objective
Provide efficient operations of parks.
Detailed Comments
Total cost calculation sums up the total operating cost, interest on long term debt and
amortization on capital assets related to parks, divided by the total population.
This measure provides a picture of how much overall the City spent in maintaining the
parks on a per person basis. The decrease in the resulting measure from 2012 to 2013
was largely due to the decrease in operating costs (11.1a) and increase in population.
338
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.2a Operating Costs for Recreation Programs per Person
2013 2012
$50.38 $51.01
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for recreation programs per person.
Objective
Provide efficient operation of recreation programs.
Detailed Comments
Recreation programs include a wide range of programs, services and activities offered by the
City to the public in a municipally owned or leased facility area. It include both registered
programs and unregistered drop-in programs or clubs.
This measure is calculated by dividing the total operating cost in running the programs with
total population. Total operating cost includes salaries, wages, benefits, materials, contracted
services, rents, transfers and adjustments.
Throughout the year, recreation programs are continuously reviewed and changed depending
on public demand as determined by number of attendees. Seasonality of activities also affects
the type and frequency of program offerings.
In 2013, the difference in operating cost comparison between 2012 and 2013 was marginal.
The slight decrease in the calculated measure was primarily due to the increase in population
count in 2013 (denominator).
339
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.2b Total Costs for Recreation Programs per Person
2013 2012
$50.38 $51.01
Efficiency Measure
Total cost for the operation of recreation programs per person.
Objective
Provide efficient operation of recreation programs.
Detailed Comments
The total cost is calculated as the sum of operating cost, interest on long term debt and
amortization related to recreation programs. In 2013, like in prior years, no interest and
amortization related to recreation programs were allocated. Hence, the total cost per person is
the same as the operating cost per person reported in 11.2a above.
340
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.3a Operating Costs for Recreation Facilities per Person
2013 2012
$88.77 $85.86
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for recreation facilities per person.
Objective
Provide efficient operation of recreation facilities.
Detailed Comments
Recreation facilities include built or enclosed structures used for the purposes of community
recreation and leisure. These facilities normally involve some form of operating function either
mechanical, electrical or both and some form of controlled access. Recreation facilities include
community centres, gymnasiums, arenas, fitness centres, indoor skating rinks, indoor and
outdoor swimming pools, lawn bowling greens, tennis courts, youth/senior centres, wading
pools, etc ..
Included in the calculation of this measure are salaries/wages/benefits, materials, contracted
services, rents, transfers and adjustments related to the operation of all recreation facilities,
divided by the total population.
The higher cost of materials and contracted services used in 2013 resulted to the increase in
the calculated measure compared to 2012.
341
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
· Parks and Recreation
11.3b Total Costs for Recreation Facilities per Person
2013 2012
$103.70 $100.37
Efficiency .Measure
Total cost for recreation facilities per person.
Objective
Provide efficient operation of the City's recreation facilities.
Detailed Comments
Total cost includes operating cost, interest on long term debt and amortization, less revenue
from other municipalities for tangible capital assets related to the operation of all recreation
programs and facilities.
An increase in the amortization expense in 2013 compared to 2012 resulted to the increase in
the calculation of this measure. Miscellaneous equipment installation across recreation
facilities in 2013 contributed to this increase in amortization expense.
342
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.4a Operating Costs for Recreation Programs and Recreation Facilities per Person
(Subtotal)
2013 2012
$139.16 $136.88
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for recreation programs and recreation facilities per person.
Objective
Provide efficient operation of the City's recreation programs and facilities.
Detailed Comments
Included in this measure is the cost of salaries/wages/benefits and all other direct costs related
to the operation of recreational programs and facilities. This is the sum of the measures as
calculated in 11.2a and 11.3a above. The difference in the calculated measure was primarily
from the increase in operating costs for recreation facilities i~ 2013 from 2012.
343
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.4b Total Costs for Recreation Programs and Recreation Facilities per Person
(Subtotal)
2013 2012
$154.08 $151.38
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for recreation programs and recreation facilities per person.
Objective
Provide efficient operation of the City's programs and recreation facilities
Detailed Comments
Total costs include the operating costs calculated in 11.4a above plus the interest on long term
debt and amortization per person related to the operation of recreation programs and
maintenance of facilities less revenue from other municipalities for tangible capital assets
related to programs and facilities. This is the sum of items 11.2b and 11.3b above.
344
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.5 Total Kilometres of Trails and Total Kilometres of Trails per 1,000 Persons
2013 2012
16 km 16 km
0.169 km/1 ,000 persons 0.170 km/1 ,000 persons
Effectiveness Measure
Kilometres of trails per 1 ,000 persons
Objective
Measure the effectiveness of trails in the City that provide recreation opportunities.
Detailed Comments
Total kilometres of trails owned by the City plus trails owned by third parties where the City has
a formal lease contract, joint use agreement or reciprocal use agreement for every 1,000
residents were used in the calculation of this measure. This include all trails that fall under
City's responsibility or control and made available for motorized or non-motorized recreational
public use.
The City maintained 16 kilometres of trail in both 2013 and 2012. The decrease in the
km/1 000 persons calculation for 2013 was a result of the higher reported population compared
to 2012.
345
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.6 Hectares of Open Space and Hectares of Open Space per 1,000 Persons
2013 2012
221 ha 219 ha
2.329 ha/1 ,000 persons 2.329 ha/1 ,000 persons
Effectiveness Measur~
Hectares of open space (City owned) per 1,000 person.
Objective
Measure the adequacy of open space for the population.
Detailed Comments
Total hectares of City owned open space over total population was used in this calculation.
Open space includes all outdoor open spaces that provide opportunities and benefits for
active, passive and programmed community recreation and leisure that are accessible to the
public. This includes but not limited to allotments, horticultural areas, natural areas, parks and
parkettes, playgrounds, public squares, skateboard parks, sports fields and trails.
The City maintained 221 hectares of municipally owned open space in 2013 compared to 219
hectares in 2012. The approximately two hectares of additional open space came from the
Duffin Heights village green and Creekside park. Calculation of total hectares/1 000 persons in
2013 came out the same with 2012 primarily due to the increase in population count for 2013.
346
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.7 Total Participant Hours for Recreation Programs
2013 2012
21,404 hrs/1 ,000 persons 21,493 h rs/1 ,000 persons
Effectiveness Measure
Total participant hours for recreation programs per 1,000 persons.
Objective
Measure the effectiveness of programs provided by the City.
Detailed Comments
Participant hours are based only on the number of active registrants or participants in a
program. Total hours for special events is not part of this measure.
Total participant hours for every 1,000 person in the City including registered, drop-in and
permitted recreation programs and activities were used in this calculation.
In 2013, there was actually a marginal increase in total participant hours for recreation
programs from 2012. However, due to the higher population (denominator) in 2013 compared
to 2012, the resulting measure decreased by 89 hrs per1 ,000 persons in 2013.
347
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.8 Square Metres of Indoor Recreation Facilities and Square Metres of Indoor
Recreation Facilities per 1,000 Persons (Municipally Owned)
2013 2012
462 sqm/1 ,000 persons 437 sqm/1 ,000 persons
Effectiveness Measure .
Square metres of indoor recreation facilities per 1 ,000 persons.
Objective
Determine the adequacy of indoor recreation facility space available to the public.
Detailed Comments
City owned indoor recreation facilities include built or enclosed structures used for the
purposes of community recreation and leisure.
A floor area review of all indoor recreation facilities were conducted by staff in 2013. Results
showed that previously reported areas from different facilities were inaccurate and had to be
updated. Total corrected area of indoor recreation facilities in 2013 was 43,860 square meters.
Previous total was 41 ,099 square meters.
348
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Parks and Recreation
11.9 Square Metres of Outdoor Recreation Facility Space and Square Metres of Outdoor
Recreation Facility Space per 1,000 Persons (Municipally Owned)
2013 I 2012
305 sqm/1 ,000 persons I 283 sqm/1 ,000 persons
Effectiveness Measure
Square metres of outdoor recreation facility space per 1,000 persons.
Objective
Determine the adequacy of outdoor recreation facility space available to the public.
Detailed Comments
Total area in square metres of municipally owned outdoor recreation facility space with
controlled access and electrical or mechanical functions per 1,000 persons were used in this
calculation.
The City maintained 28,901 square metres of outdoor space in 2013 compared to 26,589
square meters in 2012. The 2,312 square meters increase came from the second lawn bowling
green at East Shore Community Centre which should have been added in 2012 after
construction. However, the green was not in use the first year due to issues with turf
Gonsistency. The problem was resolved and the green was opened for use in 2013.
349
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Library Services
12.1a Operating Costs for Library Services per Person
2013 2012
$60.75 $57.83
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for library services per person.
Objective
Provide efficient library services to the public.
Detailed Comments
The City now has four library locations servicing its residents in 2013. The Whitevale branch
closed its doors at the end of 2012 due to dwindling use. The cost for the remaining four
locations is included in the calculation of this measure, which includes salaries, wages,
benefits, materials, rent and all other operating costs divided by the total population.
The increase in operating cost per person in 2013 was primarily due to the increase in total
salaries and wages and library materials acquisitions compared to 2012.
350
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Library Services
12.1 b Total Costs for Library Services per Person
2013 2012
$67.37 $63.97
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for library services per person.
Objective
Provide efficient library services to the public.
Detailed Comments
Total cost for this measure is the sum of the operating costs, interest on long term debt and
amortization of related capital assets divided by total population.
The resulting measure increased in 2013 from 2012 due to the increase in operating cost as
noted in the previous measure (12.1 a) and an increase in amortization related to the increased
materials purchased in 2013.
\
351
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Library Services
12.2a Operating Costs for Library Services per Use
2013 2012
$1.79 $1.69
Efficiency Measure
Operating costs for library services per use.
Objective
Provide efficient library services to th.e public.
Detailed Comments
The City has four locations servicing its residents in 2013. The total operating costs for all four
locations and the total library uses was used in the calculation of this measure.
In 2013, there was an increase in the total operating cost compared to 2012. Total library uses
(denominator) also increased in 2013 but almost negligible. This resulted to a slightly higher
calculated operating cost for library service per use compared to 2012.
352
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
library Services
12.2b Total Costs for library Services per Use
2013 2012
$1.98 $1.87
Efficiency Measure
Total costs for library services per use.
Objective
Provide efficient library services to the public.
Detailed Comments
The total costs for all four library locations in 2013 was used in the calculation of this measure
against total library uses. The total costs include the sum of the operating costs, interest on
long term debt and amortization of related capital assets. The increase in the calculated
measure for 2013 was due to a higher amortization costs on library materials compared to
2012.
353
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Library Services
12.3 Library Uses per Person
2013 2012
34.03 34.14
Effectiveness Measure
Library uses per person.
Objective
Increased use of library services.
General Comment
Although population changes impact the resulting measure, it does not necessarily affect the
level of service provided. A change in usage alone is a satisfactory indicator of service levels.
Detailed Comments
Total electronic and non electronic library uses from all four locations together with the total
population of the City were used in the calculation of this measure.
Library use per person was slightly down in 2013 compared to 2012. It is important to note
however, that total use for 2013 was slightly up by about 0.6% from 2012. But with an almost
1% increase in reported population in 2013 from 2012, there was a slight decrease in the
reported measure.
354
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Library Services
12.4 Electronic Library Uses as a Percentage of Total Library Uses
2013 2012
37.2% 35.8%
Effectiveness Measure
Electronic library uses as a percentage of total library uses.
Objective
Effectiveness of information on library usage.
Detailed Comments
The percentage of electronic uses includes 2013 data from the four library locations. Uses
include the number of people using on-site library computers, number of times electronic
collections (e-books, etc.) are accessed, number of users of wireless connection, number of
information communication technology (software and social media) support requests and
number of electronic visits to the library's website.
As the library continuous to make its materials and services electronically accessible and with
the technology to access this becomes more available to the public through e-readers, smart
phones and tablets, electronic library uses was expected to go up in 2013 and beyond.
355
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Library Services
12.5 Non Electronic Library Uses as a Percentage of Total Library Uses
2013 2012
62.8% 64.2%
Effectiveness Measure
Non-electronic Library uses as a percentage of total library uses.
Objective
Effectiveness of information on library usage.
Detailed Comments
Non-electronic uses includes data from the four library locations in 2013. Uses include
program attendance, in-library materials use, number of standard reference transactions,
number of reader's advisor transactions and number of in-person visits to the library.
In contrast to the increasing trend in the number of electronic library uses, the number of non-
electronic library uses was expected to be on the downward trend as reflected on the resulting
measure from 2012 to 2013.
356
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Land Use Planning
13.1 Percentage of New Residential Units Located Within Settlement Areas
2013 2012
100.0% 100.0%
Effectiveness Measure
Percentage of new residential units located within settlement areas.
Objective
New residential development is occurring within settlement areas.
Detailed Comments
The number of new residential units in detached houses, semi-detached houses, row
/town houses and apartments/condo apartments within the settlement areas are used for
the calculation of this measure as a percentage of the total number of new residential
units created within the entire City. Settlement areas include areas within the City which
have been designated for residential development in an approved municipal official plan.
In 2013, there were 344 new dwelling units within the City compared to 286 in 2012. All
units were located within the designated settlement areas.
357
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Land Use Planning
13.2 Preservation of Agricultural Lands
2013 2012
100.0% 100.0%
Effectiveness Measure
Percentage of land designated for agricultural purposes which was not re-designated for
other uses during the reporting year.
Objective
Preservation of agricultural land.
Detailed Comments
The City maintained 8,823 hectares of land designated for agricultural purposes in both
2013 and 2012. No area was re-designated to other uses in the reporting year.
358
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Land Use Planning
13.3 Preservation of Agricultural Lands Relative to 2000
2013 2012
99.5% 99.5%
Effectiveness Measure
Percentage of land designated for agricultural purposes which was not re-designated for other
uses relative to the base year of 2000.
Objective
Preservation of agricultural land.
Detailed Comments
A total of 8,865 hectares of agricultural land was originally designated for agricultural purposes
in the official plan as of January 1, 2000. A total of 42 hectares has been re-designated since
then.
359
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Land Use Planning
13.4 Hectares of Agricultural Land which was Re-designated for Other Uses During
the Reporting Year
2013 2012
0 0
Effectiveness Measure
Number of hectares of land originally designated for agricultural purposes which was re-
designated for other uses during the reporting year.
Objective
Preservation of agricultural land.
Detailed Comments
-
No agricultural land was re-designated to other classifications in 2013.
360
City of Pickering
Year 2013 Performance Measurement Report
Land Use Planning
13.5 Hectares of Agricultural Lands which was Re-designated for Other Uses Since
2000
2013 2012
42 ha 42 ha
Effectiveness Measure
Number of hectares of land originally designated for agricultural purposes which was re-
designated for other uses since January 1, 2000.
Objective
Preservation of agricultural land.
Detailed Comments
A total of 42 hectares of agricultural land was re-designated to other uses since 2000.
361
ATTACHMEt-lT#J.._ TO REPOR.T# f1~ \s-·lj
CITY OF PICKERING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT
COMPARISON OF 2013 & 2012 MEASURES
Performance Measures 2013 2012
General Government -Efficiency
-Operating cost for governance and corporate management 7.00% 6.60%
as %age of total municipal operating costs
-Total cost for governance and corporate management
as %age of total municipal costs 6.10% 5.60%
Protection Services -Efficiency & Effectiveness of Fire Services
-Operating cost for fire services per $1,000 of assessment $ 1.40 $ 1.36
-Total cost for fire services per $1,000 of assessment $ 1.45 $ 1.43
-Number of residential fire related civilian injuries per 1,000 persons 0.074 0.021
-Residential fire related civilian injuries-5 year average per 1,000 persons 0.021 0.011
-Residential fire related civilian fatalities per 1,000 persons 0.000 0.000
-Residential fire related civilian fatalities-5 year average per 1,000 persons 0.000 0.000
-Number of residential structural fires per 1,000 households 0.391 0.864
Building Services -Efficiency & Effectiveness
-Operating cost for building permits and inspection services (Revised) $ 5.44 $ -
Not comparable to 2012
-Total cost for building permits and inspection services (Revised) $ 5.44 $ -
Not comparable to 2012
-Median number of days to process a complete building permit application
-Category 1: Houses 11 days 9 days
-Category 2: Small buildings 16 days 11 days
-Category 3: Large buildings 15 days 13 days
-Category 4: Complex buildings 35 days 10 days
-Monitoring the number and percentage of building permit applications (New)
-Category 1: Houses
-Complete applications 397-66.9% -
-Incomplete applications 196-33.1% -
-Total applications 593-100% -
-Category 2: Small buildings
-Complete applications 15-62.5% -
-Incomplete applications 9-37.5% -
-Total applications 24-100% -
-Category 3: Large buildings
-Complete applications 75-62.0% -
-Incomplete applications 46-38.0% -
-Total applications 121-100% -
-Category 4: Complex buildings
-Complete applications 5-83.3% -
-Incomplete applications 1 -16.7% -
-Total applications 6-100% -
-Total number of building permit applications (complete and incomplete)
-Complete applications 492-66.1% -
-Incomplete applications 252-33.9% -
-Total applications 744-100% -
Transportation Services -Efficiency of Roadways
-Operating cost for paved roads per lane kilometer $ 1,738.26 $ 1,479.03
-Total cost for paved roads per lane kilometer $ 5,580.19 $ 5,292.98
-Operating cost for unpaved roads per lane kilometer $ 5,928.37 $ 6,991.76
-Total cost for unpaved roads per lane kilometer $ 5,987.73 $ 7,048.82
-Operating cost for bridges & culverts per sq m of surface area $ -$ -
-Total cost for bridges & culverts per sq m of surface area $ 19.56 $ 19.56
-Operating cost for winter control maintenance of roads per lane kilometer $ 2,076.58 $ 1,154.70
-Total cost for winter control maintenance of roads per lane kilometer $ 2,076.58 • $ 1,154.70
362
CITY OF PICKERING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT
COMPARISON OF 2013 & 2012 MEASURES
Performance Measures 2013 2012
Tranportation Services-Effectiveness of Roadways
-Percentage of paved lane kilometer rated as good to very good 87.70% 87.10%
-P"ercentage of bridges & culverts rated as good to very good 54.10% 54.10%
-Percentage of winter event response that met or exceeded set standards 100.00% 100.00%
Environmental Services -Efficiency of Storm Water System
-Operating cost for urban storm water management (collection, treatment
and disposal) per kilometer of drainage system (URBAN) $ 1,442.22 $ 1,166.19
-Total cost for urban storm water management (collection, treatment
and disposal) per kilometer of drainage system (URBAN) $ 8,351.21 $ 7,992.36
-Operating cost for rural storm water management (collection, treatment
and disposal) per kilometer of drainage system (RURAL) $ 2,737.40 $ 3,787.85
-Total cost for rural storm water management (collection, treatment
and disposal) per kilometer of drainage system (RURAL) $ 2,790.76 $ 3,847.99
Parks & Recreation -Efficiency of Parks Operation
-Operating cost for parks per person $ 46.22 $ 47.59
-Total cost for parks per person $ 55.27 $ 58.86
Recreation Programs -Efficiency in the Operation of Recreation Programs
-Operating cost for recreation progams per person $ 50.38 $ 51.01
-Total cost for recreation progams per person $ 50.38 $ 51.01
Recreation Facilities -Efficiency in the Operation of Recreation Facilities
-Operating cost for recreation facility per person $ 88.77 $ 85.86
-Total cost for recreation facility per person $ 103.70 $ 100.37
Parks, Recreation Programs & Recreation Facilities-Operations of Parks,
Recreation Programs and Recreation Facilities Efficiency
-Operating cost for recreation programs and recreation facilities
per person (subtotal) $ 139.16 $ 136.88
-Total cost for recreation programs and recreation facilities
per person (subtotal) $ 154.08 $ 151.38
Traill;> -Provide recreational opportunities
-Total kilometers of trails and total kilometers of trails per 1,000 person 0.169 km 0.170 km
Parks & Recreation -Adequate Open Space for the population
-Hectares of Open Space per 1 ,000 person 2.329 ha 2.329 ha
Participant Hours for Recreation Programs -How Effective the City
is in servicing the needs of residents for Recreation Programs
-Total participant hours for recreation programs per 1,000 person 21,404 hrs 21,493 hrs
Recreation Facility Space -Recreation facility space is adequate for
population (municipally owned)
-Square metres of indoor recreation facility space per 1,000 person 462.254 sq.m. 437.121 sq.m.
-Square metres of outdoor recreation facility space per 1,000 person 304.596 sq.m. 282.796 sq.m.
Library Services -Efficiency
-Operating cost for library service per person $ 60.75 $ 57.83
-Total cost for library service per person $ 67.37 $ 63.97
-Operating cost for library service per use $ 1.79 $ 1.69
-Total cost for library service per use $ 1.98 $ 1.87
363
CITY OF PICKERING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT
COMPARISON OF 2013 & 2012 MEASURES
Performance Measures 2013 2012
Library Services -Library Services Effectiveness
-Library uses per person 34.031 34.141
-Percentage of Electronic Library uses 37.20% 35.80%
-Percentage of Non -Electronic Library uses 62.80% 64.20%
Planning and Development-Effectiveness of Land Use Planning
-Percentage of new residential units located in settlement areas 100.00% 100.00%
-Percentage of lands designated for agricultural purposes which was not
re-designated for other uses during the reporting year 100.00% 100.00%
-Percentage of land designated for argicultural purposes which was not
re-designated for other uses relative to the base year of 2000. 99.50% 99.50%
-Number of hectares of land originally designated for agricultural purposes
which was re-designated for other uses during the reporting year 0 0
-Number of hectares of land originally designated for agricultural purposes
which was re-designated for other uses since January 1, 2000. 42 ha 42 ha
364
ATIACHMENT#LTO REPORT# .. LL1.t I~-1 ~
City of Pickering
2013 Performance Measurement Report
The Performance Measures required to be reported publicly under the Provincially
mandated Performance Measurement Program will be available on the City of
Pickering's website pickering.ca as of July 31, 2014 or available at the Corporate
Services Department, 2nd Floor, Pickering Civic Complex.
365
366
From:
Subject:
Paul Bigioni
Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor
Report To
Executive Committee
Report Number: FIN 16-14.
Date: July 7, 2014
2014 Final Tax Due Dates for Commercial, Industrial and Multi-Residential
Realty Tax Classes
Recommendation:
1. That Report FIN 16-14 of the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor be
received;
2. That the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor be authorized to issue the
final 2014 Tax Bills for Commercial, Industrial and Multi-residential properties with
a due date of September 26, 2014;
3. That the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor be authorized to make any
changes or undertake any actions necessary, including altering the due date, in
order to ensure that the tax billing process is completed and in order to comply
with Provincial Regulations;
4. That the draft By-law attached to this report be enacted; and,
5. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take the necessary
actions to give effect hereto.
Executive Summary: · Adoption of the above recommendations and passing the
attached By-law provides for the final 2014 tax billing for non-residential tax classes
(commercial, industrial and multi-residential). During the last few years, the City has
billed the final non-residential taxes separately, mainly due to the additional steps that
are required as a result of the capping legislation.
Financial Implications: The attached By-law is for the final billing of 2014 property
taxes for commercial, industrial and multi-residential properties. This billing of final
property taxes will raise approximately $27 million for the City, Durham Region and the
School Boards. Tax bills for the Residential tax classes were mailed on May 28, 2014
with due dates of June 26th and September 26th.
Report FIN 16-14
Subject: 2014 Final Tax Due Dates for Commercia!, Industrial and Multi-
Residential Realty Tax Classes
July 7, 2014
Page 2
Discussion: in 1998, the Province introduced Current Value Assessment or CVA
on a Province-wide basis to replace the old patch work system (throughout the
Province) where each municipality used a different base year for assessment purposes.
The end result of CVA was the fact that some businesses were experiencing property
tax increases well above 100%. To reduce the property tax increases, the. Province
introduced capping legislation in 1998.
The City of Pickering will soon be in a position to issue the final 2014 property taxbills in
accordance with the capping provisions of Bill 140, Continued Protection for Property
Taxpayers Act, 2000 and implemented through various Regulations. (Bill140 replaced
the original capping legislation of Bill 79 introduced and approved in 1998). This
legislation was put in place to limit assessment reform related increases to 5% per year
on commercial, industrial and multi-residential properties. Under this legislation,
property owners facing increases due to property assessment reform had their
increases "capped" (reduced). Conversely, those properties experiencing decreases
were limited to that permitted under the legislation. This meant that taxes have to be
clawed back from those experiencing decreases to fund the loss of revenue resulting
from the capped increases.
The funding of the capping protection is paid for on a Region wide-basis. The Region of
Durham acts like a banker in this process. For example, the total cost of the capping
protection for commercial tax class is paid for by the other COI1}mercial properties
throughout the Region by having a portion of their property tax decrease withheld
(clawed back). As part of the Region-wide process, the City of Pickering uses a
Provincial database program called "Online Property Tax Analysis" (OPTA) to verify
non-residential assessment data. Every municipality within Durham Region uses the
OPTA system. Assessment Review Board decisions and Minutes of Settlement
decisions have been incorporated into the capping calculations up to the "freeze" date
of May 23, 2014.
Bill 83 -Legislative Changes to Capping Legislation
in 2004, the Province passed Bill 83, Budget Measures Act, 2004, which provided for
various optional tax tools that could be used for the non-residential tax class. In a two
tier municipal government structure, the upper tier has the option to select all or some of
the tax tools. These tax tools consisted of the following options:
1. Assessment-related increase cap raised from 5% to 10%.
2. Minimum annual threshold increase of 5% of total CVA property taxation.
3. Billing threshold established whereby a property that is within the $250 of its CVA
based taxation is required to pay its full CVA property taxes.
4. The minimum CVA tax for new construction properties was 60% in 2006. New
construction properties are now fully phased-in at 1 00% CVA tax. 367
368
Report FIN 16-14 Juiy 7, 2014
Subject:. 2014 Final Tax Due Dates for Commercial, Industrial and Mulh-Page 3
Residential Realty Tax Classes
The purpose of these tax tools is to accelerate the movement of non-residential
taxpayers to ful! CVA taxes (such that taxes are calculated using Current Value
Assessment multiplied by the corresponding tax rate). The Region of Durham adopted . ' all of the tax tools referenced above.
Under the Municipal Act, Subsection 343(1), the tax bills must be mailed 21 days before
the due date. Taxation staff are cognizant of this legislative requirement and design the
tax billing process to meet this requirement. The coordinated efforts between OPTA
and Durham Region municipalities have accelerated the capping calculation process
over the last few years, allowing the capping 'freeze' to be completed earlier in the
year. This has provided an opportunity for the City to set an earlier tax due date for non-
residential property tax groups.
Table One
2014 Billing Due Dates
February 27 April 29 June 26 September 26 instalment
Dates
Residential X X X X 4
Non-residential X X X 3
As the above table indicates, the residential taxpayer has four instalment dates and the
non-residential taxpayer has three dates. In the past, the City has provided indirect cash
flow assistance to the non-residential taxpayer by providing them the advantage of
skipping the June instalment date, and by having the final instalment due in the fall. This
year, taxation staff are still recommending that Council continue with the June 'payment
holiday'.
Attachments:
1. By-law to establish the 2014 Final Tax Instalment and Due Date for the
Commercia!, Industrial and Multi-Residential Tax Classes.
Prepared By:
(\ ,;t) (J A#: (fJJu:q
Donna Delong
Supervisor, Taxation
Approved/Endorsed By:
Stan Karwowski
Division Head, Finance & Treasurer
Report FIN 16-14
Subject 2014 Final Tax Due Dates for Commercial, Industrial and Multi-
Residential Realty Tax Classes
July 7, 2014
Page 4
ervices City Solicitor
Recommended for the consideration
of Pickering City Counc)/; ~ ~ '20l2ot4
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng. C/
Chief Administrative Officer
369
370
/'iTTACHMENT#.l__ TO REPORT#lliJ~-l tf
The Corporation of the City of Pickering
By-law No. XXXX/14
Being a by-law to establish the 2014 Final Property Taxes
and Due Date for the Commercia!, Industrial and
Multi-Residential Tax Classes
Whereas it is necessary for the Council of The Corporation of the City of Pickering,
pursuant to the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25as amended, to pass a By-law to
levy a separate tax rate on the assessment in each property class; and,
Whereas the property classes have been prescribed by the Minister of Finance under
the Assessment Act, R.S.O. 1990, ch.A.31 as amended, and its Regulations; and,
Whereas it is necessary for the Council of The Corporation of the City of Pickering,
pursuant to the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25 as amended, to levy on the whole
rateable property according to the last revised assessment roll for The Corporation of
the City of Pickering; and,
Whereas the Regional Municipality of Durham has passed By-law No. 13-2014 to
establish tax ratios, and By-law No. 15-2014 to adopt estimates of all sums required by
The Regional Municipality of Durham for the purposes of the Durham Region Transit
Commission, and By-law No. 16-2014 to set and levy rates of taxation for Regional
Solid Waste Management, and By-law No. 14-2014 to set and levy rates of taxation for
Regional General Purposes and set tax rates on Area Municipalities; and,
(
Whereas it is necessary for the Council of The Corporation of the City of Pickering
pursuant to the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25 as amended, to levy on the whole
rateable property according to the last revised assessment roll for The Corporation of
the City of Pickering for the current year; and,
Whereas an interim levy was made by the Council of The Corporation of the City of
Pickering (pursuant to By-law No. 7331/14) before the adoption of the estimates for the
current year; and,
Whereas sub section 342 (2) of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25 as amended,
permits the issuance of separate tax bills for separate classes of real property for year
2014.
Now therefore the Council of the Corporation of the City of Pickering hereby enacts as
follows:
1. For the year 2014, The Corporation of the City of Pickering (the "City") shall levy
upon all Property Classes (Residential, Commercial, Industrial and Multi-
residential) as set out in By-law No. 7358/14 of Schedule A, the rates of taxation,
for the City of Pickering, the Region of Durham and for Education purposes on
the current value assessment.
By-law No. Page 2
2. VVhere applicable, taxes shall be adjusted in accordance with Bill 140, as amended
and its Regulations.
3. The levy provided for shall be reduced by the amount of the interim levy for 2014 ..
4. The 2014 final tax calculations for the industrial, commercial and multi-residential
realty tax classes is based on a freeze date of May 23, 2014.
5. The 2014 taxes owed for the commercial, industrial and multi-residential assessed
properties shall be due in one instalment on September 26, 2014, or as adjusted by
the Treasurer.
6. Except in the case of taxes payable under Section 33 and 34 of the Assessment
Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.A31, as amended, the percentage charge as a penalty for non-
payment of taxes and monies payable as taxes shall be added to every tax or
assessment, rent or rate of any instalment or part thereof remaining unpaid on the
first day of default and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter in which
such default continues pursuant to subsections 345 (1 ), (2) and (3) of the Municipal
Act 2001, S.O. c.25 as amended. The Treasurer shall collect by distress or
otherwise under the provisions of the applicable statutes all such taxes,
assessments, rents, rates or instalments or parts thereof as shall not have been
paid on or before the several dates named as aforesaid, together with the said
percentage charges as they are incurred pursuant to sections 349, 350 and 351 of
the Municipal Act 2001, S.O. c.25 as amended.
7. If any section or portion of this By-law is found by a court of competent jurisdiction
to be invalid, it is the intent of Council for The Corporation of the City of Pickering
that all remaining sections and portions of this By-law continue in force and effect.
8. Taxes shall be payable to the Treasurer, City of Pickering.
9. This By-law is to come into effect on the date of its final passing.
By-law passed this 14th day of July, 2014.
David Ryan, Mayor
Debbie Shields, City Clerk
371
372
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: FIN 17-14
Date: July 7, 2014
From: Paul Bigioni
Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor
Subject: Repositioning of Reserves and Reserve Funds
Recommendation:
1. That Report Fl N 17-14 of the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor be
received;
2. That Council approve the establishment of the following Reserve Funds and
corresponding By-laws:
a) Roads and Bridges
b) Storm water Management
3. That Council approve the following transfers from the Public Works Reserve Fund:
a) the amount of $755,225.42 to the Roads and Bridges Reserve Fund
b) the amount of $355,274.56 to the Stormwater Management Reserve Fund;
4. That the Public Works Reserve Fund By-law No. 494/76 be repealed;
5. That the Division Head, Finance & Treasurer be authorized to:
a) Transfer the balance of $7,107.49 in the Doubles Squash Courts Reserve
Fund to the Community Facilities Reserve Fund and that the Doubles
Squash Courts Reserve Fund By-law No. 6190/03 be repealed; and,
b) Transfer the balance of $2,723.22 in the Move Ontario Reserve to the Rate
Stabilization Reserve and that the Move Ontario Reserve be closed;
6. That Council authorize a .transfer of $700,000.00 from the Rate Stabilization
Reserve to establish a Winter Control Reserve and that the Division Head,
Finance & Treasurer be authorized to transfer funds from this reserve when:
a) the actual winter control costs exceeds budgeted winter control costs; and
b) there are no other available surplus funds from other City operations;
7. That the draft by-laws attached hereto be enacted; and,
Report FIN 17-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Repositioning of Reserves and Reserve Funds Page 2
8. That the appropriate City of Pickering officials be authorized to take necessary
action to give effect thereto.
Executive Summary: The Finance Division has completed a review of the City's
reserves and reserve funds in preparation for the City's 2015 budget cycle. Finance
staff reviewed the various reserves and reserve funds to maximize their use for the
budget cycle either from a capital or current budget perspective. This higher level
review has identified an opportunity to allocate the Public Works Reserve Fund to two
new reserve funds to enhance the matching of financial resources to meet projected
expenditure demand.
The Move Ontario Reserve currently has a small balance of $2,723.22 and from an
accounting staff resource allocation and efficiency perspective, it would be better if this
balance were transferred and the reserve closed.
The Doubles Squash Courts Reserve Fund was established to assist in the financing of
the new doubles squash courts. This reserve fund should be closed and the balance
transferred because of the current low contribution levels.
In 2013 and for the first half of 2014, the City experienced a higher level of winter
control activity compared to 2011 and 2012. The establishment of the winter control
reserve will provide the City the financial flexibility to meet higher than expected
uncontrollable winter control cost pressures.
Financial Implications: The table below provides a breakdown of Reserves and
Reserve Funds being addressed in this report:
Name of Fund Account Fund Balance as at Recommendation
December 31/13
Public Works 7702 $1 '11 0,499.98 Transfer balance to Roads
Reserve Fund and Bridges Reserve Fund
and Stormwater Management
Reserve Fund and repeal By-
law No. 494/76
Doubles Squash 7704 7,1 07,.49 Transfer balance to
Courts Reserve Fund Community Facilities Reserve
Fund and repeal By-law
No.6190/03
Move Ontario 7043 $2,723.22 Transfer balance to Rate
Reserve Stabilization Reserve and
close reserve
373
374
Report FIN 17-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Repositioning of Reserves and Reserve Funds Page 3
Road and Bridges new To set up new reserve fund
Reserve Fund and transfer $755,225.42
from Public Works Reserve
Fund
Stormwater new To set up a new Reserve
Management Fund and transfer 355,274.56
Reserve Fund from Public Works Reserve
Fund
Winter Control new To set up a new reserve and
Reserve transfer $700,000.00 from
Rate Stabilization Reserve
Discussion:
Public Works Reserve Fund
This reserve fund was established in 1976 for the Public Works portion of lot levy fees
collected on severances. The purpose and role of the Public Works Reserve Fund has
been replaced by the Development Charges Reserve Fund.
Upon the enactment of the Development Charges Act, 1997, funds deposited to this
reserve fund were mainly cash-in-lieu for storm sewer connections and other generic
public works related items. The total cash-in-lieu collected from 1998 to 2013 is
approximately $250,000.
This reserve fund is no longer required and it is recommended that the related by-law
be repealed and the balance allocated as follows:
Stormwater
Management
Reserve Fund -
$355,275
Roads and Bridges
Reserve Fund -
$755,225
Report FIN 17-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Repositioning of Reserves and Reserve Funds Page 4
Doubles Squash Courts Reserve Fund
This reserve fund was established in 2003 in order to receive proceeds from fund raising
initiatives of the Pickering Squash Club, and the surcharge added for squash
memberships to help contribute toward the construction of new doubles squash courts
in the Pickering Recreation Complex. This reserve fund contributed $200,000 towards
the total construction cost of $3.7 million for the Pickering Recreation Complex
expansion, which included two doubles squash courts.
This reserve fund has served its purpose, and it is recommended that the by-law
creating it be repealed. Recommendation 5a) seeks Council approval to transfer the
unspent amount of $7,107.49 as at December 31, 2013, and any squash surcharges
collected in 2014 to the present to the Community Facilities Reserve Fund. Culture and
Recreation staff have commented that many of the current members are obtaining the
seniors' discount which makes them exempt from the squash surcharge, and that the
surcharge is viewed as a negative factor when promoting and marketing for new
members.
Move Ontario Reserve
This reserve was set-up in 2006 through the annual budget process for funds received
from the Ministry of Transportation in the approximate amount of $1.8 million. This was
a one-time funding grant from the Province to help municipalities outside of the GTA to
invest in municipal roads and bridges. Funds have been directed to fund various
municipal roads and bridges projects since 2006. This reserve has served its original
purpose. Other than a small unspent amount, the original grant has been fully depleted.
This reserve should be closed-out and the unspent amount of $2,723.22 should be
transferred to the Rate Stabilization Reserve.
Roads and Bridges Reserve Fund
Last December, Council adopted report ENG 21-13 that established the City's Asset
Management Plan (AMP) for roads and bridges. The AMP identified the need to invest
$100 million for roads and bridges over the next ten years. The establishment of the
Roads and Bridges Reserve Fund is the first step in implementing the AMP. This
reserve fund will provide a dedicated source of funds for roads and bridges as it relates
to asset replacement activity. The transfer of $755,225.42 to this reserve fund may be
used in the 2015 budget to fund capital roads or bridges projects.
Stormwater Management Reserve Fund
The City maintains 306 kilometers of urban drainage systems and 312 kilometers of
rural drainage systems, as well as a number of stormwater management facilities (such
as wet and dry ponds). The transfer of $355,27 4.56 to the Stormwater Management
Reserve Fund will be used for major repairs and investments in the systems and these
funds may be used in the 2015 budget. By maintaining the City's storm drainage
systems, the City is better able to manage stormwater, mitigate flooding and protect the 375
376
Report FIN 17-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Repositioning of Reserves and Reserve Funds Page 5
environment. Some of the City's storm drainage system is reaching the end of its life-
cycle and requires attention in order to ensure an acceptable level of service and
functionality as well as conformity to Environment Compliance Approvals (formerly
known as Certificates of Approval) and laws (Ontario Water Resources Act and
Environmental Protection AcO are maintained.
Winter Control Reserve
The City currently budgets approximately $1.2 million per year for winter control costs.
Recommendation 6, establishes a Winter Control Reserve to be used whenever the
actual annual winter control costs exceed the budget. The use of a winter control
reserve should be seen as a financial safety net and the employment of this strategy is
becoming more popular with municipalities. The transfer of $700,000 from the Rate
Stabilization Reserve to the Winter Control Reserve will provide adequate financial
protection to offset higher than anticipated winter control costs.
Recommendation 6 provides the Treasurer the authority to draw from this reserve when
there are no available surplus funds from other City operations that can be used to
offset winter control cost pressures. With the transfer; the projected balance at
December 31, 2014 for the Rate Stabilization Reserve will be $11.53 million.
Attachments:
1. Being a by-law to provide for the establishment of a Reserve Fund to be known
as the Roads and Bridges Reserve Fund
2. Being a by-law to provide for the establishment of a Reserve Fund to be known
as the Stormwater Management Reserve Fund
Prepared By:
Caryn Kong
Senior Financial Analyst-Capital &
Debt Management
Approved I Endorsed By:
-Stan Karwowski
Division Head, Finance & Treasurer
Report FIN 17-14
Subject: Repositioning of Reserves and Reserve Funds
Recommended for the consideration
of Picke(fk/Jring City Council
~ Z..31 Wt4 ~ Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
July 7, 2014
Page 6
377
378
t\TTACHMENT#j__ TO REPORT#(, rJ Jl, I i
The Corporation of the City of Pickering
By-law No.
Being a by-law to provide for the establishment of a Reserve
Fund to be known as the Roads and Bridges Reserve Fund
Whereas under the Municipal Act, S.O., 2001 as amended, Section 417(1), the Council
of the City of Pickering may establish and maintain a reserve fund for any purpose for
which it has authority to expend funds.
Whereas it is desirable for the City of Pickering to establish such a reserve fund for the
purpose of investing in its roads and bridges infrastructure.
Now therefore the Council of the Corporation of the City of Pickering hereby enacts as
follows:
1. The establishment of a reserve fund known as the Roads and Bridges Reserve
Fund is hereby authorized.
2. The purpose of this fund is to provide funds for major repairs, rehabilitation,
reconstruction or replacement of the City's roads and bridges, including culverts.
3. The initial source of funds will be a transfer from the Public Works Reserve Fund
in the amount of $755,225A2. Future sources of funds will be as identified by
the Treasurer or as approved by Council including but not limited to the annual
budget or any other source;
4. The Treasurer may draw funds from this reserve fund for major repairs,
rehabilitation, reconstruction or replacement of roads and bridges, including
culverts.
5. The Treasurer has the discretion to draw from this fund when project
expenditures exceeds the budget.
6. Interest earned on the investment of fund balances shall form part of this reserve
fund.
7. That By-law 494/76 be repealed.
8. This By-law shall come into force on the date of its enactment.
By-law passed this 14th day of July, 2014.
David Ryan, Mayor
Debbie Shields, City Clerk
1\TTACHMENT#..:d.._ TO REPORT#iJ..&fl; I~
The Corporation of the City of Pickering
By-law No.
Being a by-law to provide for the establishment of a Reserve
Fund to be known as the Stormwater Management Reserve
Fund
Whereas under the Municipal Act, S.O., 2001 as amended, Section 417(1), the Council
of the City of Pickering may establish and maintain a reserve fund for any purpose for
which it has authority to expend funds.
Whereas it is desirable for the City of Pickering to establish such a reserve fund for the
purpose of maintaining the City's stormwater management infrastructure.
Now therefore the Council of the Corporation of the City of Pickering hereby enacts as
follows:
1. The establishment of a reserve fund known as the Stormwater Management
Reserve Fund is hereby authorized.
2. The purpose of this fund is to provide funds for major repairs. Rehabilitation,
reconstruction or replacement of the City's stormwater management system.
3. The initial source of funds will be a transfer from the Public Works Reserve Fund in
the amount of $355,274.56. Future sources of funds will be cash-in-lieu for storm
sewer connections, stormwater management fees, or as identified by the Treasurer
or as approved by Council including but not limited to the annual budget, or any
other source.
4. The Treasurer may draw funds from this reserve fund for major repairs,
rehabilitation, reconstruction or replacement of the City's stormwater management
system.
5. The Treasurer has the discretion to draw from this fund when project expenditures
exceeds the budget.
6. Interest earned on the investment of fund balances shall form part of this reserve
fund.
7. That By-law 494/76 be repealed.
8. This By-law shall come into force on the date of its enactment.
By-law passed this 14th day of July, 2014.
David Ryan, Mayor
Debbie Shields, City Clerk
379
380
From: Paul Bigioni
Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: FIN 18-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Subject: Section 357/358 of the Municipal Act-Adjustment to Taxes
Recommendation:
1. That Report Fl N 18-14 of the Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor be
received;
2. That the write-off of taxes as provided for under Section 357/358 of the Municipal
Act, 2001 be approved; and,
3. That the appropriate officials of the City of Pickering be authorized to take the
necessary action to give effect hereto.
Executive Summary: Not Applicable
Financial Implications: If approved, the write-off of taxes as referred to in
Attachment 1 of this report represents a gross cost of $34,173.91, with a net cost to the
City of approximately $7,913.16, the balance being charged back to the Region of
Durham and the School Boards. Pickering's share ofthe costs will be charged to the
2014 Current Budget allocation under General Government-Provision for
Uncollectable Taxes. The 2014 budget provision is $908,410.00, and $192,202.87
(including the above) has been spent to date.
Discussion: The Municipal Act provides the Treasurer with various tax tools
regarding the administration and collection of property taxes. Under the provisions of
Section 357 of the Municipal Act, reduction of taxes due to fire, demolition, exemption,
·assessment change or error is allowed. Change in realty tax class can translate into
· lower property taxes if the property is moved from industrial to commercial tax class or
commercial to residential tax class. Demolitions and other physical changes to a
property, such as filling in a swimming pool, or damage caused by fire or flooding, result
in a reduction in assessment and a corresponding reduction in property taxes.
Fourteen of the applications in Attachment 1 reflect the comment "razed by fire,
demolition." Seven applications were to remove older structures, and to date building
permits have been issued to replace three of these structures. Five of these applications
did not qualify for a tax reduction. Two applications were to remove a swimming pool
which had been filled in.
Report FIN 18-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: Section 357/358 of the Municipal Act-Adjustment to Taxes Page 2
Thirteen of the applications referred to in Attachment 1 reflect the comment "ceases to
be liable for tax rate at rate it was taxed". Seven of these applications had their
assessment class revised to a class with a lower tax rate. Three properties moved
between taxable and PIL classes. One property had no reduction as it was determined
to be appropriately assessed. Two properties became exempt from taxation as they
were purchased by a church.
Section 358 of the Municipal Act allows taxpayers to have their assessments revised by
MPAC where they believe that they have been overcharged due to a gross or manifest
clerical error on the part of MPAC. On this basis, taxpayers are allowed to seek
reduction of their assessments for the current year as well as the two prior years. This
section of the Act allows for the reduction of taxes due to such errors, once confirmed
by the Regional Assessment Office of MPAC.
Two of the applications in Attachment 1 reflects the comment "gross or manifest error".
These properties were incorrectly double-assessed by MPAC, and this report will adjust
the related accounting transactions to reflect the correct assessments for all eligible
years.
The purpose of Sections 357/358 is to allow the municipality and MPAC to quickly
rectify assessment classification changes, and prior years' errors quickly without the
property owner having to go through the formal assessment review process.
Attachments:
1. Section 357/358 Adjustment to Taxes-Taxable
Prepared By:
Donna Delong
Supervisor, Tax 1on
Approved I Endorsed By:
Stan Karwowski
Division Head inance & Treasurer
Paul Bigioni
Director, Corp ices & City Solicitor
381
382
Report FIN 18-14
Subject: Section 357/358 of the Municipal Act-Adjustment to Taxes
Recommended for the consideration of
Pickering City Council
~ ~·W,2ot4
Tony Prevede!:P£!1i
Chief Administrative Officer
July 7, 2014
Page 3
City of Pickering
Section 357/358 Adjustment to Taxes
July 14, 2014
App # Reason for Adjustment Details Year City Region Education Total Type of
Application
72/13 Razed by fire or demolition MPAC determined that no change is warranted 2012 357
94/13 Razed by fire or demolition MPAC detenmined that no change is warranted 2013 357
95/13 Razed by fire or demolition MPAC detenmined that no change is warranted 2013 357
99/13 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed MPAC determined that no change is warranted 2013 357
124/13 Razed by fire or demolition Structure demolished 2014 56.08 108.22 30.35 194.65 357
125/13 Razed by fire or demolition Structure demolished 2014 2,153.36 4,155.27 1 '165.46 7,474.09 357
130/13 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Change tax class from industrial to commercial 2014 427.15 824.25 515.22 1,766.62 357
131/13 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Change tax class from industrial to commercial 2014 427.15 824.25 515.22 1,766.62 357
132/13 Razed by fire or demolition Structure demolished 2014 129.40 249.70 70.04 449.14 357
138/13 Razed by fire or demolition MPAC determined that no change is warranted 2014 357
159/13 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Returned on roll as taxable should be PIL 2014 357
02/14 Razed by fire or demolition MPAC detenmined that no change is warranted 2014 357
06/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Returned on roll as taxable should be PIL 2014 357
07/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Returned on roll as taxable should be PIL 2014 357
09/14 Razed by fire or demolition Structure demolished 2013 41.96 82.41 23.77 148.14 357
10/14 Razed by fire or demolition Structure demolished 2014 426.56 823.12 230.87 1,480.55 357
12/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Change tax class from industrial to commercial 2013 629.69 1,236.58 870.50 2,736.77 357 >
13/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Change tax class from industrial to commercia! 2012 415.23 821.73 609.08 1,846.04 357 ·---! -!
19/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Remove commercial tax class 2014 522.78 1,008.80 2,931.64 4,463.22 357 ).:.
()
20/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Remove commercial tax class 2013 41.08 80.67 232.19 353.94 357 :r:
3:
22/14 Razed by fire or demolition Structure demolished 2014 86.62 167.14 46.88 300.64 357 rn z
23/14 Razed by fire or demolition Swimming pool filled in 2013 47.60 93.48 26.96 168.04 357 ""'~ ::f;j:
24/14 Razed by fire or demolition Swimming pool filled in 2014 49.30 95.14 26.68 171.12 357 r 25/14 Gross or manifest clerical error by MPAC MPAC assessed the land twice 2013 274.07 538.21 155.22 967.50 357
28/14 Gross or manifest clerical error by MPAC MPAC assessed the land twice 2013 149.53 293.65 84.69 527.87 357 ~j
32/14 Razed by fire or demolition Res structure demo'd, changed to commercial 2014 297.25 573.60 102.45 973.30 357 0
;;u
33/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Change tax class from industrial to commercial 2014 637.72 1,230.59 853.83 2,722.14 357 Uifl -o
34/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Returned on roll as taxable should be exempt (Church) 2011 355.27 710.09 795.74 1,861.10 357 0 ;.;::J
35/14 Ceases to be liable for tax at the rate it was taxed Returned on roll as taxable should be exempt (Church) 2012 745.36 1 475.06 1 582.00 3 802.42 357 -i
=1-!:
7,913.16 15,391.96 10,868.79 34,173.91 t -"'<) w \ 00 ...._
w +
384
From: Paul Bigioni
Director, Corporate Services & City Solicitor
Report to
Executive Committee
Report Number: FIN 19-14
Date: July 7, 2014
Subject: 2013 Building Permit Stabiitzation Reserve Fund
Recommendation:
It is recommended that Report FIN 19-14 from the Director, Corporate Services & City
Solicitor regarding the 2013 Building Permit Stabilization Reserve Fund be received for
information.
Executive Summary: Section 7(4) of the Building Code Act (the "Act") requires the
City to prepare an annual report of building permit and inspection fees and related
administrative and enforcement costs. This Report fulfills the requirements of section
7(4) of the Act. This Report also contains information about the City's Building Permit
Stabilization Reserve Fund.
Financial Implications: This report contains information pertaining to the financial
status of the Building Permit Stabilization Reserve Fund as at December 31, 2013.
Discussion: In December 2005, Council approved report PD 41-05, which enacted
a new building permit process and fees under the Act. The Act requires permit fees to
be accounted for, and not used to subsidize City functions other than administration and
enforcement of the Act and the Ontario Building Code. Watson & Associates
Economists Ltd. was retained to undertake a comprehensive analysis of all Planning &
Development service costs, fees and legislative requirements and to develop an Activity
Based Costing (ABC) model for the City. Using this information, Watson recommended
a small increase in building permit fees to provide for cost recovery and establishment
of a building permit stabilization reserve fund. The purpose of this reserve fund is to
provide a source of funds for current operating budget costs during an economic
downturn to offset lower building permit revenues. Without such a reserve fund,
reduced growth and permit volumes during a downturn could result in severe budgetary
pressures which could impair the City's ability to enforce the Act and the Building Code.
The Act requires that an annual report be prepared that includes total fees collected in
the previous 12 month period and a summary of directly and indirectly related
administrative costs.
Report FIN 19-14 July 7, 2014
Subject: 2013 Building Permit Stabilization Reserve Fund Page 2
The following statements indicate that expenses exceeded revenues and therefore the
Act did not require any transfer to the reserve fund. Due to the relatively low rate of
development since the fund was established in 2006, the accumulated shortfall for this
reserve fund is approximately $3.2 million.
Annual Report-Building Permit Fees
for the year ended December 31, 2013
Building Permit Revenue
Costs:
$1,354,207
Direct Costs $ (1 ,595,291)
Indirect Costs (258,302) (1 ,853,593)
$ (499,386) Excess (Shortfall) Revenue Over Costs
Building Permit Stabilization Reserve Fund
Opening Balance, January 1, 2013
2013 Contribution
Closing Balance, December 31, 2013
Attachments: None
Prepared By:
$
$
Approved I Endorsed By:
~,·~·/~~~--· ------~<~==--~------~--'"~··------~kr------------
Stan Karwowski
Division Head, Finance & Treasurer
Recommended for the consideration
of Pickering Cit ouncil
Tony Prevedel, P.Eng.
Chief Administrative Officer
Paul Bigioni
Director, Corpor te
2.{)1 Z.of
385